
Weekly Up- and Downgrades
What the Analysts Say
Companies with Updates:
Oct 20 – Oct 31, 2025
Airbnb

ISIN: US0090661010 / ABNB
Oct 24, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $145 (↓)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju commented on several accommodation providers and online travel platforms, including Airbnb, Booking Holdings, and Expedia. For Airbnb, he lowered the price target from 148 to 145 US dollars while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. Ju expressed concern about how internet traffic patterns might shift if ChatGPT continues to gain users. However, he considers Airbnb to be “the best insulated” from potential disruption due to its “most fragmented” supply structure, followed by Booking, Expedia, Tripadvisor, and Trivago.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $156 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju raises the price target for Airbnb from $137 to $156 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. From the analyst’s perspective, the operating environment ultimately does not appear as bleak as was feared after “Liberation Day.” And although there has been some regional softening in inbound travel within the U.S., consumer demand for travel to other destinations seems to remain strong.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Barclays, Underweight (→), Target: $104 (↑)
Barclays analyst Trevor Young has increased the price target for Airbnb from $103 to $104 but maintains an “Underweight” rating on the online accommodation provider’s stock. While there have been some encouraging signs from domestic airlines recently, the analyst believes they are not sufficient to signal a rebound in U.S. travel demand. Barclays has updated its estimates to account for currency fluctuations but left the underlying assumptions largely unchanged.
Alphabet

ISIN: US02079K1079 / GOOGL
Oct 30, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $335 (↑)
Wamsi Mohan, analyst at Bank of America, raised his price target for Alphabet from 280 to 335 US dollars while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The analyst views Google’s parent company as well positioned in the long term, with leading AI technology driving its search, YouTube, and cloud businesses.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $294 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian Pitz has raised the price target for Alphabet from 225 to 294 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. According to the analyst, the company’s leadership position in artificial intelligence continues to translate into strength in its core businesses — Search and Google Cloud. Alphabet benefits from ongoing AI integrations and product launches that enhance user value. The analyst considers the outcome of the Ad Tech Remedies process to be critical but maintains the view that a structural breakup remains unlikely.
----------
Oct 2, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Brian Nowak has raised Alphabet’s price target from $210 to $270 and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. With the pace of innovation at Google’s parent accelerating, the Justice Department’s remedies have been milder than even optimists expected, and investor discussions have “shifted quickly” amid increasingly positive signals for the adoption of generative AI across several Alphabet businesses. The analyst says it is “right” that Alphabet is now viewed as an “AI winner”, and has accordingly raised some estimates.
----------
Sep 25, 2025
MoffettNathanson, Buy (→), Target: $295 (↑)
MoffettNathanson analyst Michael Nathanson has raised the price target for Alphabet from $230 to $295 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating. Since early July, the situation has largely eased following the favourable rulings by Judge Mehta three weeks ago, while uncertainty around ChatGPT is “gradually dissipating.” The analyst cites four reasons why AI will “set Alphabet apart from its competitors”: the company’s “clear leadership” in multimodal search, accelerated cloud growth driven by advanced infrastructure, improved monetisation and engagement on YouTube, and the fact that “Other Bets” are “starting to pay off” with the rise of Waymo.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $285 (↑)
Truist analyst Youssef Squali has raised the price target for Alphabet from 225 to 285 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The company continues to dominate the online search engine market with a share of over 90 percent, even though new GenAI platforms are attracting more users and usage. Google dominates the key commercial search queries, while AI search so far accounts for only about 1 percent of total referral traffic and an insignificant percentage of conversions. The expert also points out that the rise of AI chatbots expands the total addressable market for online search rather than cannibalizing it.
----------
Sep 3, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler raises the price target for Alphabet from 235 to 250 US dollars while reaffirming the “Overweight” rating. In the analyst’s view, shares of Google’s parent company are likely to continue rising following a very favorable court decision. Since the ban on Chrome/TAC (traffic acquisition costs) payments is off the table, the analyst sees only very minimal impact on market share, revenue, or earnings per share from data sharing and syndication.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $252 (↑)
Justin Post, analyst at Bank of America, raises the price target for Alphabet from 217 to 252 US dollars. The “Buy” rating for shares of Google’s parent company is reaffirmed. Last year, it was determined that Google holds an illegal monopoly in its core internet search market. While the U.S. Department of Justice had proposed that Google divest some of its assets, including the Chrome browser, Post points out that U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta has opposed some of the stricter proposed remedies. Alphabet will not have to divest Chrome but will no longer be allowed to enter into exclusive contracts. Given the superior monetization of Google search, the analyst believes that most partners will continue to work with Google and have little incentive to develop their own search functions.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $260 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth raises the price target for Alphabet from 232 to 260 US dollars and reaffirms the “Overweight” rating. The long-awaited remedies under the Google Search Commercial Agreement turned out to be significantly more favorable for Google than expected, particularly since the judge took into account the rapidly evolving and increasingly competitive search landscape in light of generative AI. Although the bar for remedies had been set higher in August and Alphabet shares closed at an all-time high on the last day of the month, the judge’s conclusions were, in the analyst’s view, largely positive for Google. J.P. Morgan believes that they will have no material impact on the company’s future financial position, which is a win.
Deutsche Bank, Outperform (→), Target: $260 (↑)
The analysts at Deutsche Bank raise the price target for Alphabet from 215 to 260 US dollars while reaffirming the “Outperform” rating. The experts believe that this court decision will clearly highlight Alphabet’s long-term fundamentals, limit the risk of structural disruptions in the search segment, and support a significant positive revaluation of the stock.
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $260 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Brad Erickson has raised the price target for Alphabet from 220 to 260 US dollars and maintains his “Outperform” rating on the stock. The district court’s decision was “largely positive, though not without intrigue.” Following the release of the “preliminary remedies,” the greatest uncertainty for the price-to-earnings ratio has now been largely removed. The analyst notes that it is now easier for investors to label Alphabet as a “winner in AI,” since Google is not required to offer a choice screen and does not have to divest products such as Chrome or Android.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Truist analyst Youssef Squali raised the price target for Alphabet from $200 to $225 and reiterated a “Buy” rating. According to the analyst, the Google parent company delivered “solid execution across the board” in Q2 2025, showing “continued traction in search, YouTube, and cloud services, with no apparent negative impact from increasing AI competition or macroeconomic uncertainty.” He also observed higher engagement and ad monetization within Alphabet’s AI Overview (AIO), along with similarly positive trends in YouTube Shorts, which he expects to continue into the second half of 2025 despite tough year-over-year comparisons. The analyst emphasized that Alphabet “remains at the forefront of the AI race,” with evidence suggesting it is maintaining its leadership in AI development. Furthermore, he believes AI will ultimately expand the total addressable market for search and cloud services, driving Alphabet’s long-term growth and boosting its share price.
----------
Jul 24, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $235 (↑)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler raised the price target for Alphabet from $220 to $235 and maintained an “Overweight” rating on the Google parent company’s stock following the release of its Q2 results. The company reported “a lot of great metrics” in the second quarter, including strong performance in paid search clicks and cloud revenues.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $217 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post raised the price target for Alphabet from $210 to $217 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. Better-than-expected metrics in the cloud and search segments were described as “a bright spot” in another “strong” quarter, which the analyst believes indicates that AI adoption is driving market growth. While acknowledging the growing number of OpenAI users, he argues that the market is underestimating AI’s potential. He stated that another stable quarter for Google Search results should strengthen confidence in the AI transition and “ease concerns about a potential revenue decline.”
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Truist analyst Youssef Squali raised the price target for Alphabet from $220 to $225 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, Alphabet’s stronger Q2 results reflect continued momentum in search, YouTube, and cloud, with no apparent negative impact so far from rising AI competition or the uncertain macro environment. Truist also sees sustained traction in search with higher engagement and ad monetization within All-in-One, as well as a similar trend within YouTube Shorts.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Cantor Fitzgerald, Neutral (→), Target: $196 (↑)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Deepak Mathivanan has raised the price target for Alphabet from $171 to $196 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. According to the analyst, Alphabet’s Q2 results are expected to exceed consensus estimates on both revenue and earnings per share, driven by strength in its core Search and YouTube segments. However, he remains neutral on the stock until there is greater clarity regarding ongoing antitrust challenges.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: 208 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian Pitz has raised the price target for Alphabet from $200 to $208 and maintains an “Outperform” rating on the Google parent company. His optimism is driven by growing confidence that Google AI will boost spending among existing advertisers and attract a new wave of small and medium-sized businesses. BMO has also raised its growth forecasts for Search in Q2 and full-year 2025 to 10% and 11%, up from 9% and 10.6%, respectively. Alphabet is also being reinstated as a “Top Pick.”
----------
Jul 8, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $177 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski has raised the price target for Alphabet stock from $175 to $177 but maintains an “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst expects to see a reacceleration in reported Search revenues and paid clicks in the second quarter. According to Gawrelski, this is likely due to a temporary easing in competitive pressure and a decline in excitement surrounding the disruptive impact of AI on the internet search space.
Amazon

ISIN: US0231351067 / AMZN
Oct 28, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $279 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju has raised his price target for Amazon from 271 to 279 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on the e-commerce giant’s stock. Ju expects growth in Amazon Web Services (AWS) to accelerate as capacity constraints in the cloud business ease. He also sees upside in e-commerce: by expanding Prime services with same-day and next-day delivery, Amazon should continue to gain market share and increase gross merchandise value. The analyst further anticipates growth across all key business segments, including e-commerce, cloud, advertising, and the low-Earth-orbit satellite project Kuiper. Ju views the recent underperformance of Amazon’s stock relative to other major internet and tech names as an attractive buying opportunity.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (↑), Target: $280 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski has upgraded Amazon from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from $245 to $280. Following an analysis of the cloud market and Anthropic’s contribution, Wells Fargo is now even more convinced that Amazon Web Services (AWS) will deliver revenue growth ahead of expectations. The analyst expects AWS revenue to increase by 22% in 2026, four percentage points above consensus, with market share losses peaking in 2025. Project Rainier — the company’s capacity expansion with partner Anthropic — is seen as the main driver of the growth acceleration. Gawrelski views AWS’s revenue growth as the key to reversing Amazon’s year-to-date underperformance.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler raised the price target for Amazon from $240 to $275 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the e-commerce company’s stock following its second-quarter 2025 results. The analyst noted that almost all areas of Amazon’s retail business accelerated in the quarter. While management’s tone regarding the second half of 2025 sounded “optimistic,” the analyst said the post-earnings selloff was not surprising, given that the company lagged behind Microsoft’s Azure.
Bank-of-America, Buy (→), Target: $272 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post raised the price target for Amazon from $265 to $272 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. Strong retail sales led to better-than-expected results in the second quarter. Following the report, the analyst increased his revenue forecast for the third quarter by 3 percent to $179.0 billion and also raised his profit forecast for the third quarter from $18.4 billion to $20.4 billion, noting that he lifted retail estimates while AWS growth is expected to remain largely unchanged.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Thomas Champion raised the price target for Amazon from $250 to $255 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He noted that second-quarter results came in better than expected, even though the stock pulled back after a strong quarterly performance and heightened market expectations. AWS growth accelerated but lagged behind some peers. According to the analyst, Amazon continues to be relentless in its cost-cutting efforts and appears to be on the verge of an AI product cycle, although the macroeconomic environment—including tariffs—creates uncertainty.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $262 (↑)
Stifel analyst Mark Kelley raised the price target for Amazon from $245 to $262 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. Looking ahead to earnings season for this sector, the analyst notes that third-party data points to a stronger-than-expected second quarter, as the Trump administration either reached more favorable agreements with other countries or economic blocs, or delayed the implementation of tariffs while awaiting deals. The analyst said he had been “too conservative in his models after Liberation Day” and is now raising some estimates within the group.
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $245 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski raised the price target for Amazon from $238 to $245 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst estimates that Anthropic will contribute an additional growth boost of about 1 percentage point to AWS revenue in the second half of the year compared to the first half (from +1.3 to +2.4 percent). In his view, this supports the assumption that acceleration in the second half of 2025 will be critical for the stock’s outperformance. Wells Fargo further expects Anthropic’s contribution to rise to +3.1 percent in 2026, reinforcing the view that second-half growth will continue into 2026 as Anthropic’s inference business scales. In addition, the analyst anticipates that the inference segment will account for more than 75 percent of Anthropic’s revenue contribution in 2026 and that AI’s overall contribution to AWS revenue will rise from less than 3 percent in 2024 to 10 percent in 2026.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $271 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju has raised the price target for Amazon from $249 to $271 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. According to the analyst, investment and operating costs are largely already reflected in Wall Street’s estimates, while revenue figures are still pending. Ju considers the e-commerce company to be the “best positioned” among the stocks he covers, given its more extensive investments in e-commerce, AWS, content/advertising, and Kuiper.
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $265 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post raised the price target for Amazon shares from $248 to $265 while reiterating a “Buy” rating. The analyst increased his estimates for retail data ahead of the upcoming second-quarter earnings release, citing the extended Prime Day event and growth in Anthropic’s AI business. He also noted tailwinds from currency effects. Looking into the second half of the year, the analyst expects strong AI demand and Amazon Web Services’ capacity expansion to be key drivers for the stock. He believes the most important takeaway from the earnings call will be the outlook for AWS growth in the second half. Looking ahead, he says this year’s extended Prime Day event and resilient consumer spending could support a strong outlook for the third quarter. Uncertainty regarding tariffs remains a major risk for the stock.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $270 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian Pitz has raised the price target for Amazon shares from $233 to $270 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. The analyst believes that agentic capabilities, combined with stable consumer demand and improved commitments in the second half of 2025, could lead to significant efficiency gains.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $265 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey has raised the price target for Amazon shares from $225 to $265 and maintains a “Buy” rating ahead of the company’s Q2 earnings report on July 31. Josey expects Amazon to exceed expectations on both revenue and operating income, citing improving retail trends throughout the quarter. He continues to see Amazon as one of his top internet sector picks, driven by growing demand for Web Services and expanding margins.
Needham, Buy (→), Target: $265 (↑)
Needham analyst Laura Martin has raised the price target for Amazon shares from $220 to $265 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. She notes that record Prime Day sales in Q3 are likely to improve Amazon’s outlook. Martin also adds that the company has moved past its issues with peak-season surcharges.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Cantor Fitzgerald, Overweight (→), Target: $260 (↑)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Deepak Mathivanan has raised the price target for Amazon from $240 to $260 and maintains an “Overweight” rating. The analyst expects Amazon to report Q2 results with revenue near expectations, while EBIT is likely to come in above forecast.
----------
Jul 11, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth has raised the price target for Amazon from $240 to $255 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He is updating estimates and price targets across the internet sector as part of a preview for second-quarter earnings. According to Anmuth, the upward revisions reflect improved channel checks and favourable currency movements, while higher stock multiples should account for the reduced risk of a recession.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $300 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Brian Nowak has raised the price target for Amazon shares from $250 to $300 and reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating. He notes that the macroeconomic environment has improved significantly since mid-April, when he had previously cut Amazon’s earnings estimates after the Trump administration confirmed a new 145% U.S. tariff rate on Chinese imports. Now that President Trump has announced a 55% tariff instead, Morgan Stanley is adjusting its outlook to reflect a more constructive macro environment with lower tariffs.
Nowak has increased his earnings forecast for Amazon by 9% for fiscal year 2026 and by 6% for 2027. He also points to an acceleration in Amazon Web Services (AWS) growth, driven by easing supply chain constraints and growing profits from Anthropic — particularly as Anthropic’s contribution to AWS growth is expected to nearly triple from its current estimated level of around 60 basis points or less.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Thomas Champion has raised the price target for Amazon from $212 to $250 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. The analyst is increasing AWS estimates based on improved data from recent CIO surveys. Piper has also raised gross margin targets for the coming year to reflect greater benefits from robotics and a shift in the services mix. Additionally, the Prime Day event has now doubled in length, which the analyst believes should have a positive impact.
----------
Jul 8, 2025
TD Cowen, Buy (→), Target: $250 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst John Blackledge has reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Amazon, raising the price target from $240 to $250. He believes the e-commerce giant is likely to exceed analysts’ expectations in its upcoming second-quarter earnings report. The analyst also expects the outlook for the just-started third quarter to be “solid.”
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $238 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski has raised the price target for Amazon from $201 to $238 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. He believes Amazon offers the best “tactical long Q2 EPS setup” among the mega-cap internet stocks, citing stable trends in e-commerce and easing supply constraints. This, in turn, could enable an acceleration in Amazon Web Services growth in the second half of 2025, relative to currently muted expectations.
Apple

US0378331005 / AAPL
Oct 29, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $320 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan raised his price target for Apple from 270 to 320 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. The analyst based the upward revision on his new five-year outlook, projecting that Apple’s earnings could double between 2024 and 2030, driven by sustained growth from new products and services. Mohan extended his valuation horizon to the company’s 2027 fiscal year and expressed increased confidence in Apple’s long-term estimates. He views the iPhone maker as the “ultimate winner” in the field of artificial intelligence.
----------
Oct 27, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $290 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee has raised his price target for Apple from 280 to 290 US dollars and reiterated his “Overweight” rating. The analyst expects “robust” high-single-digit revenue growth for both the fourth and first fiscal quarters, which should reinforce investors’ confidence in Apple’s positive product cycle.
----------
Oct 21, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $279 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Michael Ng has raised the price target for Apple shares from 266 to 279 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He expects the iPhone maker to exceed market expectations for both revenue and profit when it reports fourth-quarter results on October 30. Specifically, he forecasts EPS of 1.81 US dollars on revenue of 103.5 billion US dollars. By comparison, current consensus stands at EPS of 1.77 US dollars and revenue of 101.8 billion US dollars. Ng also expects Apple’s services segment to have performed well. For the upcoming fiscal year, he anticipates continued strong performance, citing robust iPhone demand supported by competition among U.S. carriers and new device designs—particularly the anticipated launch of the foldable iPhone 18—as key share price drivers.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $290 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers has maintained his “Overweight” rating on Apple shares and raised the price target from 240 to 290 US dollars. For the September quarter, Rakers expects revenue of 102.4 billion US dollars and EPS of 1.79 US dollars. According to the analyst, investor attention is currently focused on Apple’s future strategy in artificial intelligence, with ongoing debate about whether the company is lagging behind competitors in this area. Rakers, however, sees Apple in a strong position: thanks to its powerful ecosystem and proven, intuitive design language, the company can seamlessly integrate AI capabilities into its devices — making advanced, personalised AI applications accessible to a broad user base.
----------
Oct 20, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $200 (→)
Evercore ISI has added Apple to its “Tactical Outperform” list. Analyst Amit Daryanani also reaffirmed the existing “Outperform” rating and the price target of 290 US dollars for the iPhone maker. He believes Apple is well positioned to exceed consensus estimates for the September quarter and deliver an above-average performance in the December quarter. His positive outlook is supported by strong iPhone sales data, which point to an unusually robust upgrade cycle. Lead times for the base iPhone 17 are currently longer than those of the previous year, while surveys, according to Daryanani, continue to indicate sustained high demand.
Loop Capital, Buy (↑), Target: $315 (↑)
Loop Capital analyst Ananda Baruah has upgraded Apple from “Hold” to “Buy” and significantly raised the price target from 226 to 315 US dollars. Baruah points to supply chain checks indicating rising iPhone shipments through 2027, supported by new design and refresh cycles. The analyst sees “substantial upside potential” versus current market expectations and anticipates that Apple could achieve record iPhone shipments in each of the next three years.
----------
Oct 15, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $220 (→)
UBS analyst David Vogt reports that data from the “Evidence Lab,” which tracks iPhone availability in 30 regions, indicates that iPhone 17 wait times in key markets have remained flat or declined week over week. The analyst, who maintains a “Neutral” rating on Apple shares with a price target of 220 US dollars, expects this trend to continue going forward.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Jefferies, Underperform (→), Target: $203 (↓)
Jefferies analyst Edison Lee has lowered the price target for Apple’s stock from 205 to 203 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Underperform” rating. He cites US tariffs as a key concern, which he believes “could prove costly” for Apple. According to the analyst, the current tariff-free status of smartphones might change, and uncertainties surrounding the trade frameworks between the US and India, as well as between the US and China, remain underestimated risks. With US President Donald Trump having just imposed additional tariffs of 100 percent on Chinese imports, it is unclear whether smartphone imports from China will continue to be exempt. Lee also suggests that Apple could face increased pressure from the US government to produce more iPhones domestically, especially if tensions between the US and China escalate further. Additionally, the iPhone 17’s margins could come under strain due to an unfavourable product mix and higher material costs, while demand momentum has slowed.
----------
Oct 2, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $298 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring has raised Apple’s price target from 240 to 298 US dollars and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. He expects the iPhone 17 launch to be slightly stronger than initially anticipated. Although this is largely reflected in the share price already, consensus estimates for Apple over the next 12 months are trending positively. Morgan Stanley is also now more enthusiastic about the iPhone 18 launch and is lifting its iPhone revenue forecast to account for better than expected iPhone 17 sales.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $220 (→)
UBS analyst David Vogt says data from a firm that tracks iPhone availability across 30 regions suggest that peak demand for the iPhone 17 base model has passed. In addition, lead times for the Air model in all key regions point to “somewhat muted” demand, while lead times for the Pro model are gradually easing. UBS now believes iPhone 17 demand has moved beyond the initial post-launch spike. The analyst therefore expects lead times to keep falling absent new promotions. Apple shares remain rated “Neutral” with a $220 price target.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Seaport Research, Buy (-), Target: $310 (-)
Jay Goldberg, an analyst at Seaport Research, has initiated coverage of Apple with a Buy rating and a $310 price target. He expects Apple to have a good year thanks to this year’s product line-up, with “Apple Air” trending well and pointing to a stronger outlook with potential further price rises, as an affordable smartphone may launch in 2026.
----------
Sep 26, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $290 (↑)
Amit Daryanani, an analyst at Evercore ISI, has raised Apple’s price target from $260 to $290 and reaffirmed an “Outperform” rating. The firm’s annual survey of nearly 4,000 US consumers on their iPhone purchase intentions points to the start of a better-than-expected iPhone replacement cycle, led by a strong product line-up. He believes Apple’s core strength remains in the Pro segment, and adds that the iPhone 17 appears to have exceeded initial expectations, citing reports of strong first-week sales.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $220 (→)
According to UBS analyst David Vogt, recent data tracking iPhone availability across 30 regions shows longer wait times for the base model in key end markets compared with last year, while demand for the other three models appears relatively muted. Vogt, who maintains a “Neutral” rating and a $220 price target on Apple shares, says there could be upside risk to iPhone production driven by the iPhone 17 Base and Air variants as well as recent media reports. Apple suppliers are reportedly increasing production of the iPhone 17 Base. Still, Vogt believes that longer wait times for the base model could limit the average selling price.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Wedbush, „Buy” (→), Target: $310 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Dan Ives has raised the price target for Apple from 270 to 310 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. From the analyst’s perspective, the company with the apple logo is likely to continue growing due to strong demand for its iPhone 17, especially if it succeeds in gaining a stronger foothold in the Chinese market. According to Ives, “Wall Street is clearly underestimating this iPhone cycle.” He sees the combination of a pent-up consumer upgrade cycle, Wedbush estimates that 315 million of the 1.5 billion iPhones worldwide have not been updated in the past four years, together with some design changes and improvements, as “the magic formula for the launch.” Sales of Apple’s latest smartphones, which hit the market on Friday, are so far running 10 to 15 percent above those of the iPhone 16.
----------
Sep 19, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $280 (↑)
Samik Chatterjee, analyst at J.P. Morgan, raised the price target for Apple shares from 255 to 280 US dollars. In addition, the “Overweight” rating was reaffirmed on the day of the launch of the iPhone 17 series. The expert now forecasts sales of 236 million iPhones for fiscal year 2025/26, representing an increase of 2 percent compared with the previous year. Together with favourable market conditions, J.P. Morgan expects this to result in mid- to high-single-digit revenue growth for the iPhone business. Analysts further assume that momentum will accelerate in the coming fiscal year with the introduction of a foldable iPhone, leading to a stronger upgrade cycle in fiscal year 2026/27. Chatterjee expects the company’s overall revenue growth to mirror the iPhone trend, with growth of 7 percent in 2025/26 and 10 percent in 2026/27.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (→)
According to Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring, orders for the iPhone 17 are roughly the same as last year and in some cases even somewhat better, while supply has improved compared with the year-earlier period. This, in the analyst’s view, suggests that early demand for the iPhone 17 has risen compared with last year. The analyst continues to rate Apple as “Overweight” with a price target of US$240.
----------
Sep 11, 2025
D.A. Davidson, Neutral (↓), Target: 250 (→)
D.A. Davidson analyst Gil Luria downgrades Apple from “Buy” to “Neutral” but keeps the price target at 250 US dollars. The expert was “unimpressed” by the iPhone maker’s recent product event and expressed disappointment with Apple’s product strategy. Until the company redefines its current offerings or develops compelling new products, he expects Apple’s growth to stagnate. Even a foldable iPhone, which D.A. Davidson expects to be unveiled next year, is unlikely to be a convincing reason for the average user to upgrade, in the analyst’s view. He says “real innovation” is being awaited, while Apple currently plays hardly any role in artificial intelligence. It is clear, he argues, that the company with the apple logo has either been caught off guard by AI or is facing the innovator’s dilemma and unable to innovate on its existing products.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan raises the price target for Apple from 260 to 270 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock of the company with the apple logo following the iPhone launch, which the analyst says went “largely as expected.” The expert notes that he had already factored in a 100 US dollar higher price for the iPhone 17 Air compared to the 16 Plus and “slightly raises” his estimates since the Pro model now starts at 1,099 US dollars with 256 GB, compared to 999 US dollars for 128 GB last year.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $245 (→)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik found that Apple’s iPhone 17 updates met expectations. He believes that the introduction of the iPhone Air will lay the groundwork for a foldable smartphone in 2026. The analyst maintains the “Buy” rating on Apple with a price target of 245 US dollars.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $260 (↑)
Amit Daryanani, analyst at Evercore ISI, has raised the price target for Apple from 250 to 260 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating after Apple held its “impressive” event where the company officially unveiled this year’s iPhone lineup, including the iPhone 17 Base, Pro, and Pro Max models as well as the long-awaited Apple Air model. The Air will feature a new form factor design, which in the analyst’s view could help reinvigorate Apple’s user base and mark the beginning of a multi-year iPhone roadmap. The event also highlighted a series of “remarkable performance improvements” across the entire iPhone 17 lineup with the A19 and A19 Pro chips.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee sees Apple’s fall product launch as largely in line with expectations. The “modest upsides” related to the favorable pricing of the iPhone 17 were offset by the “downside risks to the bull case” due to the high price of the iPhone Air. The analyst believes the event offered few surprises regarding AirPods, Watches, and iPhones. For investors hoping for a bigger sales cycle driven by the significant redesign of the thinnest iPhone ever, the bull case for Apple stock will weaken, in the analyst’s view. He maintains his “Overweight” rating on Apple with a price target of 255 US dollars and considers yesterday’s event a “mixed outcome.”
Rosenblatt, Neutral (→), Target: $241 (↑)
Rosenblatt analyst Barton Crockett raises the price target for Apple from 223 to 241 US dollars but maintains the “Neutral” rating. The company announced a “solid update” to its core iPhone product line, with notable improvements in camera features and battery life. Rosenblatt assigns Apple stock a higher multiple to reflect increased confidence in the model following the product launch and the antitrust ruling against Google.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (→), Target: $205.82 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Edison Lee has raised the price target for Apple from 190.67 to 205.82 US dollars but maintains the “Hold” rating. The fourth quarter could “turn out disappointing,” but the analyst’s EPS estimates for fiscal years 2025/26 and 2026/27 are in line with consensus. Tariff relief, antitrust remedies, and reports of an AI-powered Siri service have driven the stock up 18 percent over the past three months, but the analyst now believes that the “good news is already priced in” and points out that his fundamental concerns remain unchanged.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
MoffettNathanson, Neutral (↑), Target: $225 (→)
MoffettNathanson analyst Craig Moffett upgrades Apple from “Sell” to “Neutral.” The price target remains at 225 US dollars after the iPhone maker’s stock recently experienced a strong rally. In the analyst’s view, the risks of a worst-case scenario related to U.S. tariffs, sluggish progress in artificial intelligence, and concerns about Google’s lucrative deal with Apple have either been resolved or overlooked by the market. Apple benefits from the recent court decision allowing Google to keep the Chrome browser and to continue paying Apple billions annually to remain the default search engine on iPhones. The worst-case scenarios are off the table, while discounts in China have eased concerns about market share losses and exemptions have softened or nearly eliminated the significant tariffs. According to Moffett, however, Apple’s stock is still “expensive.”
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $220 (→)
UBS analyst David Vogt says that analysis of Apple’s App Store suggests revenues in August rose 11 percent year over year, compared with 13 percent in July, with tougher comparisons. The more difficult comparisons would limit the upside potential of services revenue. The analyst maintains a “Neutral” rating on Apple’s stock with a price target of 220 US dollars.
----------
Sep 3, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $260 (↑)
Wamsi Mohan, analyst at Bank of America, raises the price target for Apple’s stock from 250 to 260 US dollars and maintains the “Buy” rating. The recent court decision regarding Google strengthens the analyst’s confidence in revenue forecasts for Apple’s services business. While Google will be prohibited from entering into or maintaining exclusive agreements related to the distribution of Google Search, Chrome, Google Assistant, and the Gemini app, it will, for the time being, still be allowed to pay distributors for default placement (pre-installation or placement of Google Search, Chrome, or its Gen-AI products) for one year at a time. From the analyst’s perspective, the essence of this remedy already exists today, since Apple uses Google as the default search engine but also allows users to change this default setting to another search engine in the settings.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
Loop Capital, Hold (→), Target: $226 (↓)
Loop Capital analyst Ananda Baruah lowers the price target for Apple from 230 to 226 US dollars and maintains the “Hold” rating. He updates his model to reflect the shifts toward Pro/Pro Max models, lower Air models, and adjustments to average selling prices. The analyst further notes that Apple has revised its expectations for the iPhone 17 Air model and now assumes it will account for about 20 percent of total sales, compared to the originally expected 30 percent.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Apple along with a price target of 240 US dollars. Earlier, Morgan Stanley’s Greater China Technology Hardware Team had raised its estimate for iPhone production in the September quarter from 50 million units (a 7 percent year-over-year decline) to 54 million units (flat year-over-year). The adjustment was due to stronger-than-expected iPhone sales in the June quarter, which reduced channel inventories. However, Woodring noted that this was already reflected in Apple’s own guidance for the third quarter of 55 million units shipped. Beyond the iPhone 16, production forecasts for the iPhone 17 in the second half of calendar year 2025 remain unchanged at 80 to 85 million units, representing a year-over-year change of –5 percent to +1 percent.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan raised the price target for Apple from $240 to $250 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. Following Apple’s increased investments in the U.S., the analyst believes it is becoming “increasingly likely” that several Apple products will be exempt from tariffs. Apple could gain market share in the U.S. smartphone market if competitors are subject to tariffs while iPhones remain exempt. The analyst expressed “greater confidence” in Apple’s earnings power.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Barclays, Underweight (→), Target: $180 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tim Long raised the price target for Apple from $173 to $180 but maintained an “Underweight” rating on the iPhone maker’s stock following the release of its Q3 results. The company exceeded the analyst’s expectations in the third quarter, driven by higher iPhone and Mac sales as well as slightly improved services. Long believes demand and subsidies in China contributed to the results. He maintains his “Underweight” view on Apple due to regulatory risks, uncertainties in China, and risks related to artificial intelligence.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan raised the price target for Apple from $235 to $240 while maintaining a “Buy” rating, after the company reported “a significantly stronger quarter” and beat consensus estimates on most key metrics. The analyst views the strength in iPhone sales as “encouraging” and believes that with a heightened focus on AI, Apple could be well positioned for a strong iPhone cycle in 2026.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $245 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik raised the price target for Apple from $240 to $245 and, following the company’s third-quarter report, maintained his “Buy” recommendation on the stock. The analyst believes Apple’s outlook for the fourth quarter eased concerns about a revenue decline due to pulled-forward demand. He added that Apple’s fundamentals remain intact.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee raised the price target for Apple from $250 to $255 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock. Apple’s third-quarter report “defied seasonal trends” and, in the analyst’s view, showed a clear acceleration in the company’s overall revenue growth. J.P. Morgan increased its estimates following the release of the quarterly report.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring raised the price target for Apple from $235 to $240 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He described the report released last night as “Apple’s strongest quarterly report/outlook in more than two years.” Historically, this would be a quarter “where the optimists get louder,” but the analyst does not expect Apple to break out until there is clarity on tariffs and regulation.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $220 (↑)
UBS analyst David Vogt raised the price target for Apple from $210 to $220 while maintaining his “Neutral” rating. In the analyst’s view, Apple’s June quarter showed solid iPhone growth, but challenges are emerging due to the impact of tariffs and potential revenue shifts.
Boeing

US0970231058 / BA
Oct 30, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Hold (↓), Target: $240 (→)
Deutsche Bank analyst Scott Deuschle downgraded Boeing from “Buy” to “Hold,” keeping the price target unchanged at 240 US dollars. Deuschle expects the aircraft manufacturer’s financial situation to remain burdened by legacy issues in the coming years. These are likely to have a short- to medium-term negative impact on the profitability of its business segments and on the development of working capital.
----------
Sep 12, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $251 (→)
According to J.P. Morgan analyst Seth Seifman, Boeing faces increasd risk of a charge to the 777X program if there is a delay in the planned entry into service. The analyst notes that while this is “clearly not good news,” such a delay would not be surprising given the slow certification process. He adds that the development does not reflect any new technical problems with the aircraft and is unlikely to dramatically change the overall cash flow trajectory of the program in the coming years. The stock remains rated “Overweight” with a price target of 251 US dollars.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Ronald Epstein raised the price target for Boeing from $260 to $270 while maintaining a “Buy” rating, after the aircraft manufacturer delivered what he called “one of the best quarters in recent years.” Although the report was strong, Boeing’s stock closed the day down 4 percent, which the analyst attributed to CEO Kelly Ortberg’s comments that the company would soon apply for an increase in the production cap for the 737 model. According to Epstein, many had expected a much more aggressive ramp-up of 737 production by the third quarter, but “despite the noise,” he values the discipline and sees further upside potential.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $251 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Seth Seifman raised the price target for Boeing from $230 to $251 while maintaining his “Overweight” recommendation. The company delivered solid second-quarter results, but the stock was sold off due to momentum and positioning against high expectations. The analyst notes a degree of caution in Boeing’s outlook.
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Charles Minervino raised the price target for Boeing from $265 to $270 while maintaining a “Positive” rating on the aircraft manufacturer’s stock. The analyst updated his model following Boeing’s second-quarter 2025 results, which marked the first half of a pivotal turnaround year for the company and for the recovery of its commercial aircraft segment. The better-than-expected free cash flow performance in the quarter was driven by the delivery of 150 commercial aircraft, a more favorable widebody mix, and certain timing effects in capital expenditures.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $230 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Seth Seifman has raised the price target for Boeing from 200 to 230 USD and maintains an "Overweight" rating. He updated his model for the aircraft manufacturer ahead of the Q2 report. According to the analyst, strong deliveries are expected to support Boeing’s performance in the second quarter.
----------
Jul 14, 2024
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $282 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Douglas Harned raises the price target for Boeing from $249 to $282 and maintains an “Outperform” rating on the aircraft manufacturer ahead of the upcoming quarterly results.
Following discussions at the Paris Air Show and the Strategic Decisions Conference, the analyst is optimistic about Boeing’s production ramp-up. Bernstein also raises the outlook for Boeing Defense, Space & Security Systems and for Boeing Global Services.
The preliminary findings from the Air India crash are seen as positive for Boeing, with no indications of issues with the 787 aircraft itself.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jason Gursky raises the price target for Boeing from $220 to $270 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. The analyst notes that momentum across the entire aerospace sector remains strong.
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $265 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Charles Minervino raises the price target for Boeing from $252 to $265 and maintains a “Positive” rating on the stock. In the commercial segment, Boeing’s 737 production, delivery numbers, and orders have improved year over year. The analyst views this increased stability as a positive development for the entire civil aerospace supply chain.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $252 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Charles Minervino has raised the price target for Boeing from $240 to $252 and maintains a “Positive” rating on the stock. He updated his model following the June delivery report, which showed 60 aircraft delivered, bringing the total for the second quarter of 2025 to 150. Based on the June figures, the analyst remains confident in Boeing’s progress in ramping up commercial aircraft production, noting that the company recorded solid deliveries in the first half of 2025.
----------
Jul 8, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $245 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Scott Deuschle has raised the price target for Boeing from $235 to $245 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. He is adjusting his view on the defence sector as part of a preview of second-quarter earnings. According to Deuschle, the U.S. defence sector is expected to be “a mixed bag again this earnings season.”
Carvana

US1468691027 / CVNA
Oct 21, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $490 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Rajat Gupta has raised the price target for Carvana from 425 to 490 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating for the online used-car retailer’s stock. Gupta has also placed Carvana on the firm’s “Positive Catalyst Watch” list ahead of the upcoming Q3 results. The analyst expects Carvana to once again exceed market expectations and raise its guidance, which would further strengthen the company’s competitive moat and reinforce its leading position in the sector. According to J.P. Morgan, investor concerns about the stability of consumer and auto loans are currently overstated. Gupta believes that Carvana’s upcoming results should “extinguish the flames” and further bolster investor confidence.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $490 (→)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey has placed Carvana on a “90-day Catalyst Watch” list. The stock remains rated “Buy” with a price target of 490 US dollars. There are indications of a positive trend in Carvana’s retail sales, which, according to the analyst, should lead to increased volume as the company gains a “profitable share” of the used car market.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (↑), Target: $475 (↑)
Jefferies analyst John Colantuoni has upgraded Carvana from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from $385 to $475. He says findings from his consumer survey, web analytics, and capacity analysis indicate Carvana will continue to post strong growth and run ahead of consensus. In addition, the company’s fixed-cost leverage should complement revenue growth and support further improvement in unit economics and “industry-high” EBITDA growth. Jefferies believes Carvana is best positioned to benefit from the early digitalisation of the roughly $800 billion US used-car market.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $450 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Adam Jonas initiated coverage of Carvana with an “Overweight” rating and a price target of $450, up from the previous $290. The analyst expects stronger acceleration in market share gains and “acknowledges the operational execution,” noting that Carvana’s management team has “once again delivered a strong operating result that significantly exceeded expectations.”
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $425 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Michael McGovern raised the price target for Carvana from $375 to $425 while maintaining a “Buy” rating, after the online used-car dealer exceeded expectations on revenue and earnings. The forecasts show “no signs of slowing down.” Following the quarterly report, the analyst increased his estimates for the company’s units sold and EBITDA through 2027.
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $450 (↑)
BTIG analyst Marvin Fong raised the price target for Carvana from $395 to $450 while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company once again delivered an excellent quarter, with strong performance in both retail gross profit per unit and operating costs per unit, while unit growth also came in better than expected.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $415 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Rajat Gupta raised the price target for Carvana from $350 to $415 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The company’s second-quarter results came in well above expectations and, in the analyst’s view, demonstrated the levers Carvana can pull to drive EBITDA and unit growth while also gaining market share. J.P. Morgan believes Carvana is continuing to strengthen its competitive advantage.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (↑), Target: $450 (→)
Oppenheimer analyst Brian Nagel upgraded Carvana from “Perform” to “Outperform,” keeping the price target at $450. He described the online used-car retailer as a “unique, digitally driven disruptor within the expansive and inefficient domestic used-car market.” Following significant fundamental and financial repositioning, Carvana’s business model is now “humming,” generating substantial cash, scaling effectively, and benefiting from improving demand in the sector. The analyst praised Carvana’s leadership for “aggressively” enhancing cost efficiency and restructuring the company’s balance sheet. These efforts have enabled Carvana to achieve sustainable profitability even when post-pandemic revenue trends were weak and now support significant operating leverage as consumer demand in the used-car market solidifies.
----------
Jul 8, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $415 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey has raised the price target for Carvana from $325 to $415 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. According to Josey, Citi’s proprietary retail sales tracker for Carvana.com indicates a second-quarter retail sales figure of 142,000 units — representing a 40 percent year-over-year increase and a 6 percent rise from the previous quarter. This is 1,000 units above the consensus estimate. The analyst also finds it encouraging that the tracker showed a 36 percent year-over-year increase in inventory levels in the second quarter.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Stephens, Overweight (→), Target: $375 (↑)
Jeff Lick, analyst at Stephens, has raised the price target for Carvana from $300 to $375 and continues to rate the stock as “Overweight.” He believes Carvana sold more units in the second quarter than Wall Street had projected. A sales increase of up to +45 percent is now expected, compared to +35 percent previously and a consensus estimate of around +38 percent.
Coca-Cola

US1912161007 / KO
Oct 23, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $77 (↑)
Barclays analyst Lauren Lieberman has raised the price target for Coca-Cola from 71 to 77 US dollars while maintaining her “Overweight” rating on the beverage giant’s shares. The company exceeded expectations this quarter and demonstrated what the analyst described as its “industry-leading” revenue visibility to the market.
Coinbase

US19260Q1076 / COIN
Oct 24, 2025
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (↑), Target: $404 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Kenneth Worthington upgraded Coinbase from “Neutral” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from 342 to 404 US dollars. He cited the company’s consideration of launching a potential Base Token as a key factor. According to Worthington, such a token could significantly accelerate the growth of the Base blockchain, which was launched in August 2023. He estimates that the market capitalisation of a Base Token could eventually reach between 12 and 34 billion US dollars. Worthington views the initiative as a win-win for both shareholders and crypto participants, as it would drive development, strengthen community engagement, and support infrastructure expansion. Another potential catalyst, he noted, is Coinbase’s ongoing exploration of stablecoin payouts to help promote its monthly subscription service, Coinbase One.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
BTIG, Buy (-), Target: $410 (-)
BTIG analyst Andrew Harte has initiated coverage of Coinbase with a Buy rating and a $410 price target. He says the company is investing in the right areas to build a platform and flywheel between its core trading business and digital-asset applications. He believes Coinbase’s “rapidly growing” derivatives business and the Base app are two growth opportunities that investors are underestimating.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (→), Target: $305 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Dan Dolev has raised the price target for Coinbase from US$267 to US$305 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. His analysis shows that payment processors, consumer lenders and trading platforms are best positioned to benefit from rate cuts. Trading platforms such as Coinbase depend on trading commissions, and trading activity tends to increase when interest rates are lower. At Mizuho, they believe Coinbase shares deserve recognition for the company’s growth, cost management and long-term upward trends.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $365 (↑)
Barclays analyst Benjamin Budish raised his price target for Coinbase from 352 to 365 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating. Budish updated his model to reflect the completion of the Deribit acquisition. Additional information suggests that Deribit generates annual EBITDA of 240 million US dollars, which implies a mid–single-digit uplift to adjusted EBITDA.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Compass Point Research, Sell (↓), Target: $248 (↓)
Compass Point Research analyst Ed Engel downgraded Coinbase from “Neutral” to “Sell” and cut the price target from $330 to $248. The downgrade was based in part on the mixed second-quarter results of the crypto trading platform operator. While EPS came in above analyst expectations, revenue fell short of forecasts, and transaction-based revenue also missed consensus estimates.
According to Engel, Coinbase’s business performance in the second and third quarters confirms a slowdown in earnings momentum despite an ongoing crypto bull market. He sees only limited valuation support for Coinbase if crypto markets continue to correct. While the analyst remains generally constructive on the current crypto cycle, he expects a choppy third quarter—citing traditionally weaker seasonality in August and September as well as waning retail investor interest in crypto treasury stocks.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Barclays, „Equal Weight“ (→), Target: $352 (↓)
Barclays analyst Benjamin Budish lowered the price target for Coinbase from $359 to $352 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating on the crypto trading platform operator’s stock. The company’s second-quarter results fell short of Wall Street expectations due to revenue shortfalls and higher expenses, and the outlook for the third quarter was mixed. However, the analyst noted that Coinbase struck a “fairly optimistic” tone during the earnings call regarding future growth opportunities against the backdrop of an improving regulatory environment.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $505 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Peter Christiansen raised the price target for Coinbase from $270 to $505 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the crypto trading platform specialist’s stock. The analyst believes the company’s momentum has “only just begun” with the signing of the Genius Act, the passage of the Clarity Act in the House of Representatives, and its inclusion in the S&P 500 Index. Christiansen sees further upside for the stock thanks to Coinbase’s new futures products and its leadership role in the regulated era of cryptocurrencies.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Piper Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $350 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Patrick Moley has raised the price target for Coinbase from $190 to $350, while maintaining a “Neutral” rating on the stock ahead of the company’s quarterly results. Looking at the second quarter, Moley expects the narrative around Bitcoin miners to continue focusing primarily on energy demand from AI hyperscalers and potential future deals with those firms. While there is still strong momentum in the digital asset space — including legislative progress and growing institutional adoption — Moley also reminds investors of Bitcoin’s historically predictable cycles around halving events. According to him, these suggest “we may be entering the early stages of the later phase of this bull market.”
DoorDash

US25809K1051 / DASH
Oct 28, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $325 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju raised his price target for DoorDash from 280 to 316 US dollars while keeping a “Neutral” rating. According to Ju, demand for food delivery remains strong even after the COVID pandemic, as the convenience of such services continues to drive higher-than-expected customer retention and mid-term growth. At the same time, competition could intensify, with Deliveroo receiving additional backing and Amazon expanding its same-day grocery delivery service.
----------
Oct 27, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $315 (-)
Goldman Sachs analyst Eric Sheridan has resumed coverage of DoorDash with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 315 US dollars. His forecasts now also incorporate Deliveroo, and he expects DoorDash to invest in accelerating its overall business growth. Data compiled by Goldman Sachs continue to indicate strong operational momentum in the food delivery sector. Sheridan views DoorDash as offering an attractive “3:1 positive risk-reward ratio.”
----------
Oct 24, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (-), Target: $272 (-)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler resumed coverage of DoorDash with an “Equal Weight” rating and a price target of 272 US dollars following the completion of the Deliveroo acquisition. He explained that after the stock’s strong year-to-date performance relative to peers, “much of the optimistic outlook” is already priced in. Nevertheless, Sandler still sees “a bright future” ahead for DoorDash.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (↑), Target: $325 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth has upgraded DoorDash from “Neutral” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from 175 to 325 US dollars. The upgrade follows the company’s recent acquisition of Deliveroo. Deliveroo had operated in nine markets that were previously new to DoorDash. After the acquisition, DoorDash is now active in 45 countries with a combined population of over one billion people. The company serves more than 700,000 local businesses and 50 million monthly active users, with Deliveroo contributing around seven million of those. According to Anmuth, the recent mergers and acquisitions expand DoorDash’s addressable market, as Deliveroo strengthens its presence in Western Europe and the Middle East.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $325 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Michael McGovern raised the price target for DoorDash from $285 to $325 while maintaining a “Buy” rating after a “beat and raise quarter” for the food delivery company. The analyst noted that basket volume growth was “particularly strong” this quarter, seeing it as a positive signal since larger baskets with groceries and convenience products are “resonating” thanks to product improvements. Following the report, he increased his estimates for gross order volume and EBITDA through 2027.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $325 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Justin Patterson raised the price target for DoorDash from $295 to $325 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The analyst believes that DoorDash’s focus on improving the customer experience, expanding merchant offerings, and shortening average delivery times has created a flywheel effect that led to better-than-expected second-quarter results and guidance. While KeyBanc expects DoorDash to reinvest part of this momentum, they believe it should still drive revenue growth at least in the high teens through 2027. Patterson views DoorDash as an “industry leader with improving economics.”
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $280 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski raised the price target for DoorDash from $239 to $280 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. He noted that it is “quite rare” for a company with an almost $100 billion run rate to show broad acceleration after just one quarter. The third-quarter guidance points to continued strength, in the analyst’s view. He highlighted the company’s “exceptional execution.” Sometimes, however, consensus estimates are accurate—such was the case with DoorDash.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $285 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Michael McGovern raised the price target for DoorDash from $245 to $285 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the food delivery company’s stock—just ahead of the earnings release on August 6. The analyst emphasized that his estimates for the second quarter are above Wall Street consensus. McGovern also noted that DoorDash has room to improve investor sentiment. He expects the company’s gross order volume guidance for the third quarter could come in above current Wall Street expectations.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $214 (↑)
Stifel analyst Mark Kelley Beim Lieferdienst DoorDash wird das Kursziel von 198 auf 214 US-Dollar angehoben, während das „Hold“-Rating aber bestätigt wird.
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $272 (↑)
Truist analyst Youssef Squali took a closer look at DoorDash, raising the price target from $230 to $272 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The analyst remains constructive on DoorDash with regard to its second-quarter results, as his analysis suggests that gross order value growth exceeded expectations in Q2 and has so far accelerated in Q3. From the analyst’s perspective, the company’s financial results give management the ability to double down on its international ambitions with the acquisition of Deliveroo and to expand its merchant software tools through the purchase of SevenRooms, which in his view should broaden DoorDash’s total addressable market and future growth momentum.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $265 (↑)
Nikhil Devnani, analyst at Bernstein, has raised the price target for DoorDash from $210 to $265 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating on the stock. Devnani expects another quarter of strong fundamentals and positive sales revisions. However, he questions whether this is sufficient to justify a 30x EBITDA multiple. In his view, the elevated expectations make the risk-reward profile less favourable. Nonetheless, he would look to engage with the stock on potential pullbacks, as the underlying trends appear to support the company’s long-term upward trajectory.
Raymond James, Strong Buy (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Josh Beck has raised the price target for DoorDash from $260 to $275 and maintains a “Strong Buy” rating on the stock. He highlights that nearly 10 new advertising innovations introduced since the beginning of the year represent a new high. Additionally, the recent acquisition of Symbiosys leads Beck to believe that DoorDash’s advertising penetration could accelerate in 2026 and 2027.
Estée Lauder

US5184391044 / EL
Oct 27, 2025
Canaccord, Hold (→), Target: $100 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Susan Anderson has raised her price target for Estée Lauder from 85 to 100 US dollars while maintaining a “Hold” rating. According to Anderson, both LVMH and L’Oréal have reported an improvement in consumer sentiment in China, which supports the upward revision of the target. Although travel retail has shown signs of recovery, it remains weak overall. The analyst also expects that demand for beauty products, while still relatively strong, has normalised in key markets such as the United States and Western Europe, as macroeconomic conditions remain volatile.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (↑), Target: $115 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Bonnie Herzog has upgraded Estée Lauder from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target for the beauty stock from 76 to 115 US dollars. The analyst estimates that the company may have already returned to revenue growth in the first quarter (ending in September), with double-digit EBIT margins expected in fiscal year 2026/27 and beyond. As Herzog previously noted after meeting with Estée Lauder’s CEO and CFO at the company’s New York headquarters in February 2025, she believes that management’s strategic vision, “Beauty Reimagined,” reflects the right steps toward becoming a more “agile” beauty company through its consumer-focused approach and emphasis on faster, trend-driven innovation.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $114 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Andrea Teixeira has raised the price target from 99 to 114 US dollars and maintained the “Overweight” rating. The analyst believes that Estée Lauder could deliver a positive surprise for investors despite the challenging environment.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Canaccord, Hold (→), Target: $85 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Susan Anderson raised the price target for Estée Lauder from 62 to 85 US dollars while maintaining a “Hold” rating. She lifted the target ahead of the company’s earnings release, expecting a profit recovery by fiscal year 2027. However, earnings remain in decline, and with little evidence of a structural turnaround, the analyst remains cautious.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $95 (→)
Citigroup analyst Filippo Falorni has a “negative short-term view” on Estée Lauder. He sees risks around the cosmetics company’s forecast for fiscal year 2026 and believes the stock’s valuation looks “full” after an 85 percent rally since April. The shares remain rated “Neutral” with a price target of 95 US dollars.
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $98 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Stephen Powers raised the price target for Estée Lauder from 95 to 98 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating ahead of the company’s fourth-quarter report.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (↑), Target: $158 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Andrea Teixeira upgraded Estée Lauder from “Neutral” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from $62 to $101. She also placed the stock on a “Positive Catalyst Watch” ahead of the earnings report. Teixeira expects Estée Lauder to deliver results above analyst forecasts, driven in part by improved online performance. She also believes the company will “boost” same-store sales during the holiday quarter.
Etsy

US29786A1060 / ETSY
Oct 20, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $75 (↑)
UBS analyst Chris Kuntarich has raised the price target for Etsy from 67 to 75 US dollars while maintaining the existing “Neutral” rating. Kuntarich expects the company’s EPS for the third quarter to be broadly in line with market expectations. This outlook reflects only limited upward revisions to gross merchandise volume (GMV) and EBITDA for the second half of 2025, suggesting that the results will likely be viewed as “neutral” by the market.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $81 (↑)
BTIG analyst Marvin Fong has raised Etsy’s price target from $72 to $81 and reaffirmed a Buy rating. The move follows the e-commerce specialist’s partnership with OpenAI, the creator of ChatGPT. He sees this partnership as a key catalyst that puts Etsy at the forefront of agent-based commerce. The focus is a new OpenAI feature called “Instant Checkout,” which lets users buy individual items from US-based Etsy sellers directly through the ChatGPT bot. More than one million Shopify merchants, including Skims and Glossier, are expected to be added soon. He believes this functionality could be enough to return Etsy to gross merchandise value growth next year, after a slight decline currently expected, and that this should prompt a further re-rating of the shares.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $81 (↑)
BTIG analyst Marvin Fong has raised Etsy’s price target from $72 to $81 and maintained a Buy rating. He estimates that the rollout of Instant Checkout, which is based on the Agentic Commerce Protocol, will have a relatively modest impact on gross merchandise volume of about 1 per cent. He adds that investors are looking beyond the immediate transaction effects, pointing to the scale of ChatGPT, the total addressable market, future innovations, and the view that Etsy is already undervalued.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $66 (↑)
In the case of Etsy, Stifel analyst Mark Kelley maintained his “Hold” rating. The price target was raised from $45 to $66.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $53 (↑)
Bryan Smilek, analyst at J.P. Morgan, has raised the price target for Etsy from $50 to $53 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. He revised his estimates ahead of Etsy’s Q2 earnings report on July 30. According to Smilek, mid- to long-term product optimisations are likely to support improvements in gross merchandise sales growth. He also expects Etsy’s app trends to continue improving.
First Solar

US3364331070 / FSLR
Oct 22, 2025
Needham, Buy (-), Target: $286 (-)
Needham analyst Sean Milligan has initiated coverage of First Solar with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 286 US dollars. Needham views the photovoltaic company as one of the “most policy-favoured opportunities” to benefit from the U.S. utility-scale solar market following the “One Big Beautiful Bill.” The analyst expects the company’s free cash flow to increase significantly in 2026, providing room for platform expansion and capital returns. Over the longer term, improved transparency in domestic pricing by 2028 could further enhance First Solar’s profitability.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $300 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Vikram Bagri has raised the price target for First Solar from 198 to 300 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He updated his model ahead of the solar company’s third-quarter earnings release. According to the analyst, First Solar’s 2025 outlook carries some risk due to additional tariffs in India, but news regarding the completion of its U.S. capacity expansion, quarterly order intake, and the outcome of the Section 232 investigation are seen as near-term catalysts likely to drive the stock higher.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $287 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Joseph Osha raised his price target for First Solar from 202 to 287 US dollars and reiterated his “Buy” rating. According to the analyst, the revised analysis, together with some recent political developments and industry checks, supports a higher target valuation for the stock of the solar energy specialist.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Bank of Amercia, Buy (→), Target: $201 (↑)
Dimple Gosai, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for First Solar from $185 to $201 while reaffirming a “Buy” rating. Bank of America's Q2 estimates are slightly below consensus, reflecting Gosai’s view on volume growth and cost dynamics in the second half of the year. However, the bank’s estimates for fiscal year 2025 remain slightly above consensus, according to the analyst. At the same time, Gosai has adjusted the company’s valuation based on his EV/EBITDA estimates for 2027/2028.
General Motors

US37045V1008 / GM
Oct 22, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $85 (↑)
Barclays analyst Dan Levy has raised the price target for General Motors from 77 to 85 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The company delivered a “beat-and-raise” quarter and is well positioned for 2026.
TD-Cowen, Buy (→), Target: $100 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst Itay Michaeli has also raised his price target for General Motors from 92 to 100 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” recommendation for the automaker’s stock. Following the strong third-quarter earnings beat and the company’s upwardly revised guidance, Michaeli has adjusted his estimates accordingly. Despite the previous day’s rally, he continues to see an attractive risk-reward profile for the stock, noting that GM remains one of his “Top Picks.”
----------
Sep 30, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $80 (↑)
Ryan Brinkman, an analyst at J.P. Morgan, has raised the price target for General Motors from $60 to $80 and maintains an Overweight rating on the automaker’s shares. After discussions with management, he has significantly increased his 2026 earnings estimates for GM. The company spoke of improved business resilience that should enable GM to navigate changing tariff and emissions rules. Brinkman sets his 2027 earnings-per-share estimate at $11.50, around 13 per cent above consensus. He also expects the company to benefit from its $4 billion plan to shift production of vehicles currently manufactured in Mexico.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
UBS, Buy (↑), Target: $81 (↑)
UBS analyst Joseph Spak has upgraded General Motors from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 56 to 81 US dollars. His earnings estimates for 2026 and 2027 are 35% and 42% above consensus, as he assumes GM North America’s margins can return to their existing target of 8% to 10%. By contrast, consensus for the coming years had margins at around 6% to 6.5%. Spak says tariffs have added costs that GM will not pass on to consumers, yet the company has several levers to offset this headwind. He also sees GM as a potential beneficiary of US interest-rate cuts and domestic investment cycles.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $67 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has raised the price target for General Motors from $58 to $67 and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. Overall estimates for the auto sector are being lifted. He adds that U.S. tariffs would have only a minimal impact on new-vehicle prices. In addition, U.S. electric-vehicle sales in August rose 17% year over year as consumers sought to benefit from Inflation Reduction Act tax credits before they expire.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $75 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Michael Ward has raised the price target for General Motors from 61 to 75 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He justifies the higher target with improved visibility into the impact of tariffs, stating that GM stands to benefit the most from favorable trade agreements among industry peers. Citi expects that the U.S. trade agreement with South Korea will reduce GM’s tariff burden by 800 million dollars.
----------
Sep 12, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (↑), Target: $73 (↑)
Barclays analyst Dan Levy upgrades General Motors from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight.” The price target rises from 55 to 73 US dollars. The analyst sees a favorable environment for the automaker given the easing of U.S. regulations on electric vehicles and the “resilience” of U.S. car prices. GM has the opportunity to reduce its losses in the electric vehicle segment. Combined with an attractive valuation and share buybacks, GM stock “should work,” in the analyst’s view.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $65 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Daniel Ives raised his price target for General Motors from 55 to 65 US dollars and maintained his “Outperform” rating on the automaker’s stock. He sees “increasing momentum” for the company’s growth in 2026, as GM is expected to withstand tariff headwinds. According to Ives, GM’s production relocation and logistics strategies should help mitigate the impact of tariffs. At Wedbush, the view is that General Motors “has embarked on an important growth trajectory” and is positioned more strongly in the electric vehicle market compared to recent years. The launch of new models over the next 6 to 12 months could further drive consumer demand for GM.
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $62 (↓)
Bank of America analyst John Murphy lowered the price target for General Motors from $65 to $62 but maintained a “Buy” rating on the automaker’s stock after second-quarter results came in better than expected by the market. GM maintained its guidance, but the second half of the year is expected to be weaker than the first. The analyst revised his own estimates, now anticipating that the fourth quarter will be “the weakest in 2025.”
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $61 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Michael Ward raised the price target for General Motors from $59 to $61 and reiterated a “Buy” rating on the stock. The company reported better-than-expected second-quarter results despite headwinds from tariffs. The analyst believes that the U.S. trade agreement with Japan could support increased U.S. vehicle exports to Japan.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $56 (→)
UBS analyst Joseph Spak noted that Tuesday’s sell-off in GM shares appears to be “overdone” and could present an opportunity to benefit from what may have been a positioning-driven decline. The analyst maintains a “Neutral” rating on the stock with a price target of $56. He stated that it is difficult to see how EBIT forecasts could rise significantly without additional tariff relief or benefits from changes in emissions or EV policy.
HP Inc.

US40434L1052 / HPQ
Oct 22, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (↓), Target: $30 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee has downgraded HP Inc. from “Overweight” to “Neutral,” while keeping the price target unchanged at 30 US dollars. The analyst believes the company is nearing the end of a favourable volume and commodity cycle and expects the Windows 10 replacement cycle to conclude in 2026, which could weigh on growth in the business PC segment. For consumer PCs, Chatterjee currently sees no catalysts for a replacement cycle. Overall, he views the upside potential for HP shares as limited.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
HSBC, Buy (↑), Target: $30 (↑)
HSBC analyst Stephen Bersey has upgraded HP Inc. from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 28.10 to 30 US dollars. He sees signs that HP’s PC and printer sales could turn out better than previously expected. HSBC justifies the upgrade based on an improved assessment of the company’s business momentum. The analyst has raised HP’s PC sales forecasts to reflect stronger-than-expected sales performance in the third quarter.
----------
Aug 28, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $27 (↓)
Barclays analyst Tim Long has lowered the price target for HP Inc. from 28 to 27 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating on the PC and printer manufacturer’s stock. The company’s third-quarter results were in line with expectations in both the commercial and consumer PC segments, although the gross margin fell short due to higher-than-expected tariff costs and an unfavourable mix. The analyst has reduced his estimates following the earnings release.
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $30 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee has raised the price target for HP Inc. from 27 to 30 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating following the company’s third-quarter report. He noted that the company saw solid demand for PCs, which reduces estimate risk for fiscal 2025.
IBM

US4592001014 / IBM
Oct 23, 2025
Bank-of-America, Buy (→), Target: $315 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan has raised the price target for IBM from 310 to 315 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on the stock after the company delivered what he described as an “overall clean quarter,” beating expectations on both revenue and earnings per share. Despite a “disappointing mix” in software growth, Mohan has increased his forecast for total revenue growth in fiscal year 2025 to above five percent at constant currency.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $295 (↓)
Stifel analyst David Grossman has lowered the price target for IBM from 310 to 295 US dollars but maintained his “Buy” rating. Revenue and earnings per share exceeded expectations, driven by mainframe and consulting services, and IBM issued a “very modest” upward revision to its 2025 outlook. Overall, the business remains “solid,” according to the analyst, but defensively oriented investors may experience some short-term weakness, as the 18 percent share price increase over the past seven weeks has created a challenging setup. Grossman describes a downward revaluation of the stock as “unsurprising.”
-----------
Oct 21, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (→), Target: $305 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill has raised the price target for IBM from 280 to 305 US dollars but maintained a “Hold” rating on the technology company’s stock ahead of its third-quarter earnings report. Thill notes that expectations for “Big Blue’s” results have risen recently after management pointed to a more robust macroeconomic environment and a potential rebound in software growth in the second half of the year. According to Jefferies, growth is being driven primarily by the continued strength of IBM’s Red Hat subsidiary and additional momentum from its automation segment. Thill believes IBM shares could “gradually move higher” thanks to improved software performance but prefers other companies offering broader exposure to artificial intelligence.
----------
Oct 15, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $256 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring has raised the price target for IBM from 253 to 256 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst’s tracker points to an acceleration in organic software growth in the third quarter, which “should be enough to meet or slightly exceed Wall Street expectations.” However, he adds that “we wouldn’t chase the results here,” noting that the stock is trading at a premium compared to its peers.
----------
Jul 24, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $310 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan lowered the price target for IBM from $320 to $310 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the stock after a “mixed quarter,” where the slowdown in the organic software business was offset by stronger-than-expected infrastructure results. The analyst believes estimates will “likely move higher,” but notes that the more cyclical parts of the business and valuation are likely to limit upside in the near term. He views the company as having become a “show-me story on software” in the second half of the year but remains optimistic about IBM’s overall trajectory.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (→), Target: $285 (↑)
Brent Thill, analyst at Jefferies, has raised the price target for IBM from $265 to $285 while maintaining a “Hold” rating on the stock. He believes the Q2 estimates are achievable, given the acceleration in software growth and improving fundamentals. While Thill remains optimistic that IBM can sustain its software momentum, he also notes a “mixed segment dynamic” across the company.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
BMO Capital, Market Perform (→), Target: $300 (↑)
Keith Bachman, analyst at BMO Capital, has raised the price target for IBM from 260 to 300 US dollars and maintains a “Market Perform” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, the new Z17 could contribute to growth over the next two fiscal years. However, Bachman continues to believe that long-term growth in the mainframe segment will be limited, as he does not expect IBM to capture significant AI workloads.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $315 (↑)
Matthew Swanson, analyst at RBC Capital, has raised the price target for IBM from 285 to 315 US dollars and continues to rate the stock as “Outperform” ahead of the earnings report. According to the analyst, Q2 is likely to be a software-driven quarter, with a focus on potential Red Hat acceleration, GenAI bookings, and adherence to the seasonality of free cash flow. Swanson adds that the momentum around GenAI and Agentic Orchestration and Governance should remain central to IBM’s positioning in the enterprise AI adoption space.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $253 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring has raised the price target for IBM from $233 to $253 and maintains an "Equal Weight" rating on the stock. He believes the market is already pricing in more than just an improvement in free cash flow. Given expectations of mixed results in software and consulting this quarter, Morgan Stanley considers the setup for the Q2 results to be "tactically cautious."
Intel

US4581401001 / INTC
Oct 24, 2025
Bank-of-America, Underperform (→), Target: $34 (→)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya reaffirmed his “Underperform” rating and 34-US-dollar price target for Intel. He noted that current demand exceeds supply and that this trend could persist into next year. However, Arya continues to highlight the company’s ongoing challenges, including margin pressure, intense competition in both the product and foundry segments, limited manufacturing capacity without significant external wafer orders, and the absence of a proprietary “AI accelerator.” He also emphasised that he does not expect any meaningful improvement in Intel Foundry’s currently unfavourable cost structure.
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $35 (→)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon maintained his “Market Perform” rating on Intel and kept the price target at 35 US dollars. He indicated that margins could face a series of challenges in 2026. While he understands the desire to declare a turnaround for the struggling company, Rasgon cautioned that “this battle is far from won.” He added, “Perhaps it’s best to call it a draw for now.”
Citigroup, Sell (→), Target: $29 (→)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely commented on Intel’s recent quarterly results, noting that the stock reacted positively as expected, though the company issued a more cautious outlook due to continued losses in its foundry business. Danely maintains that it would be more beneficial for shareholders if Intel were to exit the commercial foundry segment altogether. He adjusted his estimates accordingly and reaffirmed his “Sell” rating along with a 29-US-dollar price target. The analyst argued that the current share price already reflects success in the foundry division — a scenario he considers “highly unlikely” to materialise.
Deutsche Bank, Hold (→), Target: $35 (→)
Deutsche Bank analyst Ross Seymore maintained his “Hold” rating on Intel with a price target of 35 US dollars. He acknowledged the company’s structural improvements and the growing confidence in its strategy but continues to believe it will take several years before these initiatives yield tangible financial results. According to Seymore, many of these positive developments are not yet reflected in his forecasts. In the short term, he still views Intel as an event-driven stock — announcements about foundry partnerships, AI collaborations, or new products could create bursts of optimism, yet a renewed focus on fundamentals is likely to bring renewed pressure on the share price.
J.P.-Morgan, Underweight (→), Target: $30 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur sees Intel’s latest results and guidance as evidence of solid short-term execution, partly driven by stronger-than-expected customer demand in the product business during the second half of 2025, despite growing tariff and trade concerns. Nevertheless, Sur remains cautious: he believes Intel’s competitive position will remain structurally challenged for at least the next 12 to 18 months, with further likely market-share losses to AMD in both the PC and server segments. Overall, Sur continues to view Intel as facing significant risk of additional share erosion in its core product business, while its external foundry efforts have so far gained only limited traction with customers. He therefore maintains his “Underweight” rating and a 30-US-dollar price target.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $38 (→)
At Morgan Stanley, the price target for Intel remains at 38 US dollars with an “Equal Weight” rating. Analyst Joseph Moore described the company’s better-than-expected third-quarter results as another sign of conservative management. However, given the observed supply constraints, he had expected a slightly more optimistic outlook for the fourth quarter. While Moore welcomes some of Intel’s new strategic initiatives, his main focus remains on the core CPU business and its roadmap, where he is still waiting to see convincing progress.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $40 (→)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri reaffirmed his “Neutral” rating on Intel with a price target of 40 US dollars. He views the company’s external foundry work at the 14A node as a long-term investment that will likely require additional outside funding. Arcuri, however, considers it plausible that a future Trump administration could encourage companies such as Apple, Google or Microsoft to participate — a move that would make strategic sense and could generate positive headlines for Intel.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Bank of America, Underperform (↓), Target: $34 (→)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has downgraded Intel from “Neutral” to “Underperform” while maintaining the price target at 34 US dollars. According to the analyst, the recent 80 billion US-dollar increase in Intel’s market capitalisation reflects more than just an improved balance sheet and potential benefits from external foundry operations. Competitive prospects remain challenging due to the company’s “lack of a clear AI portfolio or strategy,” uncompetitive server CPUs, and reduced flexibility to divest loss-making manufacturing units. Arya adds that the stock has “risen too far, too fast,” given Intel’s still difficult underlying fundamentals.
----------
Oct 2, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $21 (→)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon reiterates a Market Perform rating on Intel with a $21 price target. The stance follows a Semafor report that Intel is in early talks to potentially win AMD as a foundry customer. Rasgon notes the report contains few details and it is uncertain how much of AMD’s production might shift to Intel if an agreement were reached, or whether such a deal would include a direct investment. Bernstein emphasises it remains possible that no agreement is reached between the long-standing semiconductor rivals. The analyst still views Intel as structurally challenged, yet advises caution on short positions due to headline risk and adds that the shares are likely to remain volatile.
----------
Sep 19, 2025
Citigroup, Sell (↓), Target: $29 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely downgraded Intel from “Neutral” to “Sell.” However, the price target was raised from 24 to 29 US dollars. From the analyst’s perspective, the semiconductor group’s share price already reflects the anticipated success of its advanced foundry business. He considers its chances of success to be “minimal.”The report also refers to NVIDIA’s 5 billion US dollar investment in Intel. According to the analyst, Intel’s plan to integrate NVIDIA’s technology into its CPUs is unlikely to give the company an edge over its competitor AMD, which already offers processors with strong multi-core performance at lower prices. Danely doubts this will make Intel’s CPUs more competitive, as integrating another company’s graphics technology would not improve the competitiveness of the CPU itself, since the processor remains the key performance factor for a PC.Furthermore, the AI collaboration between Intel and NVIDIA is also expected to bring little profit, as the total addressable market for the offering is valued at only 1 to 2 billion US dollars.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $21 (→)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon said Intel should have received 10.9 billion US dollars from the CHIPS Act “for free.” Giving this up in exchange for a 10 percent stake by the US government seems “even worse” in his view. The expert added that Intel needs customers as much as money, and it is conceivable that the government’s involvement could encourage customers to use the company’s capacity. Still, a direct swap of equity for cash does not appear advantageous for Intel, and “financing an expansion without customers will likely not end well for shareholders,” Rasgon argued. He maintains his “Market Perform” rating on Intel stock with a price target of 21 US dollars.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
HSBC, Hold (→), Target: $21.25 (↓)
HSBC analyst Frank Lee lowered the price target for Intel from $22.00 to $21.25 while maintaining a “Hold” rating on the stock. The analyst highlighted Intel’s cautious approach to its foundry business, noting that the company is focusing more on its next-generation 14A manufacturing processes for external customers rather than on 18A. Additionally, lower capital expenditures imply a more conservative investment strategy. Lee cut his EPS estimates for 2025 and 2026 from $0.31 and $0.93 to $0.10 and $0.56, respectively.
J.P. Morgan, Underweight (→), Target: $21 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur raised the price target for Intel from $20 to $21 while maintaining an “Underweight” rating on the stock. Following the Q2 report, he sees continued demand and competitive headwinds for Intel. The turnaround remains slow, and the decline in demand due to tariffs poses a risk to the second-half 2025 estimates. At the same time, the decision regarding a potential spin-off of the foundry business is being delayed.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $24 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has maintained a “Neutral” rating on Intel, while raising the price target from $21 to $24. The modest target increase reflects a slightly improved outlook, though the analyst remains cautious overall, likely due to ongoing competitive pressures and uncertainties around Intel’s execution and market positioning.
Intuitive Surgical

US46120E6023 / ISRG
Oct 22, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $589 (↑)
BTIG analyst Ryan Zimmerman has raised the price target for Intuitive Surgical to 589 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The company recorded strong growth in both procedures and system placements. BTIG believes the stock is “positioned for a rebound” ahead of the upcoming quarterly results, given the rising short interest. Zimmerman continues to see “significant room” within Intuitive Surgical’s replacement cycle and describes demand for procedures as “healthy.”
JD.com

US47215P1066 / JD
Oct 20, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $39 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Joyce Ju has raised her price target for JD.com from 37 to 39 US dollars and reaffirmed the existing “Buy” rating. Ahead of the upcoming quarterly earnings report, the analyst adjusted her revenue growth forecasts for the Chinese e-commerce company for 2025, 2026, and 2027.
KLA Corp.

US4824801009 / KLAC
Oct 20, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (↑), Target: $1,200 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has upgraded KLA Corp. from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and sharply raised the price target from 750 to 1,200 US dollars. The semiconductor equipment supplier is now also listed among the firm’s “Top Picks.” O’Malley sees KLA Corp. as a clear winner among leading semiconductor equipment manufacturers, noting that ongoing investments in artificial intelligence are likely to provide lasting support for the entire industry. He considers the headwinds from the Chinese market to be relatively moderate for KLA Corp., given its diversified revenue mix and robust business model, which make the company less vulnerable than many of its peers. O’Malley expects investors to remain focused on the long-term growth potential of semiconductor equipment makers — with KLA Corp. leading the way.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $1,050 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brian Chin has raised the price target for KLA Corp. from 922 to 1,050 US dollars while reaffirming the “Buy” rating.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $750 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has raised the price target for KLA Corp. from $590 to $750 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating.
Lam Research

US5128073062 / LRCX
Oct 23, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has raised the price target for Lam Research from 120 to 175 US dollars and reiterated his “Buy” rating. The semiconductor equipment supplier and manufacturer delivered a strong “beat-and-raise” quarter and expects solid growth in wafer fabrication equipment across all end markets through 2026. Following the release of the quarterly results, Malik adjusted his estimates upward accordingly.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $165 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur raised his price target for Lam Research from 113 to 165 US dollars and maintained his “Overweight” rating. The company’s better-than-expected results for the September quarter and its guidance above consensus indicate, according to Sur, that investment in advanced node technologies remains strong. The investment environment in China also came in more positive than anticipated. Following the results, Sur increased his forecasts as well and expects Lam Research to continue delivering solid earnings growth.
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $170 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised the price target for Lam Research from 162 to 170 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating. Despite headwinds in China, the company delivered results above market expectations and continues to offer attractive prospects. According to Rakesh, Lam Research is well positioned to benefit from trends in artificial intelligence and memory technologies through 2026.
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini also expressed optimism, raising his price target for Lam Research from 135 to 200 US dollars and maintaining his “Positive” rating. The analyst noted that the recovery in the wafer segment and several market share gains continue to support the positive cycle. In the long term, growth will also be reinforced by the ongoing expansion of AI infrastructure.
----------
Sep 29, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (↑), Target: $150 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Melissa Weathers has raised the price target for Lam Research from US$100 to US$150 and upgraded the stock from “Hold” to “Buy”. She updated her model for the wafer segment to reflect positive developments in the semiconductor sector over the past 90 days. The main reasons for the improved forecast are more favourable supply and demand conditions in memory chips, momentum in the contract manufacturing area and an updated outlook for China. Weathers added that the stock’s valuation is not excessive compared with peers: although the price to earnings ratio of 26.8 is more than 25 per cent above the five year average of 19.8, competitors Applied Materials and KLA Corporation are also trading at a substantial premium to their historical averages.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $105 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon raised the price target for Lam Research from $95 to $105 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating on the semiconductor supplier and equipment manufacturer’s stock. The analyst noted that the company’s fourth-quarter results were strong due to system strength in China. Foundry revenues were robust, climbing sequentially by about 23 percent to $1.8 billion. NAND spending was also strong, rising 53 percent from the prior quarter on upgrade spending. However, Rasgon pointed out that both DRAM and logic revenues declined quarter-over-quarter.
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $120 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised the price target for Lam Research from $115 to $120 while maintaining his “Outperform” rating on the stock. The company reported solid results and, in the analyst’s view, remains well positioned for developments in the memory market in the second half of the year.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $83 (↑)
In the case of Lam Research, Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has set the new price target at $83, up from the previous $70. Here too, the rating remains “Equal Weight.”
Lockheed Martin

US5398301094 / LMT
Oct 20, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $545 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Douglas S. Harned has raised the price target for Lockheed Martin from 497 to 545 US dollars while maintaining a “Market Perform” rating. Ahead of the upcoming quarterly results, Harned expects revenue to come in above market expectations, supported by substantial orders for the F-35, CH-53K, PAC-3, and other programs. At the same time, the company has faced operational challenges in its Aeronautics, Missiles and Fire Control (MFC), and Rotary and Mission Systems (RMS) segments, which have led to additional costs. According to the analyst, investor focus in the third quarter will likely centre on progress in stabilising fixed-price development programs, which are seen as key to the company’s future margin performance.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $590 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Charles Minervino has raised the price target for Lockheed Martin from 490 to 590 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Positive” rating. He updated his model ahead of the third-quarter earnings season, noting that the defence industry is benefiting from very favourable trends supported by a roughly 150 billion US-dollar supplemental funding bill (and the “Golden Dome” initiative). Susquehanna expects this to push US defence spending to record levels, while increased NATO spending will also serve as an important growth driver for major US defence companies.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $480 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Ronald J. Epstein lowered his price target for Lockheed Martin from 495 to 480 US dollars, while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. Although the analyst values the defense contractor’s portfolio and views the missiles and fire control segment as the main driver of near-term share gains, he sees short-term risks as the company must navigate other challenging programs and reassure investors that these risks have truly been reduced. Given the pressures in Aeronautics and RMS, the analyst cut his estimates for adjusted EPS in 2025 and his EV/EBITDA multiple, as the company continues to face difficult programs, margin issues, and tax-related uncertainty.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $551 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Douglas Harned raises the price target for Lockheed Martin from $540 to $551, maintaining a “Market Perform” rating. He cites more favourable budget trends. Looking ahead to the Q2 reporting season, Harned believes every defence company must reassure investors that major issues are now behind them. He sees potential in Q2 results to mark a turning point in the performance of defence stocks.
McDonald’s

US5801351017 / MCD
Oct 21, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $375 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Jon Tower has lowered the price target for McDonald’s from 381 to 375 US dollars but reaffirmed the “Buy” rating ahead of the fast-food chain’s upcoming third-quarter earnings report. The analyst views the third quarter as a “transitional phase” for McDonald’s, as the company shifts its focus toward enhancing customer value toward the end of the period.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
Guggenheim, Neutral (→), Target: $270 (↓)
Guggenheim analyst Gregory Francfort has lowered the price target for McDonald’s from 310 to 295 US dollars while maintaining the “Neutral” rating. The analyst cites reduced earnings expectations due to weaker industry trends. Restaurant traffic in the third quarter has so far fallen well short of investor expectations, raising significant questions about the outlook for 2026 as several management teams prepare to issue guidance for the coming year. Guggenheim believes that the challenging environment appears to be “industry-wide rather than a McDonald’s-specific issue.”
----------
Sep 29, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $335 (→)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Gonzalez has reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on McDonald’s and the US$335 price target. He expects McDonald’s US same-store sales to grow by +2.5 per cent in third-quarter 2025, in line with Wall Street consensus. He also expects the sales trend to have eased over the quarter and that current domestic sales growth is likely in a range of -1 to +1 per cent. Even so, the fast-food chain should have outperformed the industry. Gonzalez trimmed his 2025 earnings-per-share estimate slightly, from US$12.45 to US$12.40, to reflect increased corporate support for franchisees and improvements in products and restaurants.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $381 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jon Tower has raised the price target for McDonald’s from US$373 to US$381 and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. According to Bloomberg, the price target is the highest among Wall Street analysts. The analyst cites McDonald’s pricing initiatives, easy comps and the potential for multiple expansion as reasons to buy the stock and expects the investment thesis to improve in 2026 with store remodelling and accelerated unit growth.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $360 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Andrew Strelzik has raised the price target for McDonald’s from 350 to 360 US dollars and, after a meeting with the company’s CEO and CFO, maintained his “Outperform” rating on the stock. The discussions focused on the introduction of “Extra Value Meals” in the U.S., but also touched on other topics such as broader value creation opportunities, tests with a beverage platform, and technology initiatives. The analyst is confident that McDonald’s, thanks to its improved “value leadership” compared to competitors, can gain market share in the U.S. both in the short and long term.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $355 (→)
Christine Cho, analyst at Goldman Sachs, has added McDonald’s to the firm’s “US Conviction List.” Goldman believes that the company has the scale, marketing, and digital expertise to hold its ground in an uncertain consumer environment. The “Buy” rating is maintained along with a price target of 355 US dollars.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $315 (↑)
Stifel analyst Chris O’Cull raised his price target for McDonald’s from 300 to 315 US dollars and maintained his “Hold” rating. The impact of the alleged agreement between McDonald’s and its franchisees to lower prices for several menu items is difficult to assess due to regional price differences and varying consumer perceptions. However, McDonald’s is expected to draw attention with its “promising” promotional campaign for the second half of the year. The analyst’s view is now “more constructive,” though he takes a wait-and-see approach until further details become available.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $335 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Gonzalez raised the price target for McDonald’s from $325 to $335 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He noted that McDonald’s second-quarter results showed better-than-expected global same-store sales growth, supported by broad-based strength and above-average performance in most key markets during a period of intense competition in the limited-service restaurant sector. Although McDonald’s continues to face the challenge of changing negative value perceptions and winning back lower-income consumers, the analyst believes the company is “operating at a high level,” and KeyBanc remains confident in its programs for the second half of the year.
Meta Platforms

US30303M1027 / META
Oct 30, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $810 (↓)
Justin Post, analyst at Bank of America, lowered the price target for Meta Platforms from 900 to 810 US dollars but maintained a “Buy” rating on the shares. The analyst expects Meta’s stock to be the subject of debate in 2026 due to limited EPS growth prospects and pressure on free cash flow. Still, Post views Meta as being in a strong position, with a vast user network and the ability to integrate compelling AI products – including content creation tools – over the next two years. He also believes that the negative news around spending is largely “priced in,” while upcoming product catalysts, such as a new large language model and creative tools, could drive engagement and revenue in 2026.
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $770 (↓)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Meta Platforms but lowered the price target from 810 to 770 US dollars. Sandler said Meta’s “solid” results were overshadowed by increased investments, particularly in artificial intelligence. While this is not surprising and is expected to yield strong long-term returns, the analyst noted that it effectively wipes out most of the projected earnings growth for 2026 and nearly all of the company’s free cash flow.
Benchmark, Hold (↓)
Benchmark analyst Mark Zgutowicz downgraded Meta Platforms from “Buy” to “Hold” and removed the previous price target of 890 US dollars. The analyst expects Meta’s share price to move sideways at best until the company’s extensive investments begin to pay off. According to Zgutowicz, Meta is “certainly” pursuing AI initiatives beyond advertising, including its V-JEPA-2 model, robotics, and—based on available information—the future validation of vertical AI models through large-scale simulations and training. However, he cautioned that returns on these projects are less certain given the growing competition from other well-funded players such as OpenAI, Google, Tesla, and various innovative AI labs.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $850 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Ron Josey reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Meta Platforms but lowered the price target from 915 to 850 US dollars. According to Josey, the main discussion surrounding Meta’s third-quarter 2025 results centres on the scale of the company’s capital expenditures and operating costs for 2026. While acknowledging that the investment levels are higher than most expected, he significantly raised his forecasts for both capital and operating expenses. Josey estimates that Meta’s investments will reach around 111 billion US dollars in 2026 but emphasises that the company has a “proven track record of investing successfully,” which has “driven higher engagement and advertising growth” in the past.
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $815 (↓)
Goldman Sachs analyst Eric Sheridan lowered the price target for Meta Platforms from 870 to 815 US dollars but maintained his “Buy” rating. Despite Meta’s elevated growth investments, Sheridan continues to view the company as well positioned across several long-term growth themes. He said he is “encouraged” by the positive momentum in key product initiatives such as Reels, click-to-message ads, and artificial intelligence — including the rollout of Advantage+ for ad budgeting.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $820 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Brian Nowak maintained his “Overweight” rating on Meta Platforms but lowered the price target from 850 to 820 US dollars. Nowak described Meta’s revenue guidance for the fourth quarter as “disappointing,” though the shortfall in advertising revenue expectations was smaller than he had anticipated. He acknowledged that his own modelling of quarterly hardware sales had been inaccurate. “To be clear,” Nowak said, “we do not believe there is anything wrong with Meta’s core platform improvements. The pipeline for enhancements remains extensive, and the company’s key fundamentals continue to be very strong.”
Oppenheimer, Perform (↓)
Oppenheimer analyst Jason Helfstein downgraded Meta Platforms from “Outperform” to “Perform” and removed the previous price target of 696 US dollars. According to Helfstein, Meta’s implied operating expenses and capital expenditures for the fourth quarter are both about 7 percent higher than Wall Street expectations, while the company’s forecast for investment growth in fiscal year 2026 is “well above” the 2025 level — with spending rising “significantly faster” than the +23 percent projected for 2025. These figures also exceed market expectations. The analyst added that it will be difficult for investors to justify Meta’s valuation multiple as long as there is no visibility into 2027, since the company’s strong revenue growth is being offset by heavy spending. By contrast, Alphabet offers, in his view, more predictable earnings and a more reasonable valuation.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $915 (→)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey has initiated a “90-day Upside Catalyst Watch” on Meta Platforms while reaffirming his “Buy” rating on the parent company of Facebook, with a price target of 915 US dollars. He believes Meta’s user engagement is improving and that its newer advertising products are delivering higher returns on spending. The company is well positioned, according to the analyst, to report revenue and earnings results that exceed expectations.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $915 (→)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey became more positive on Meta Platforms’ AI glasses following Meta Connect. He believes adoption could reach an “inflection point” in 2026. Meta has a multi-year lead in AI glasses as the device’s capabilities continue to grow. The Facebook parent’s stock remains a “Top Pick” at Citi with a “Buy” rating and a $915 price target.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $810 (→)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler projects additional advertising revenue of up to 6 billion US dollars in 2026 and 19 billion US dollars in 2027 from WhatsApp and Threads for Meta Platforms. The expert sees upside potential compared to consensus estimates for the Facebook parent company. According to the analyst, WhatsApp status ads will over time provide a “huge inventory of ad space” for the platform’s 1.5 billion daily active users. Barclays adds that while Threads is comparatively smaller, feed ads there could offer higher monetization potential because users live in regions with higher per-capita ad revenue. In the analysts’ view, WhatsApp and Threads alone should allow Meta to exceed consensus growth estimates of 16 and 15 percent, respectively, over the next two years. The Meta stock is therefore still rated “Overweight” with a price target of 810 US dollars.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $875 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Meta Platforms after the Connect event, keeping the price target at US$875. At the event the Facebook parent showcased progress in shaping the next generation of computing. The analyst believes that, given the company’s strong advertising revenues, it has earned the right to invest in future growth. Meta unveiled its most advanced AI glasses, the Meta Ray-Ban Display, which feature a neural interface and a mixed battery life of up to six hours. Meta remains the analyst’s “Top Pick” in the internet sector.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $810 (↑)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $640 to $810 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the Facebook parent’s stock following its second-quarter report. The company is making “great efforts” to create more shareholder value compared to the “stagnation” seen at most large-cap technology companies.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $900 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $775 to $900 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the Facebook parent’s stock, after the company “significantly” beat expectations for the second quarter and provided a “strong” outlook for the third quarter. The analyst adjusted his estimates based on higher user numbers, increased engagement, and better monetization. For 2025, he forecasts revenue of $199 billion and earnings per share of $29.73. For 2026, he raised the revenue estimate to $237 billion and expects EPS of $32.63.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $915 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $803 to $915 and maintained his “Buy” rating. The company’s second-quarter report and third-quarter outlook significantly exceeded estimates for both revenue and profitability. Meta is reaffirmed as a “Top Pick.”
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $875 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $795 to $875 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The company delivered “very strong” second-quarter results and a positive outlook, as above-average revenue growth continues to support infrastructure investments. The analyst added that despite the challenging rollout of Llama 4 and changes in its artificial intelligence team, Meta has “not missed a beat” in its core advertising business.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $905 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Justin Patterson raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $800 to $905 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He noted that Meta’s second-quarter results confirm that AI has positive effects on engagement and advertising, which in turn enables Meta to invest more in AI capacity. The analyst added that the difference between today and the concerns about excessive spending in 2022 is that the core business is growing healthily, the link between investment and AI is clear, the medium-term growth drivers are well defined, and tax policy supports investment.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $850 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Brian Nowak raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $750 to $850 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. Strong results in the GenAI and GPU segments prompted the analyst to lift his EPS estimate for fiscal year 2026 by 9 percent, as advertising revenue growth is expected to accelerate.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $897 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $812 to $897 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. He described the company’s second-quarter report as a “blockbuster,” with better-than-expected advertising revenue and guidance that exceeded estimates. Meta’s ad business is growing more through impressions than pricing, which suggests this trend could continue in the medium term. Following the results, UBS raised its estimates.
-----------
Jul 28, 2025
Guggenheim analyst Michael Morris raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $725 to $800 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. According to the analyst, advertising spend during the quarter points to continued strong demand in direct marketing, fueled by advances in Advantage+. He expects that the scale of opportunities and the intensity of competition in pursuing AI-driven growth will likely lead to an even more “aggressive investment policy” by the Facebook parent company and to higher sustained capital expenditures than Guggenheim had previously modeled.
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $800 (↑)
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $800 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Mark Zgutowicz raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $640 to $800 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the Facebook parent company’s stock. Regarding second-quarter results and guidance, the analyst expects revenues to come in line with expectations, supported by relatively stable e-commerce trends and continued leverage in ad pricing in the U.S. and Canada. Zgutowicz added that CEO Mark Zuckerberg’s recent commitment to invest “hundreds of billions of dollars” in AI infrastructure and the hiring of several top AI researchers will “certainly be a topic during the second-quarter earnings release.” The analyst expects Meta to maintain its capital expenditure forecast for 2025 while setting overall expense guidance “somewhat higher.”
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $775 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Mark Shmulik has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $700 to $775 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. Despite a turbulent start to the quarter and the year overall, Shmulik notes that it has suddenly become difficult to identify “obvious” short positions in the internet sector during the Q2 earnings season. Digital advertising is no exception, with results generally solid amid lowered but rapidly rising expectations, he adds. According to Shmulik, Q2 now appears solid despite early volatility. As expected, weaknesses in the quarter were primarily seen among Chinese retailers affected by tariff changes.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $845 (↑)
Stifel analyst Mark Kelley has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $655 to $845 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. According to Kelley, after a weak start in April, the quarter improved, with June likely being the strongest month of the period. He continues to favour long positions in Meta and The Trade Desk within the digital advertising space.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Keybanc, Overweight (→), Target: $800 (↑)
Justin Patterson, analyst at KeyBanc, has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from 655 to 800 US dollars and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He expects Q2 revenue of 45.3 billion US dollars and projects Q3 revenue between 45 and 47.5 billion US dollars. While Patterson has raised his revenue and earnings forecasts for 2025 and 2026 to reflect continued revenue momentum, he acknowledges that AI-related investments are pushing up both CapEx and OpEx, which puts his estimates slightly below consensus. However, he does not see this as a major issue for the stock — as long as management clearly explains where it expects AI-driven returns to come from.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $850 (↑)
Maria Ripps, analyst at Canaccord, raises the price target for Meta Platforms from $825 to $850 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. She states that Meta remains her “top pick” in digital advertising. Despite the high valuation, the analyst continues to favour Meta, as the Facebook parent company offers numerous growth opportunities. According to her, Reels, Shopping, and overlay ads continue to attract larger budgets from direct response advertisers. While Reels may lose momentum in 2026, the rollout of ads on WhatsApp, combined with Meta’s Business AI offerings, could help fill that gap.
Cantor Fitzgerald, Overweight (→), Target: $828 (↑)
Deepak Mathivanan, analyst at Cantor Fitzgerald, has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $807 to $828 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He anticipates a strong quarter from Meta and sees upward revisions to EPS estimates for fiscal year 2026.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $775 (↑)
Bank of America’s Justin Post raised his price target for Meta Platforms from $765 to $775 while reiterating a “Buy” rating. The analyst highlights Meta’s announcement on Threads about building several multi-gigawatt data centres set to go live in 2026 — a sign of confidence in the company’s long-term revenue trajectory. Ad channel checks show improved spending since April, prompting Bank of America to raise its revenue forecasts to reflect a better macro backdrop and AI-driven ad growth.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $803 (→)
Citigroup’s Ronald Josey also maintains a “Buy” rating with a $803 price target, noting that the online advertising environment continues to improve. He expects Meta to beat Q2 expectations and sees multiple catalysts supporting further growth.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $765 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $690 to $765 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. Meta has made a $3.5 billion investment to acquire a 3 percent stake in EssilorLuxottica, the parent company of Ray-Ban and Oakley — a move that suggests a deepening and long-term partnership to develop smart glasses. According to the analyst, the investment reflects Meta’s increasing strategic focus on smart glasses as part of its hardware and AI wearables strategy, especially as VR headsets are likely to fall short of expectations.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
TD Cowen, Buy (→), Target: $800 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst John Blackledge has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $700 to $800 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. He expects the Facebook parent company to exceed consensus estimates for the second quarter, forecasting quarterly revenue growth of 16 percent year-over-year — 2 percent above market expectations. The analyst believes the continued monetisation of video content and increasing user engagement will drive the upward trend. TD Cowen’s Q2 expert check for digital advertising showed accelerated spending growth in areas relevant to Meta.
----------
Jul 8, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $783 (↑)
Ken Gawrelski, analyst at Wells Fargo, has raised the price target for Meta Platforms from $664 to $783 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He cites solid fundamentals and notes that he would raise estimates based on temporary tariff relief and healthy advertising revenue. According to Gawrelski, Meta’s leadership is taking decisive steps to strengthen its AI initiatives. While the market has responded positively to these investments, expectations for earnings are also rising.
Micron Technology

US5951121038 / MU
Oct 27, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised his price target for Micron Technology from 240 to 275 US dollars while maintaining a “Buy” rating. He expects DRAM prices to rise by 25 percent in the fourth quarter compared with the previous quarter — the largest quarterly increase since the 1990s. According to Danely, strong demand for artificial intelligence and limited supply have driven DRAM spot prices up by nearly 50 percent over the past two weeks. The analyst believes these higher prices will boost Micron’s earnings by about 20 percent quarter over quarter.
----------
Oct 17, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has raised his price target for Micron Technology from 195 to 240 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. The adjustment comes as part of a broader reassessment of the memory segment. Rakesh bases his more optimistic outlook on sustained strong AI demand, which continues to gain momentum through the growing adoption of multimodal models and extended context windows. According to the analyst, spot prices for NAND memory have risen about 7 percent week over week. He expects an increase of around 13 percent quarter over quarter by the first half of 2026. Suppliers are likely to prioritise technology transitions over capacity expansions, which could further support upward price pressure.
----------
Oct 16, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 200 to 240 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Danely increased his estimates above market consensus to reflect “higher and more sustainable” DRAM prices. According to the analyst, Micron’s gross margins are expected to climb back to around 60 percent, supported by rising DRAM prices and long-term supply agreements. He projects earnings per share of over 23 US dollars — nearly double the company’s previous record of 12.26 US dollars.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $245 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 225 to 245 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He points to an intensifying shortage in the DRAM segment, which should provide further tailwinds for the semiconductor stock. His recent industry analysis indicates an extremely strong demand environment marked by acute and growing DRAM supply constraints. For Micron, this means an additional boost to profitability in its core business. The shortages stem from rising demand from both U.S. hyperscalers and smartphone manufacturers.
----------
Oct 6, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (↑), Target: $220 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore has upgraded Micron Technology from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from 160 to 220 US dollars. He believes the company will experience several quarters of double digit price increases, which could lead to significantly higher earnings power. He expects this to settle any remaining questions about specialised high performance memory for artificial intelligence. Morgan Stanley’s DRAM and NAND checks remain positive, with buyers showing concern about availability through 2026 given strong demand for servers and memory. Moore expects Micron to see several quarters of upward earnings estimate revisions.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $195 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has raised Micron Technology’s price target from $175 to $195 after the company’s quarterly report and reaffirmed an “Overweight” rating. In the analyst’s view, the company’s more “aggressive” commentary on high-bandwidth memory, together with price increases for embedded solid-state drives, is improving near-term fundamentals.
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $180 (↑)
Vivek Arya, an analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Micron from $140 to $180 but maintains a “Neutral” rating. The company is benefiting from two drivers: rising demand for artificial intelligence and supply discipline in the memory industry, which have pushed prices higher. The analyst has raised his estimates significantly, but believes these are already priced in given the shares’ 98 percent year-to-date gain.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised Micron’s price target from $175 to $200 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating. The company reported a fourth-quarter result that beat expectations, driven by stronger demand related to artificial intelligence and better pricing. The analyst still sees upside for demand from the data-centre end market and expects the DRAM market to tighten further through 2026.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $220 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur has raised Micron’s price target from $185 to $220 and reiterated an “Overweight” rating. The company reported strong fourth-quarter results, driven by strength in the data-centre market and better pricing. The analyst expects Micron’s fundamental backdrop to remain favourable through 2026.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $215 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst John Vinh has raised Micron’s price target from $160 to $215 and maintains his “Overweight” recommendation on the stock. He notes that the company reported strong fourth-quarter results and issued better-than-expected guidance for the first quarter. The results were driven mainly by strong DRAM pricing, which rose by a low double-digit percentage, while the gross margin in the first quarter is expected to increase to 51.5%. Addressing concerns, management indicated it has reached price agreements for HBM3E for 2026 with almost all customers, and that its HBM4 can meet higher bandwidth and speed requirements and is on track to support customers’ production ramps in 2026.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $195 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brian Chin has raised Micron’s price target from $173 to $195 and maintains a “Buy” rating after fourth-quarter results beat forecasts he had already raised last month. The newly disclosed size, importance, and margin profile of Micron’s cloud and hyperscale storage segment is “the main story,” and the analyst believes these disclosures will help investors better understand the structural shift in Micron’s revenue mix.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $173 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brian Chin has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 145 to 173 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating just ahead of the company’s latest quarterly results. The expert expects that growth in bit shipments for NAND will accelerate in 2026 and exceed expectations. In the short term, Micron is likely to see a continued increase in gross margin due to the “substantial drawdown” of memory inventories at the end of the August quarter. Stifel further anticipates that Micron will project higher capital expenditures for fiscal 2026 than in the prior year, though still below revenue growth.
----------
Sep 19, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley raised the price target for Micron Technology from 140 to 175 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He sees short-term upside potential in the NAND segment and, in the longer term, expects Micron to gain a larger share of the high-bandwidth market, which should have a positive impact on the stock.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Matthew S. Bryson has raised the price target for Micron Technology from US$165 to US$200. At Wedbush, the firm considers this valuation of a memory maker in peak cycles reasonable within an “Outperform” rating, but it also notes that its gross-margin assumptions for NAND and DRAM for the coming year would remain well below the cyclical high of 2018, despite an expected positive contribution from HBM.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini has raised the price target for Micron from US$160 to US$200 and reaffirmed a “Positive” rating on the semiconductor group’s stock. The analyst expects the company to report earnings above expectations and to raise its guidance on 23 September. While the upside for the quarter may already be priced into the share price, the market has not, in the analyst’s view, fully reflected Micron’s potential for annualised earnings of US$20 per share. At Susquehanna, they do not share investors’ concerns about a possible collapse in selling prices for high-bandwidth memory in 2026.
Wolfe Research, Outperform (→), Target: $180 (↑)
Wolfe Research analyst Chris Caso has raised the price target for Micron from US$160 to US$180 and reaffirmed an “Outperform” rating. The outlook for memory chips has further improved thanks to several positive factors in the artificial intelligence space. The analyst says that sentiment in the NAND segment has improved since Micron’s positive pre-announcement in August because of tightness in hard-disk supply, while DRAM prices have proven resilient.
----------
Sep 16, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $182 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 155 to 182 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating for the semiconductor company’s stock ahead of the release of its earnings on September 23. The analyst expects that tight supply will give Micron pricing advantages through 2026, as demand for artificial intelligence remains strong. The company is well positioned with High Bandwidth Memory, NAND, and DRAM. These are areas that are expected to benefit from favourable pricing trends into the second half of 2025.
----------
Sep 15, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Melissa Weathers raises the price target for Micron Technology from 155 to 175 US dollars while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the semiconductor stock. The analyst points to a supply shortage in the DRAM segment, which is expected to persist into 2026. This shortage should, in the analyst’s view, lead to rising prices and higher gross margins. Weathers is particularly enthusiastic about Micron’s high-bandwidth memory (HBM) business, a type of DRAM. The analyst considers recent concerns regarding HBM pricing in 2026 to be exaggerated and sees Micron in a particularly strong position to maintain its HBM market share while sustaining attractive profitability levels.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $185 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 155 to 185 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. According to the analyst, the latest industry analysis confirms the sustained strength that should lead to a solid outlook for the first quarter. Arcuri notes that demand from hyperscalers for server DDR5 remains very robust, with all major U.S. customers now seeking long-term agreements extending through calendar year 2026.
----------
Sep 11, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for Micron Technology from 150 to 175 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The analyst expects a quarterly report in line with expectations but assumes that Micron will deliver forecasts well above consensus due to higher DRAM and NAND prices. Danely has raised his earnings forecast for fiscal year 2026 and is now 26 percent above consensus, as demand for memory chips is stronger than expected.
----------
Aug 27, 2025
CLSA, Outperform (-), Target: $155 (-)
CLSA analyst Sanjeev Rana has initiated coverage of Micron Technology with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of 155 US dollars. He believes the semiconductor company is well positioned to benefit from demand for high-bandwidth memory and from a “healthy” balance between supply and demand in the DRAM market. Supply of conventional DRAMs is expected to remain tight as vendors continue to focus on high-bandwidth memory.
----------
Aug 12, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $155 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Melissa Weathers raised her price target for Micron Technology from $150 to $155 and maintained a “Buy” rating.
The analyst increased her forecast for the August quarter on the back of higher DRAM prices. She also added that Micron remains confident it can fully sell out its inventory of high-bandwidth memory (HBM) for 2026.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $185 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur raised his price target for Micron Technology from $165 to $185 and reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating.
The company recently issued a positive pre-announcement pointing to an improving pricing environment. Sur believes Micron is well-positioned for fiscal year 2026.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $150 (→)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely maintains his “Buy” rating on Micron Technology with a price target of 150 US dollars but expects the stock to trade lower “for a while” due to a flattening of DRAM prices and concerns about a potential oversupply of high-bandwidth memory.
Microsoft

US5949181045 / MSFT
Oct 30, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $610 (→)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Microsoft and kept the price target at 640 US dollars. Sills concluded that Azure’s growth rate should comfortably remain in the high-30-percent range despite supply chain constraints. With the new OpenAI contract set to take effect in the second quarter of fiscal year 2026 and supply chain pressures expected to ease by fiscal 2027, the analyst sees potential for Azure’s growth to reaccelerate.
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $625 (→)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Microsoft and maintained the price target at 625 US dollars. According to Lenschow, the key takeaway from the latest quarterly report is the company’s plan to increase investment spending to meet rising demand for Azure. The first quarter overall showed solid results, though Microsoft also signalled higher capital expenditures without providing a corresponding upward revision to Azure’s growth outlook for the second quarter. This, the analyst noted, will likely spark debate among investors. Still, he believes the issue is mainly one of timing and remains positive on the company’s long-term trajectory.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $682 (→)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke reiterated his “Buy” rating on Microsoft with a price target of 682 US dollars. According to Radke, Microsoft had a strong start to fiscal year 2025/26. Azure’s year-over-year growth of 39 percent exceeded expectations, although it came in slightly below the most optimistic estimates. The solid performance in commercial bookings — driven by additional OpenAI commitments and strong enterprise investment — suggests, in the analyst’s view, “very robust consumption ahead.”
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $630 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Kash Rangan reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Microsoft and maintained the price target of 630 US dollars. Rangan believes the recent weakness in the stock can be attributed to several factors, including a sequential slowdown in Azure’s growth during the second quarter, capital expenditures coming in above expectations, and higher-than-anticipated other expenses related to the company’s OpenAI investment, which totalled 3.1 billion US dollars. The analyst considers these issues to be relatively short-term and tactical in nature and remains optimistic about Microsoft’s long-term prospects.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $575 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Microsoft and raised the price target from 565 to 575 US dollars. While he acknowledges quarterly fluctuations in Azure and other segments, Anmuth sees Microsoft’s fundamentals moving in the right direction. Azure’s growth remains strong, RPO (remaining performance obligations) and bookings were particularly robust, and capital expenditure expectations for fiscal year 2026 were revised significantly higher to support a potential doubling of data centre capacity over the next two years. The analyst also noted several other subtle but positive developments across the company, reinforcing his constructive outlook.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $650 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss reiterated his “Overweight” rating on Microsoft with a price target of 650 US dollars. Weiss believes the market’s focus on Azure’s growth missing expectations by one percentage point in a supply-constrained environment is misplaced. In his view, Azure’s growth is actually accelerating. He considers the company’s long-term prospects highly attractive and stated he would “aggressively buy” on any pullback in the stock price.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $650 (→)
UBS analyst Karl Keirstead reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Microsoft and maintained the price target of 650 US dollars. He noted that the software giant delivered solid revenue growth, strong gross margins, a healthy operating profit, and robust cash flow. The recent share price decline, according to Keirstead, was driven by slower-than-expected Azure growth, with guidance merely meeting expectations. The key takeaway for the analyst was understanding why this happened: he agrees with Microsoft’s assessment that demand for AI infrastructure remains exceptionally strong, but the company has not been able to expand its data centre capacity quickly enough to fully meet that demand.
----------
Oct 27, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (↑), Target: $586 (→)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci has upgraded Microsoft from “Neutral” to “Buy” and reaffirmed his price target of 586 US dollars. The analyst believes that Microsoft, like other major cloud providers, is among the beneficiaries of the “AI sacrifice” — referring to the companies that will gain most from the structural shift towards artificial intelligence. He argues that Microsoft holds an “almost monopolistic” position in the productivity software market through its Office suite and will continue to benefit from the monetisation of AI features integrated into this product line. DiFucci also expects Windows to outperform consensus estimates in the short to medium term, calling it the company’s “second monopoly.”
----------
Oct 6, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $675 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin has raised Microsoft’s price target from $650 to $675 and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. He expects the first-quarter debate to centre on how much Azure’s results beat expectations, as additional capacity came online in Q1 even though the last two results set a high bar. Given the recently stronger demand signals, he expects Microsoft to benefit overall.
----------
Sep 26, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $625 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss has raised Microsoft’s price target from $582 to $625 while reiterating an Overweight rating and naming the stock a “Top Pick.” The analyst believes the ongoing momentum in revenue growth and a clearer understanding of the range of growth drivers should push the share price higher. The company is on track for success primarily thanks to the growth of its Azure cloud-computing platform amid a boom in enterprise spending. According to Weiss, a survey found that 49 percent of CIOs named Azure as the likely biggest winner in terms of IT budget share among enterprise customers over the next three years. Morgan Stanley is convinced the cloud business is also uniquely positioned to benefit from favourable conditions in the AI sector.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $675 (↑)
Truist analyst Terry Tillman raised the price target for Microsoft from 650 to 675 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating. The analyst is confident that the software company can sustain its strong momentum tied to long-term growth drivers in cloud and AI, while also benefiting from a growth-enhancing halo effect across many of its individual infrastructure, data, and app businesses. According to Tillman, continued large-scale cloud growth and rising AI demand could drive double-digit revenue, earnings, and cash flow growth in the low-to-mid teens over an extended period.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $637 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Mark Moerdler raised the price target for Microsoft from $540 to $637 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating on the Windows maker’s stock. According to the analyst, Microsoft’s Q4 results surpassed an already very strong Q3 performance. The company not only delivered an excellent Q4, but also provided a strong Q1 outlook and commentary on fiscal year 2025/26. Moerdler noted that Azure achieved much stronger growth than consensus expectations.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $640 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills raised the price target for Microsoft from $585 to $640 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The analyst noted “another strong quarter,” characterized by broad strength in the two key growth areas, Azure and Office. According to Sills, the fourth-quarter results confirm his view that Microsoft is benefiting from AI in both applications and infrastructure, which he believes promises “sustained double-digit revenue growth in the mid-to-high teens” for Microsoft “for years to come.”
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $675 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill raised the price target for Microsoft from $600 to $675 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The analyst said Azure met “high expectations” with 39 percent year-over-year growth. The momentum has been further supported by Microsoft’s strong forward-looking indicators. At Jefferies, the stock remains a “Top Pick.”
KeyBanc, Overweight (↑), Target: $630 (→)
KeyBanc analyst Jackson Ader upgraded Microsoft from “Sector Weight” to “Overweight” following the company’s fourth-quarter report, keeping the price target at $630. The analyst noted that fears of a downgrade in April did not materialize. Azure’s growth accelerated by 8 percentage points in the second half of Microsoft’s fiscal year, and no macroeconomic headwinds were mentioned during the earnings call.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $582 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss raised the price target for Microsoft from $530 to $582 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating, noting that the company’s fourth-quarter results exceeded expectations across all revenue segments. Since the stock has risen about 30 percent since March and is trading near its all-time high, investor expectations were “very high,” but the outlook for the first quarter came in above consensus estimates for revenue, operating margins, and earnings per share, with Azure expected to maintain constant-currency growth of around 37 percent.
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $630 (↑)
Oppenheimer analyst Brian Schwartz raised the price target for Microsoft from $600 to $630 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. The analyst noted that Microsoft reported an excellent fourth quarter, surpassing high investor expectations. The quarter was marked by 39 percent revenue growth in Azure and other cloud services, along with signs of accelerating business momentum. Moreover, the above-average growth translated into record profits and record free cash flow. In the analyst’s view, the acceleration in business and the surge in Azure growth this quarter support his thesis that Microsoft is best positioned for the next waves of application modernization and expansion, and capable of delivering a business profile under the “Rule of 60+” on an unprecedented scale.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $613 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke has raised the price target for Microsoft from $605 to $613 while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. Radke remains optimistic ahead of the company’s Q4 earnings report, seeing upside potential for Azure estimates both for the fourth and the first quarter. He notes that Citigroup’s recent reseller survey was one of the most positive for Microsoft in the past four years.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $585 (↑)
Bradley Sills, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Microsoft from 515 to 585 US dollars and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. Following a survey of Microsoft partners ahead of the upcoming fourth-quarter earnings report on July 30, Sills reports that comments point to largely stable business activity in Q4, consistent with the third quarter. He also notes that Azure’s strength has been driven by ongoing cloud migrations and strong performance in the areas of security and data analytics. The analyst sees potential for year-over-year Azure growth of 35.5 percent on a currency-adjusted basis.
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $550 (↑)
The analysts at Deutsche Bank have raised their price target for Microsoft from 500 to 550 US dollars, while maintaining their “Buy” rating on the stock.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $600 (→)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill remains “very bullish” on Microsoft, citing a proprietary survey of 40 enterprises indicating that Copilot could generate over $11 billion in revenue in 2026. The AI assistant is also expected to boost spending on Azure and cybersecurity. According to the survey, 80% of respondents plan to increase their Microsoft budgets in 2026. Thill reiterates a “Buy” rating with a $600 price target, calling Microsoft a top AI beneficiary.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $600 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin has raised his price target on Microsoft from $585 to $600, maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He sees a promising outlook driven by sustained growth in major IT spending categories, Microsoft's strong positioning across key end markets, and a robust financial profile supporting continued margin expansion. While shares are trading near record highs, Turrin believes this is justified given Microsoft’s early lead in AI and entrenched market dominance. He notes persistent demand for Microsoft’s AI tools and solutions, boosting confidence in upcoming quarterly results and the FY25/26 outlook. The Azure growth forecast, he adds, may need to be revised upward.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
Microsoft: Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $600 (↑)
Brent Bracelin, analyst at Piper Sandler, has raised the price target for Microsoft from $475 to $600 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. According to the analyst, the “IaaS stock” is gaining momentum. He also notes that his latest CIO survey confirms an optimistic spending environment for AI infrastructure, while also highlighting increased risks for the broader application category.
Bracelin points out that, for the first time, enterprise customers’ spending intentions for Azure have exceeded 80 percent — reinforcing Microsoft’s leading position as the preferred cloud and AI infrastructure platform. Spending intentions have increased across four consecutive surveys, from 60 to 66 to 77, and now to 81 percent.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (↑), Target: $600 (→)
Oppenheimer analyst Timothy Horan has upgraded Microsoft from “Perform” to “Outperform,” while maintaining the price target at $600. He believes investor focus on Microsoft’s growing AI revenue stream will only intensify, especially as Azure continues to show strong growth. According to Horan, this not only supports the company’s valuation but also provides upside potential, as AI-related revenue is expanding rapidly and investors increasingly recognise Microsoft as one of the long-term AI winners in the software space.
Oppenheimer also believes that the sustained growth in Microsoft’s AI business is not yet fully reflected in the stock price, nor is a potential reacceleration in Azure’s growth in fiscal year 2025/26. Additionally, Microsoft is seen as one of the few software companies capable of delivering a “Rule of 60” business profile combined with unprecedented scale — factors the analyst views as strong support for premium valuation multiples.
Moderna

US60770K1079 / MRNA
Oct 23, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $28 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Geoff Meacham lowered the price target for Moderna from 30 to 28 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating on the stock. The company announced that its Phase 3 CMVictory trial for the mRNA-1647 vaccine candidate against cytomegalovirus did not meet its primary efficacy endpoint. The analyst described the news as disappointing but expects only limited impact on Moderna overall.
MongoDB

US60937P1066 / MDB
Sep 22, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $375 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane has raised the price target for MongoDB from 340 to 375 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He expects that the database management systems specialist will benefit from the AI application cycle by embedding query functionality directly into the operational data layer while maintaining the performance, security, and multi-cloud options that large enterprises require. Atlas will be the main growth driver, accounting for around 74 to 75 percent of the mix, while the non-Atlas segment will remain a stable foundation that broadens the company’s overall reach.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $345 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for MongoDB from US$305 to US$345 and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The customer conference and analyst day of the database-management specialist showed that the focus will increasingly be on raising awareness of its artificial-intelligence capabilities among developers. MongoDB’s new financial targets are “relatively broad, which could limit the stock’s near-term upside potential.”
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin has raised the price target for MongoDB from US$345 to US$400 and kept his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The vision for MongoDB 3.0 to scale to US$5 billion and put the company on a path to the “Rule of 40” is encouraging. However, the analyst was even more impressed that management adopted a more aggressive stance and challenged Postgres as a potential standard for AI applications. Skeptics, in the analyst’s view, were proven wrong early when the company gained popularity over a range of NoSQL competitors, and again later when it clearly differentiated itself from the embedded offerings of the largest cloud giants.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $375 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brad Reback has raised the price target for MongoDB from US$325 to US$375 and reaffirmed a Buy rating. He says management presented a “compelling case” at MongoDB’s analyst day and customer conference for how the company can sustain strong revenue growth and improve profitability.
----------
Sep 15, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $400 (→)
Guggenheim analyst Howard Ma has raised the price target for MongoDB from 310 to 400 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Ahead of the upcoming investor conference at MongoDB.local NYC 2025 on Wednesday, the analyst points out that CFO Mike Berry recently indicated at conferences that his remarks would focus on the drivers of sustainable growth for Atlas and opportunities for margin improvement. Ma expects the CFO to present a revenue target for Atlas of 2.7 to 2.75 billion US dollars for fiscal year 2028, compared to the current consensus of 2.64 billion US dollars, and an adjusted operating margin of 20 percent for fiscal year 2028, versus the consensus of 17.5 percent.
----------
Aug 28, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $340 (↑)
Canaccord analyst David Hynes has raised the price target for MongoDB from 320 to 340 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. He remains convinced that the company has structural advantages in the shift toward AI-driven application development. Its strong presence in the developer community, momentum in the high-end market, and an expanding platform — particularly in vector search and real-time AI workload support — position MongoDB well to capture a growing share of data-layer modernization efforts.
----------
Aug 27, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $305 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for MongoDB from 270 to 305 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the database management specialist’s stock. The company has exceeded expectations for the second quarter in a row. The analyst notes that the “broad-based strength” in the second quarter also led to a significant upward revision of guidance, which still leaves room for further positive surprises later in the year. Barclays expects investors to return to the stock and anticipates “significantly higher share prices.”
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $338 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Firoz Valliji has raised the price target for MongoDB from 319 to 338 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating following the company’s quarterly results. He highlights that MongoDB recorded its strongest net customer additions in six years and raised its full-year guidance for both revenue and earnings.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $345 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills has raised the price target for MongoDB from 275 to 345 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. The move follows what the company described as “groundbreaking” second-quarter results, driven by “the convergence of several key growth initiatives.” The analyst sees strong growth prospects for MongoDB, noting that multiple strategic initiatives are taking hold and that the company holds “a leading position in a large market for unstructured databases.”
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $425 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke has raised the price target for MongoDB from 405 to 425 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. He says the company’s second-quarter report marks a turning point, as revenue recorded its strongest increase in years.
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $310 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Howard Ma has raised the price target for MongoDB from 260 to 310 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” recommendation on the stock. He notes that the Atlas segment grew 29 percent in the second quarter, “surpassing even the most optimistic expectations.” The analyst sees upside to the company’s mid-20 percent growth forecast for Atlas in the second half of the year and now projects 29 percent growth for fiscal 2026.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $325 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brad Reback has raised the price target for MongoDB from 275 to 325 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating, following what he described as one of the company’s “strongest quarters ever.” He highlights that Atlas growth was “particularly impressive,” driven by healthy consumption growth across the installed base, strong new customer wins, and rising AI workloads. The analyst is confident that Atlas is well positioned to sustain revenue growth above 25 percent.
Wolfe-Research, Outperform (→), Target: $355 (↑)
Wolfe Research analyst Alex Zukin has raised the price target for MongoDB from 280 to 355 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating. He increased his estimates following the company’s better-than-expected second-quarter results and upward guidance revision. The earnings confirm, in his view, that MongoDB is positioned at the intersection of enterprise data modernization and the adoption of new artificial intelligence technologies.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $405 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke raised the price target for MongoDB from 395 to 405 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating. He also placed the stock on a “90-day Positive Catalyst Watch.” The analyst expects the database management specialist to benefit from artificial intelligence more than investors currently anticipate. He also sees upcoming catalysts for the stock in the company’s earnings report and subsequent management presentations.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (-), Target: $280 (-)
BMO Capital analyst Keith Bachman initiated coverage of MongoDB with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of $280. In the analyst’s view, the company has leading technology in the “large and fast-growing market for non-relational databases.” In addition, BMO Capital sees MongoDB as well positioned to benefit in the long run from the growth of generative artificial intelligence workloads and applications.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
Wolfe Research, Outperform (-), Target: $280 (-)
Alex Zukin, analyst at Wolfe Research, has initiated coverage of MongoDB with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of $280. He sees conservative estimates and improved execution at MongoDB. With the stock down 10 percent year-to-date, estimates revised downward, and margins improving, he believes the company is well positioned for stronger performance given a “better narrative.” The analyst views MongoDB as being “at the intersection of two powerful, long-term shifts”: the modernisation of enterprise data and the early stages of artificial intelligence adoption.
Netflix

US64110L1061 / NFLX
Oct 22, 2025
Barclays, Neutral (→), Target: $1,100 (→)
Barclays analyst Kannan Venkateshwar has reaffirmed his “Neutral” rating and 1,100 US dollar price target on Netflix following the company’s third-quarter results. Overall, Netflix continues to perform “well,” according to the analyst, though this is largely reflected in current expectations and valuation. Venkateshwar notes that the stock is also viewed as defensive due to its relatively low exposure to tariffs and other macroeconomic factors, which has contributed to its valuation. Against this backdrop, he sees limited upside potential. However, should the company pursue larger mergers and acquisitions or increase its investment in content (such as sports) or marketing to boost engagement, these moves could become a negative factor in the medium term.
J.P.-Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $1,275 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth has also reaffirmed his “Neutral” rating on Netflix but lowered the price target from 1,300 to 1,275 US dollars. According to Anmuth, Netflix’s third-quarter results and fourth-quarter outlook were solid overall but lacked the same upside momentum seen in recent quarters. He believes investor focus has shifted toward the company’s slower revenue growth in the second half of the year. Another key takeaway from the earnings call, Anmuth notes, is that Netflix appears open to mergers and acquisitions. Historically, Netflix has been more of a builder than a buyer and has never executed a major acquisition. However, as the media landscape continues to evolve, management suggested that selective M&A could enhance opportunities, strengthen the company’s portfolio of intellectual property and entertainment content, and accelerate its broader strategic goals.
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $1,280 (→)
Citigroup analyst Jason Bazinet continues to rate Netflix as “Neutral” with a price target of 1,280 US dollars. The analyst raised his revenue forecast for 2025 while slightly lowering margin expectations after recording a Brazil-related expense contested by Netflix. Following an unfavourable court ruling (involving another company), management decided to recognise the expense in this quarter. According to Bazinet, the outlook for the fourth quarter of 2025 was in line with Wall Street estimates. He also noted that he is “looking forward” to the fourth quarter, as Netflix recorded its best-ever quarter in advertising revenue. Given the Brazil expense, he is not surprised that the stock fell slightly in after-hours trading.
Goldman-Sachs, Neutral (→), Target: $1,300 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Eric Sheridan has also maintained his “Neutral” rating on Netflix shares, with the price target remaining at 1,300 US dollars. Although the company did not provide detailed forecasts or comments for 2026 during its earnings call, Sheridan gained the impression that many of the key operational themes remain intact. These include forward-looking revenue growth driven by rising user engagement, a growing number of live events, and an expanding content offering. Additionally, investments in cash content are expected to remain a key growth area. From the analyst’s perspective, Netflix is still in the early stages of scaling major platform and product innovations in artificial intelligence, advertising, and gaming.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $1,490 (→)
Bank of America analyst Jessica Reif Ehrlich continues to rate Netflix as “Buy” with a price target of 1,490 US dollars. She notes that Netflix did not issue guidance for 2026, explaining the decision as a consequence of the company’s plan to discontinue the disclosure of subscriber numbers starting in 2025. However, this does not appear to indicate any meaningful change in the company’s fundamentals. Advertising revenue is expected to more than double in 2025, user engagement has increased, and the pricing environment remains constructive following several price hikes by competitors.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $1,495 (↑)
UBS analyst John Hodulik has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,450 to 1,495 US dollars while maintaining the “Buy” rating. The analyst views Netflix as a long-term winner, with the solid third-quarter results reinforcing this outlook. His forecasts for 2026 remain largely unchanged, and he believes that strong growth in the fourth quarter provides a solid foundation for the coming year. Management is focused on organic reinvestment in the business and “selective M&A,” and, according to Hodulik, has no interest in traditional media — which, in his view, leaves the door open for Warner’s studio assets.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $1,500 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Benjamin Swinburne has reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating and the price target of 1,500 US dollars for Netflix. According to Swinburne, revenue growth of 17 percent on a constant-currency basis was in line with forecasts and expectations, while underlying margins exceeded estimates. Advertising momentum continues to build and, in the analyst’s view, is expected to more than double year over year in 2025. Engagement trends have improved compared with the first half of 2025, and Morgan Stanley remains optimistic about Netflix’s outlook for 2026 and beyond.
----------
Oct 15, 2025
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $1,500 (→)
Wedbush analyst Alicia Reese notes that while Netflix no longer discloses figures for new subscribers or revenue per member, survey data and insights from the firm’s advisors suggest that subscriber growth continues, customers have largely accepted price increases without significant pushback, and Netflix’s advertising business is gradually gaining traction. Wedbush expects advertising revenue to become Netflix’s main growth driver starting in 2026. The analyst believes Netflix could accelerate ad revenue contributions over the coming years by adding and improving live events, optimising ad targeting, expanding advertising partnerships, and broadening its content strategy. According to Reese, both premium and ad-supported subscribers remain highly engaged, with limited churn. As Netflix continues to grow, its contribution margin could slightly exceed Wedbush’s estimates, leading to stronger-than-expected free cash flow. The analyst therefore maintains an “Outperform” rating on Netflix shares, with the price target remaining at 1,500 US dollars.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $1,500 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Benjamin Swinburne has removed Netflix from his “Top Pick” list after the stock met the automatic removal criteria, having been designated as a “Top Pick” for six consecutive months. He continues to rate the Netflix stock as “Overweight” with a price target of 1,500 US dollars.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Loop Capital, Buy (↑), Target: $1,350 (↑)
Loop Capital analyst Alan Gould has upgraded Netflix from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from US$1,150 to US$1,350. He cites extraordinary user engagement at the streaming service in the third quarter, a strong content slate for the fourth quarter and higher long-term margin assumptions, because each US dollar spent on content would generate more revenue. This, in turn, leads to higher profits and greater free cash flow. Management also appears to be forecasting revenue growth of 16 to 17 per cent in 2025. The analyst points to titles such as the third season of “Squid Games”, the second season of “Wednesday” and “K-Pop Demon Hunters” as reasons for the increased engagement. He also highlights Netflix’s dominant position as an entertainment giant, even amid fierce competition, and believes investors are “excessively worried” about potential competitors.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $1,300 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth believes that investor expectations for Netflix remain high after the streaming provider raised its 2025 guidance when reporting second-quarter results. The analyst expects subscriber growth in the second half of the year, though total viewing figures are under pressure from paid sharing and delays in content releases caused by strikes. J.P. Morgan continues to view Netflix as offering a balanced risk–reward profile, maintaining its “Neutral” rating and a price target of 1,300 US dollars.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $1,300 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Doug Anmuth has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,230 to 1,300 US dollars but maintains a “Neutral” rating on the stock. He notes that Netflix delivered solid Q2 results that met high expectations. While acknowledging the company’s strong performance, Anmuth believes the stock “needs to take a breather.”
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $1,400 (↑)
Benjamin Swinburne, analyst at Morgan Stanley, has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,450 to 1,500 US dollars and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. The revision is based on the company’s “strong” Q2 results and its increased full-year guidance. According to the analyst, newly implemented advertising technologies could enable a doubling of ad revenue by 2025, while the “early but growing” use of GenAI tools further supports the bullish outlook.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $1,500 (↑)
Thomas Champion, analyst at Piper Sandler, has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,400 to 1,500 US dollars following the company’s earnings release, while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He notes that the Q3 outlook was also solid, supported by favourable currency effects as well as tailwinds from advertising, higher pricing, and a strong forecast for the second half of 2025. Subscriber growth exceeded expectations and received a late boost in the second quarter. Champion continues to view Netflix as a defensive stock with significant upside potential.
TD Cowen, Buy (→), Target: $1,450 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst John Blackledge has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,440 to 1,450 US dollars and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, the company reported “strong” second-quarter results, driven by growth in membership, pricing, and advertising revenue. He is raising his estimates to reflect Netflix’s increased outlook for 2025.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $1,560 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Steven Cahall has raised the price target for Netflix from 1,500 to 1,560 US dollars and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He notes that the second quarter exceeded expectations and that investors are currently focused on market share gains. Cahall believes the next 12 months will be rich in announcements related to short-form content and sports/live programming. He also highlights that the company’s operating leverage is outperforming expectations.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $1,390 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Laurent Yoon has raised the price target for Netflix from $1,200 to $1,390 and maintains an “Outperform” rating.
Since Netflix is trading at 40 times the consensus EPS for 2026 and quarterly results are approaching, long-term fundamentals have become even more important in navigating potential short-term volatility. While the second quarter raises some important short-term questions, Yoon remains confident in the company’s strength and believes the valuation ultimately reflects the size of the industry. Whether Q2 results exceed expectations — supporting momentum — or fall short — potentially triggering short-term swings — Yoon sees no compelling reason to fear a bearish outlook anytime soon or to question the company’s fundamentals and long-term value.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Loop Capital, Hold (→), Target: $1,150 (↑)
Loop Capital analyst Alan Gould has raised the price target for Netflix from $1,000 to $1,150 while maintaining a “Hold” rating. Gould remains “fairly optimistic” on the streaming giant, citing increased user engagement, particularly with a major boost anticipated from Squid Game Season 3. He also raises his operating margin estimate to 30 percent, above the company’s 29 percent guidance. However, with the stock trading at nearly 50 times earnings, Gould remains neutral due to valuation concerns.
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $1,425 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian Pitz has raised his price target for Netflix from $1,200 to $1,425 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. The updated estimates reflect record-breaking viewership for Squid Game Season 3 and a compelling content lineup expected in the second half of 2025. While Netflix continues to trade above its forward average multiples, the analyst notes that AI-driven tailwinds are beginning to take hold, offering multi-year benefits from “hundreds of billions” of global user interactions.
----------
Jul 11, 2025
Needham, Buy (→), Target: $1,500 (↑)
Needham analyst Laura Martin has raised the price target for streaming provider Netflix from $1,126 to $1,500, while reaffirming her “Buy” rating. The analyst highlights Netflix employees’ high productivity levels, which she believes positively influence the stock’s performance. Productivity metrics, according to Martin, are stronger than those at Apple, Meta Platforms, or Alphabet. Needham expects this trend to continue. Additionally, the firm views Netflix’s price increases and growing advertising revenue as further positives.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $1,400 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Thomas Champion has raised the price target for Netflix from $1,150 to $1,400 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He has increased revenue estimates starting from Q3 2025 based on strong survey data. Champion has also raised margin estimates to better reflect the historical trend.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $1,390 (↑)
Justin Patterson, analyst at KeyBanc, has raised the price target for Netflix from $1,070 to $1,390 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the streaming company’s stock. He believes that a combination of live events, price increases, and rising advertising revenue could support low double-digit revenue growth and earnings per share approaching $40 by 2027.
In the short term, KeyBanc sees Netflix’s strong performance year-to-date potentially leading to some volatility, as investors wonder: “What comes next after Wednesday and Stranger Things?” Patterson believes that Netflix’s strong track record of discovering breakout content and its new focus on live events should drive sustained user engagement, which in turn supports future monetisation.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $1,100 (↑)
Barclays analyst Kannan Venkateshwar has raised the price target for Netflix from $1,000 to $1,100 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating on the streaming company’s stock ahead of its Q2 earnings release. According to the analyst, Netflix’s results could deliver a modest upside surprise, but the valuation debate is likely to continue to centre around the company’s strategic actions.
Northrop Grumman

US6668071029 / NOC
Oct 20, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $674 (↑)
Harned has reaffirmed the “Market Perform” rating for Northrop Grumman while raising the price target from 630 to 674 US dollars. The analyst views Northrop Grumman as one of the biggest beneficiaries of the proposed U.S. federal budget for 2026. The company is expected to benefit particularly from increased funding for the Sentinel and B-21 programs, whose budgets have more than doubled compared to 2025. Additional funding has also been allocated to the TACAMO and E-2D projects. Furthermore, Bernstein anticipates advantages from spending related to the “Golden Dome” program. Given Northrop Grumman’s strong position in nuclear deterrence, munitions, missiles, and space systems, Harned believes the company is strategically well aligned with the Department of Defense’s top priorities.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Northrop Grumman: Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $586 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Douglas Harned raises the price target for Northrop Grumman from $531 to $586, while maintaining a “Market Perform” rating.
Novo Nordisk

DK0062498333 / NVO
Oct 27, 2025
Jefferies, Underperform (-), Target: DKK 290 (-)
Jefferies analyst Michael Leuchten has initiated coverage of Novo Nordisk with an “Underperform” rating and a price target of 290 Danish kroner. According to Leuchten, growth momentum in the obesity segment is slowing. He adds that Novo Nordisk is overly reliant on semaglutide and that “there no longer appears to be any real competitive advantage” for the company.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Berenberg, Buy (↑), Target: DKK 425 (↓)
Berenberg analyst Luisa Hector has upgraded Novo Nordisk from “Hold” to “Buy” while cutting the price target from 610 to 425 Danish kroner. Hector says Novo Nordisk is now the preferred stock in the obesity space. Market expectations have been dialled back significantly, leading to a “more constructive debate” about the company’s growth prospects, catalysts and valuation. At Berenberg they now see potential for Novo Nordisk’s new CEO to deliver positive surprises.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (↓), Target: DKK 375 (↓)
Barclays analyst Emily Field downgraded Novo Nordisk from “Overweight” to “Equal Weight” and lowered the price target from 700 to 375 Danish kroner (DKK). While the company’s profit warning may have “covered everything,” in the analyst’s view, a return to volume growth for semaglutide is not in sight. Since Novo’s pipeline lags behind that of Eli Lilly, Barclays sees no catalyst that could prompt investors to regain interest in the company.
Bank of America, „Neutral” (↓), Target: DKK 375 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Sachin Jain downgraded Novo Nordisk from “Buy” to “Neutral” and lowered the price target from 550 to 375 Danish kroner (DKK). He cut his Wegovy estimates for 2026 and 2027 by about 20 percent, given the uncertain timeline for resolving the compounding issue, which the company cited as the main reason for lowering its guidance. In addition, the EPS forecast for 2025 was reduced by about 5 percent, while the forecast for 2026 was lowered by 12 percent.
NVIDIA

US67066G1040 / NVDA
Oct 29, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has raised his price target for NVIDIA from 235 to 275 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. His meeting with the company’s CFO, along with insights from the latest keynote, strengthened his confidence in NVIDIA’s revenue visibility and supply chain alignment. The analyst also noted that the company’s outlook does not rely on any contribution from its China business.
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (→)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating and maintained a price target of 225 US dollars for NVIDIA. According to Rasgon, management’s comments suggest that revenue in the data centre segment for fiscal year 2026/27 could exceed 300 billion US dollars – significantly above Wall Street’s current estimate of around 258 billion US dollars. This implies considerable upside potential relative to consensus forecasts. Despite NVIDIA’s roughly 50 percent share price gain since the start of the year, Rasgon argues that the stock still lags behind many other AI names, as investors remain concerned about potential overvaluation in the AI sector. Yet, he believes it is becoming increasingly clear that “now is not the time to worry.”
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $210 (→)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik maintained his “Buy” rating and 210 US dollar price target for NVIDIA. Beyond the company’s numerous key partnerships, Malik highlighted NVIDIA’s announcement that it plans to ship an additional 14 million Blackwell and Rubin GPUs over the next five quarters — a move he described as uncharacteristic for NVIDIA, especially since these are in addition to the 6 million Blackwell GPUs already delivered. He interprets this as a strong signal of sustained demand visibility over the next 18 months. Malik also estimates that NVIDIA’s projected 500 billion US dollars in revenue from Blackwell and Rubin (including networking) implies more than 25 billion US dollars of potential upside compared with current Wall Street estimates for data centre revenue in fiscal year 2027.
D.A. Davidson, Buy (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Gil Luria, analyst at D.A. Davidson, raised his price target for NVIDIA from 210 to 250 US dollars and reiterated his “Buy” rating following several announcements made by the company at the GTC. Luria stated that NVIDIA continues to demonstrate its leadership in artificial intelligence while expanding into a wide range of industries and applications — from quantum computing to telecommunications. The analyst believes that the market is already pricing in much of the upside potential in NVIDIA’s data centre revenues through fiscal year 2026.
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $210 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst James Schneider reiterated his “Buy” rating and maintained a price target of 210 US dollars for NVIDIA. Although the GPU specialist announced a series of new partnerships across various industries, what stood out most to Schneider were the company’s comments about its revenue forecast — a cumulative 500 billion US dollars in data centre revenue across 2025 and 2026. That estimate is about 10 percent above his own projection and 12 percent higher than the broader analyst consensus, signalling continued confidence in NVIDIA’s dominant position in the AI infrastructure market.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $210 (→)
Morgan Stanley continues to rate NVIDIA as “Overweight” with a price target of 210 US dollars. Analyst Joseph Moore noted that although the GTC is primarily a customer-focused event, several announcements were clearly aimed at investors and analysts as well — most notably NVIDIA’s projection of a cumulative 500 billion US dollars in revenue from its Blackwell and Rubin product lines by the end of calendar year 2026. Moore said this outlook signals accelerating momentum and reaffirms NVIDIA’s position as his top pick in the AI semiconductor sector.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $235 (↑)
UBS analyst Tim Arcuri reiterated his “Buy” rating for NVIDIA and raised his price target from 205 to 235 US dollars. According to Arcuri, the main debate among investors right now concerns whether NVIDIA’s exceptionally high margins can remain sustainable given the growing number of custom ASIC projects in the market. He believes they can — at least for the foreseeable future — because NVIDIA is far ahead in the rack-scale ecosystem and demand continues to rise rapidly.
----------
Oct 15, 2025
HSBC, Buy (↑), Target: $320 (↑)
HSBC analyst Frank Lee has upgraded NVIDIA from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 200 to 320 US dollars. He sees potential for a “significant” earnings increase in NVIDIA’s fiscal year 2027 due to renewed momentum in the allocation of Chip-on-Wafer-on-Substrate (CoWoS) capacity. According to the analyst, the “aggressive” CoWoS wafer forecasts at Taiwan Semiconductor are likely to lead to upward revisions of data centre revenue estimates for 2027. HSBC also believes that a possible easing of GPU-related uncertainties in China, following a potential trade agreement between the US and China, could enable NVIDIA to experience a demand recovery in the Chinese market.
----------
Oct 6, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Jim Schneider has raised the price target for NVIDIA from $200 to $210 and reaffirmed a Buy rating. He has updated his model to reflect strategic investments and partnerships with OpenAI and other developments. Goldman sees substantial upside to NVIDIA estimates through 2026. In their view, the graphics-processor specialist has a strong growth base with core customers, with additional upside from non-traditional customers.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has raised the price target for NVIDIA from $200 to $210 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating. While awaiting further details on the recent $100 billion investment in OpenAI, he is increasingly positive about the graphics-processor specialist’s roadmap and competitive position following the introduction of the Rubin CPX GPU. Citi expects revenue of $54 billion for the October quarter and $62 billion for the January quarter. Revenue forecasts for fiscal years 2025/26 and 2026/27 have also been increased by 1 percent and 10 percent respectively, driven by updated projections for AI-infrastructure spending. Regarding the OpenAI partnership, NVIDIA’s roadmap is said to be unaffected and there is no change in its commitment to Arm Holdings. Malik adds that GTC Washington, a three-day AI conference at the end of October where CEO Jensen Huang will deliver the keynote, could boost the share price.
----------
Sep 25, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has raised his price target for NVIDIA shares from $200 to $240 while reaffirming an Overweight rating for the graphics-processor specialist. In the analyst’s view, NVIDIA is on track to be a major winner in the artificial-intelligence arms race as deal activity in the space increases, which could propel the share price to new highs. The expectation is that these deals will largely flow through NVIDIA’s profit and loss statement over the next five years, driving a marked uplift in results and making the company the most attractive name in the analyst’s coverage. Notable highlights include a strategic partnership to invest up to $100 billion in ChatGPT maker OpenAI and an agreement to collaborate with Alibaba on physical-data AI capabilities. In addition, $5 billion would be invested in rival Intel.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Mark Lipacis raised his price target for NVIDIA from $214 to $225 and maintained his “Outperform” rating following the company’s deal with OpenAI. After speaking with NVIDIA’s CFO, Evercore ISI is even more confident that the company remains the top choice in artificial intelligence and that Wall Street’s estimates are too low. The analyst reiterates his “Top Pick” view on NVIDIA. The GPU specialist is OpenAI’s preferred supplier; OpenAI underestimated demand for its solution and now wants to “stay ahead of demand.” Lipacis sees NVIDIA as “uniquely positioned” as a provider of scaling solutions that can support OpenAI in building out its infrastructure.
----------
Sep 19, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (→)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating and the price target of 225 US dollars for NVIDIA shares. The background is a 5 billion US dollar investment in Intel. From the analyst’s perspective, this does not mean that the graphics processor specialist is turning away from Taiwan Semiconductor as its preferred chip manufacturer. Bernstein believes the deal may have been influenced by pressure from the US government. For NVIDIA, the deal represents an opportunity to enter the CPU market. Regarding the AI darling, Rasgon maintains his optimistic stance, stating that the company is “clearly flexing its muscles” and has “made a good deal with its investment.”
----------
Sep 11, 2025
D.A. Davidson, Buy (↑), Target: $210 (↑)
D.A. Davidson analyst Gil Luria upgrades NVIDIA from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raises the price target from 195 to 210 US dollars. The reason given is the growth in demand for AI computing power, which is likely to sustain NVIDIA’s growth into next year and beyond. Despite potential challenges for NVIDIA such as increasing competition, demand fluctuations in China, emerging supply constraints, and “exuberant expectations,” Luria says that “the overwhelming growth in demand for computing power” is ultimately “the only thing that matters.” Regardless of which segment this growth comes from, the analyst believes that the graphics processor specialist will be able to sustain growth for at least the next two years.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $210 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik lowers the price target for NVIDIA from 220 to 210 US dollars but maintains the “Buy” rating. The price target reduction is attributed to intensifying competition in the AI sector. An indication of this is Broadcom’s recent strong quarterly results. The company also announced a 10 billion US dollar order for custom AI chips. As a result, the analyst expects NVIDIA’s GPU sales for 2026 to be about 4 percent lower than previously estimated. He says that growing competition from Broadcom and increasingly competitive Tensor Processing Units (TPUs) from Google could further fuel the threat to NVIDIA’s GPU sales.
----------
Aug 28, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 185 to 225 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating following the company’s latest quarterly results. Overall, the results were “good,” even if the outlook may have fallen slightly short of recent rumours. While pessimists might point to quarter-over-quarter revenue declines in the computing segment and data center guidance that was “only” in line with expectations, Rasgon attributes this to the persistently chaotic situation in China. Bernstein believes the outlook should still be considered highly respectable. China offers upside potential, while recent production ramp-ups for Blackwell have been strong, signalling continued solid fundamentals.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $235 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 220 to 235 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. While China remains a source of uncertainty, Arya expects the rest of the world to more than offset the headwinds there. Even excluding contributions from China, he has increased his pro forma earnings-per-share estimates for fiscal years 2026, 2027, and 2028 by 6, 7, and 11 percent, respectively. Following the results released the previous evening, he identifies the company as his “top sector pick.”
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 190 to 210 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. He continues to see upside potential for data center revenues — with or without contributions from China. The main reason for the increase, he notes, is the higher production rate of Blackwell chips.
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $215 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 170 to 215 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. The company delivered solid results for the July quarter, with gains in both Blackwell and the networking segment. Sur emphasises that NVIDIA “has multiple levers to drive further upside” and could be entering a multi-year growth phase in AI infrastructure investment.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $230 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst John Vinh has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 215 to 230 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He points to the solid second-quarter results, which came in slightly above consensus estimates. In addition, NVIDIA issued a significantly more optimistic outlook for the third quarter.
Morgan-Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 206 to 210 US dollars while reaffirming his “Overweight” rating. He notes that the bar remains high, but there is also a clear acceleration in growth.
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Oppenheimer analyst Rick Schafer has raised the price target for NVIDIA from 200 to 225 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating. Despite the continued exclusion of China H20 sales, the company delivered a classic “beat and raise” quarter. Schafer highlights the strength of the Blackwell family in particular and remains positive on the stock over the long term.
----------
Aug 25, 2025
Stifel, Overweight (→), Target: $212 (↑)
Stifel analyst Ruben Roy has raised his price target for NVIDIA from 202 to 212 US dollars while reiterating his “Overweight” rating. He points to the “accelerating broad demand” for NVIDIA’s GB300 platform. His conversations with supply chain representatives continue to suggest that GB300 orders will increase through year-end, even as demand for GB200 remains steady. The analyst expects a slight second-quarter beat relative to consensus, citing initially cautious estimates, sustained strong capital spending by NVIDIA customers, reduced risks in China with potential revenue upside, and “healthy product sales growth with apparently limited supply chain disruptions.” He also views NVIDIA’s market leadership as solid. For 2025, he projects the total addressable market to exceed 100 billion US dollars, with the potential to reach 1 trillion US dollars in the long term. He adds that despite the strong rally since the beginning of the year, the stock still appears attractive at current levels.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $214 (↑)
Mark Lipacis, analyst at Evercore ISI, raised his price target for NVIDIA from 190 to 214 US dollars and reiterated his “Outperform” rating. Ahead of the scheduled August 27 announcement of quarterly results for the quarter ending in July, the analyst raised his estimates and said he would be a “buyer,” adding that the graphics processor specialist and AI darling remains his top pick both in the short and long term due to improving visibility.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $205 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri raised his price target for NVIDIA from 175 to 205 US dollars and reiterated a “Buy” rating on the AI darling’s stock. The analyst sees overall demand as stronger than ever. Arcuri expects that the graphics processor specialist can continue to generate several billion dollars in additional revenue per quarter after reaching an agreement with the US government to sell H20 chips in China, in return for handing over 15 percent of the revenues from those sales. According to the analyst, there are likely some reusable H20 inventories that had previously been written off. UBS also believes that NVIDIA is working on a Blackwell version that could be exported to China. In the analyst’s view, the US government may raise the cap on shipments to China as part of efforts to reach an agreement on rare earths.
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Matt Bryson raised his price target for NVIDIA from 175 to 210 US dollars and reiterated his “Outperform” rating. The analyst stated that hyperscale spending results for the second quarter were “consistently positive.” Conversations throughout the quarter pointed to “robust” demand, with supply at times appearing to lag behind demand. Wedbush’s checks indicated that NVIDIA’s GB300 server shipments were on track for the end of the third or fourth quarter.
----------
Aug 20, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $215 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst John Vinh raised his price target for NVIDIA from 190 to 215 US dollars and reiterated his “Overweight” rating. He expects NVIDIA to deliver “strong” results for the second quarter, although guidance for the third quarter may come in slightly below consensus, as the outlook is unlikely to include direct revenue from China due to pending license approvals and timing uncertainties.
According to Vinh, the key factors will likely include the continued ramp-up of Blackwell production, the start of Blackwell Ultra in the third quarter, and improving production yields on GB200 modules.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Cantor Fitzgerald, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst C.J. Muse raised the price target for NVIDIA from 200 to 240 US dollars and reiterated an “Overweight” rating. With the ongoing ramp-up of Blackwell production and seemingly insatiable demand for AI computing power, the analyst expects estimates to reaccelerate in the July quarter and rise significantly through the October quarter and beyond. His confidence in a path toward 200 to 300 billion US dollars in data center revenue for 2025–2026 has grown over the past three months, supporting a clear trajectory toward earnings power of 8 US dollars per share in 2026.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $206 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore raised the price target for NVIDIA from 200 to 206 US dollars and maintained an “Overweight” rating on the GPU specialist’s shares. Moore noted that expectations ahead of NVIDIA’s earnings release have risen, and he considers this “justified.” He anticipates a strong report for the most recent quarter and solid guidance, though he is somewhat cautious about the current quarter. His optimism is “focused on the future.”
Moore highlighted robust customer demand for NVIDIA, stressing that this strength is not limited to the company’s “largest spenders.” He also expects NVIDIA’s supply constraints to ease over time. The analyst raised his revenue estimate for the July quarter from 45.2 to 46.6 billion US dollars and now projects October-quarter revenue of 52.5 billion US dollars, compared with his prior estimate of 51.3 billion. Additionally, the return to the Chinese market is seen as another tailwind for NVIDIA’s sales.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $205 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised his price target on NVIDIA from 192 to 205 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating.
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Harsh Kumar raised his price target for NVIDIA from 180 to 225 US dollars, while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The analyst expects another strong quarter for the GPU specialist, with upside potential for both the July and October quarters. Recent positive comments from U.S. hyperscalers, along with the inclusion of revenue from China, add to the optimism. NVIDIA is expected to remain in a situation where demand exceeds supply through the end of the year. Even without China, demand for high-performance computing (HPC) in the U.S. outstrips NVIDIA’s ability to deliver its latest architecture.
----------
Aug 11, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $220 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers raised the price target for NVIDIA from $185 to $220 while maintaining the “Overweight” rating. The background is a Financial Times report stating that NVIDIA and AMD had agreed to give the U.S. government 15 percent of their revenues from the sale of certain chips in China — namely NVIDIA’s H20 chips and AMD’s MI308 chips. The agreement would allow both companies to obtain export licenses for selling these chips.
The analyst assumes that NVIDIA could offset the entire revenue shortfall of $8 billion per quarter, which had been expected from the H20 ban in China for the second quarter of fiscal year 2025/26 (ending July), by the fourth quarter of 2025/26 (ending January). Rakers sees, among other things, the strong reported and projected hyperscale investment trends as supporting a solid upward trend for the shares of the graphics processor specialist.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on NVIDIA and raised the price target for the graphics processor specialist’s shares from $170 to $200. According to the analyst, strength in the AI sector is “extraordinary on both the supply and demand sides.” All of the research firm’s data collection and contacts indicate that customers are demanding more computing power. A significant acceleration in inference workloads is also being observed, further driving demand for greater processing capacity. Moore sees substantial upside potential for NVIDIA in the second half of the year with the new Blackwell product cycle for processors, connectivity, networking, and memory. In addition, NVIDIA announced earlier this month that it intends to “soon” begin shipping its H20 graphics processing units (GPUs) to China.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has raised the price target for Nvidia from $180 to $190 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. He attributes the price target increase to the expansion of the total addressable AI market. Malik now expects the addressable market for AI in data centers to reach $563 billion by 2028 — a figure that is 13 percent higher than the previous estimate of $500 billion. According to the analyst, the increase is partly due to stronger-than-expected demand for government-related AI.
ON Holding

CH1134540470 / ONON
Oct 21, 2025
Raymond James, Outperform (→), Target: $55 (↓)
Raymond James analyst Rick Patel has lowered the price target for On Holding from 66 to 55 US dollars but maintained the “Outperform” rating on the stock. According to Patel, softline and digital commerce companies are entering the third quarter with rising revenue estimates, reflecting an improvement in consumer sentiment. The analyst continues to see tariffs as the biggest risk factor: higher import duties in China could pressure margins, while currency fluctuations may offer slight relief for companies with exposure to the euro and the pound.
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $69 (↑)
Barclays analyst Adrienne Yih raised her price target for On Holding AG from 68 to 69 US dollars and reaffirmed her “Overweight” rating following the company’s second-quarter report. The analyst noted that On delivered “another impressive quarter” and expects momentum to continue into the second half of the year, as the price increases implemented in July are likely to offset the negative impact of tariffs, leading to revenue growth and an improvement in the EBITDA margin.
On Semiconductor

US6821891057 / ON
Oct 27, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $55 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri raised his price target for ON Semiconductor from 50 to 55 US dollars while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. He expects ON Semi to report third-quarter results in the middle of its guidance range: revenue of about 1.515 billion US dollars, a “stable” gross margin, and an adjusted EPS of 59 cents. According to UBS data, ON Semi built up inventory throughout the quarter and cut prices in the final month — a sign that inventory issues in its distribution channel persist.
----------
Oct 21, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $62 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has raised the price target for On Semiconductor from 52 to 62 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Neutral” rating. According to Arya, recent geopolitical disruptions at Netherlands-based but Chinese-owned automotive chipmaker Nexperia are affecting supply chains across the auto industry. These disruptions, however, are likely to result only in a short-term boost in demand. On Semiconductor is particularly impacted, even though the company has already divested much of its low-end discrete components portfolio. Moreover, it remains uncertain whether On Semiconductor is ready and able to requalify its components quickly enough to offset the increasing shortages in the sector.
----------
Aug 5, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $65 (↓)
Susquehanna analyst Christopher Rolland lowered the price target for On Semiconductor from $75 to $65 while maintaining a “Positive” rating. The analyst explained that while it was a decent quarter, the unexpected inventory build-up positively impacted results and could potentially weigh on the future. Portfolio and manufacturing rationalization will continue, as On Semi expects a recovery in 2026.
Palantir

US69608A1088 / PLTR
Oct 28, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke has raised his price target for Palantir from 177 to 190 US dollars while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. Radke expects strong third-quarter results after his research indicated positive momentum in both Palantir’s government and commercial segments. Despite the solid outlook, the analyst cautions that it may prove challenging for the company to sustain the strong upward momentum seen in the previous quarter.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $201 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Clark Jeffries has raised the price target for Palantir from 182 to 201 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He notes that Palantir’s valuation leaves little room for error, particularly if signs of slowing growth were to emerge. However, the analyst argues that Palantir has not yet reached its peak growth potential, given the company’s strong revenue visibility, triple-digit growth in commercial bookings since the start of the year, and unprecedented opportunities to capture market share within the 1 trillion US-dollar U.S. defence budget. Therefore, he sees no reason for the current momentum to slow down.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $215 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Mariana Perez Mora raised her price target for Palantir from $180 to $215 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating after spending time with Akshay Krishnaswamy, Palantir’s “Chief Architect.” She cites stronger growth across all of Palantir’s application areas and views on-site AI engineers as accelerators of the company’s expansion. Palantir stands to benefit from rising demand and highly capable engineers “who can focus on the most complex problems.”
----------
Sep 15, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (→), Target: $165 (→)
Mizuho analyst Gregg Moskowitz has reaffirmed a “Neutral” rating and a price target of 165 US dollars for Palantir after attending a product demonstration at the company’s offices. During the presentation, Ontology was highlighted—the company’s layer that unifies fragmented data into a single operating model. Mizuho believes that an “underappreciated aspect” of Palantir’s platform is that it combines extensive developer and automation tools with a marketplace for core applications. The company’s recent execution was described as “impressive,” with significant upward revisions in both the commercial and government segments. Moskowitz, however, adds that the stock’s price-to-earnings ratio “remains extremely high and well above all other software stocks.”
----------
Aug 5, 2025
Jefferies, Underperform (→), Target: $60 (→)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill maintained his “Underperform” rating on Palantir, with the price target remaining at $60. Although the fundamentals around the software and data analytics services provider have improved significantly in recent quarters, the stock is trading at 74 times the revenue expected for calendar year 2026. Even under an optimistic scenario where the company achieves a compound annual growth rate of 55 percent over four years, the stock would still need to be valued at 25 times the revenue expected for calendar year 2028 to justify its current price. According to Thill, this highlights the disconnect between valuation and achievable growth. The continued reliance on a services-oriented approach and a limited direct sales force also raises questions about scalability and efficiency.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $165 (↑)
UBS analyst Karl Keirstead raised the price target for Palantir from $110 to $165 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. In the analyst’s view, Palantir benefits from a confluence of megatrends in AI application development, investments in the data layer, and modernization of defense technology. However, the valuation—at 136 times the free cash flow expected for calendar year 2026—remains the biggest hurdle, according to the analyst.
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $158 (→)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke reaffirmed his price target of $158 and “Neutral” rating on Palantir’s stock. While the analyst had been positive about the company’s fundamentals for the quarter, the extent to which expectations were exceeded—particularly regarding bookings and backlog—went well beyond even the highest forecasts. In particular, the results looked even more impressive when compared to other software companies.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $155 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Sanjit Singh said his reaction to Palantir’s second-quarter results was simply “Wow.” All key metrics improved compared to an already very strong first quarter. As generative artificial intelligence has shaped the collective mindset of the tech industry and society overall in recent years, the analyst believes it is no coincidence that Palantir has now reported accelerated year-over-year growth for eight consecutive quarters. Accordingly, the price target was raised from $98 to $155, while the “Equal Weight” rating was maintained.
Deutsche Bank, Hold (↑), Target: $160 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Brad Zelnick raised the price target for Palantir from $80 to $160 and upgraded the stock from “Sell” to “Hold.” The analyst admitted he was rather late in recognizing how uniquely positioned Palantir’s platform is for AI and how it has transformed the company’s trajectory. While he has been acknowledging this progress more fully over the past several quarters, he still struggles with the valuation, which remains an order of magnitude higher than that of all publicly traded software peers.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (-), Target: $175 (-)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin initiated coverage of Palantir with an “Overweight” rating and a price target of $175. The analyst acknowledged that Palantir carries a high valuation premium and remains a high-risk investment but sees the company as having a unique growth and margin model that, if sustainable, could drive annual revenues to $24 billion by 2032 within an addressable market exceeding $1 trillion. A free cash flow margin of 40 percent is also considered achievable. According to the analyst, an important catalyst for Palantir could stem from the ongoing AI trading momentum. Palantir is viewed as a winner in the AI revolution.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (↑), Target: $135 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Gregg Moskowitz has upgraded Palantir from “Underperform” to “Neutral” and raised the price target from $116 to $135. He describes the company’s recent execution and momentum as “breathtaking,” including significant upward revisions to estimates in both its commercial and government segments, which he admits to having “severely underestimated.” Palantir now has a “legitimate chance” to accelerate revenue growth for the fifth consecutive quarter when it reports Q2 results in early August. While Moskowitz still cautions that the stock could face a “significant multiple contraction at some point,” he acknowledges that Palantir’s “uniqueness requires a high degree of conviction.” He believes the company is well-positioned to benefit from long-term trends in artificial intelligence.
PayPal

US70450Y1038 / PYPL
Oct 29, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $74 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst James Faucette lowered his price target for PayPal from 75 to 74 US dollars while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. He noted that progress on “key initiatives” such as Pay with Venmo, modern checkout integrations, and new partnerships has been “notable but not yet decisive.” According to Faucette, the stock’s 4 percent rise following the company’s earnings release was driven mainly by the announcement of a partnership with OpenAI and by the “deeply negative” investor sentiment leading up to the report.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Sell (↓), Target: $70 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Will Nance has downgraded PayPal from “Neutral” to “Sell” while maintaining the price target at 70 US dollars. He expects PayPal to face several headwinds to transaction margins in 2026, including “interest rate headwinds” and the renewed acceleration of its credit products. Goldman also sees limited visibility for a rebound in the company’s proprietary checkout business in the near term, citing weaker trends in Germany, customs disruptions in the United States, and competition from alternative digital wallet formats.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Hold (→), Target: $75 (→)
Nate Svensson of Deutsche Bank maintains a “Hold” rating on PayPal and sets the price target at 75 US dollars.
Qualcomm

US7475251036 / QCOM
Oct 27, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $165 (↓)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has lowered his price target for Qualcomm from 175 to 165 US dollars while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. He expects the company’s December-quarter results to come in roughly in line with Wall Street expectations, with a modest upside driven by a production shift toward iPhone 17 Pro models, which continue to use Qualcomm modems. While overall smartphone demand remains stable, Arcuri sees potential headwinds for the March quarter as Samsung is expected to expand the use of its in-house Exynos chips in the upcoming Galaxy S26 series. On a more positive note, the analyst highlights Intel’s recent comments on the PC market, which support a constructive view of Qualcomm’s IoT segment.
----------
Oct 22, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Christopher Rolland has raised the price target for Qualcomm from 190 to 200 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Positive” rating. He expects the company’s third-quarter results to come in broadly in line with or slightly above consensus estimates. However, production cuts among Chinese electric vehicle manufacturers and easing tariff restrictions could weigh on fourth-quarter prospects for auto-related companies. Despite this, Rolland anticipates that Qualcomm will deliver “better-than-seasonal” results in the fourth quarter overall.
-----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $170 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for Qualcomm from $145 to $170 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. The upward revision reflects a more favourable outlook for Qualcomm’s near-term performance, possibly driven by improving smartphone demand and growth potential in areas such as automotive and IoT. Despite the increase, the neutral stance suggests the analyst sees limited upside beyond the new target at current valuation levels.
Robinhood

US7707001027 / HOOD
Sep 23, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $135 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Allen raised his price target for Robinhood from $120 to $135 but maintained a “Neutral” rating. He increased his estimates for the neo-broker on the back of higher trading activity, but prefers to wait for a more attractive entry point before turning more positive on the stock.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $140 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Patrick Moley raised his price target for Robinhood from $120 to $140 and reaffirmed an “Overweight” rating. He reports that event-contract volume at Kalshi—the private event-contract exchange Robinhood partners with—will reach a record high in September, more than double the previous monthly record. This is largely due to the recent launch of NFL and NCAA Football prediction markets. Piper Sandler estimates that Robinhood users account for about 25%–35% of Kalshi’s daily volume and that Robinhood’s event-contracts offering is running at an annualized revenue rate above $200 million in September.
----------
Sep 11, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $110 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Michael Cyprys views Robinhood “somewhat positively” after attending the neo-broker’s second Active Trader Summit in Las Vegas, arguing that the continued acceleration of product velocity would support market share gains and an expansion of the overall addressable market. At the summit, new product announcements were presented, including new AI features for traders, plans to launch a proprietary social network, and a range of product enhancements such as the ability to short sell and hold multiple individual accounts. The stock remains rated “Equal Weight” with a price target of 110 US dollars.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $145 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Dan Dolev raises the price target for Robinhood from 120 to 145 US dollars and maintains his “Outperform” rating on the stock after attending the neo-broker’s “Summit 2025” event in Las Vegas. He is “even more optimistic” about the stock following the event. Robinhood’s product improvements are “leapfrog enhancements that will attract more users and increase engagement.” The analyst is impressed by Robinhood Social, which allows users to follow live trades, discuss strategies, and track the portfolios of politicians and hedge funds.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $120 (→)
Piper Sandler analyst Patrick Moley maintains his “Overweight” rating on Robinhood with a price target of 120 US dollars. Key takeaways include the introduction of short selling, the launch of futures trading on the active trader platform Robinhood Legend, trading in overnight index options starting in early 2026, new AI-integrated features in the app, and Robinhood Social, a social trading platform to be launched in early 2026. The analyst says that short selling represented “a glaring product gap” for Robinhood, while the social platform is “an interesting concept with significant upside potential.”
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $160 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Gautam Chugani raised the price target for Robinhood from 105 to 160 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating on the neobroker’s stock. He believes that the Trump administration is determined to make the US the crypto capital of the world and expects a long crypto bull market to last until 2026, peaking in 2027. Robinhood’s diversified business model, with stocks, cryptocurrencies, and financial services, makes the company more predictable.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $120 (↑)
Barclays analyst Benjamin Budish raised the price target for Robinhood from $102 to $120 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the stock of the neo-broker. The company reported adjusted EBITDA above expectations in the second quarter, but several key performance indicators were weaker in June. However, the analyst expects Robinhood to regain momentum in July.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $110 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Michael Cyprys has raised the price target for Robinhood from $43 to $110 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst has become more selective within the broker and exchange operator group, citing stabilised volatility and trading volumes. Ahead of Q2 earnings, he prefers interest rate and credit franchises. Cyprys still sees room for inflation, interest rates, and tariffs to support rates and lending volumes.
SAP

DE0007164600 / SAP
Oct 24, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $348 (↑)
Barclays analyst Sven Merkt has raised his price target for SAP from 322 to 348 US dollars while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. Although the company’s cloud revenue guidance came in at the lower end of estimates and the sharper decline in its software business slightly dampens sales expectations for the fiscal year, the analyst notes a more optimistic tone regarding the macroeconomic outlook. Combined with a strong pipeline for the fourth quarter, this suggests that SAP remains on track to accelerate its revenue growth next year.
ServiceNow

US81762P1021 / NOW
Oct 30, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $1,075 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Mark Murphy raised the price target for ServiceNow from 1,020 to 1,075 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating. Murphy views ServiceNow as a pioneer and market leader in cloud-based IT workflow management and believes the company is still in the early stages of transforming into a true multi-product success story. He highlights the firm’s expanding presence across employee, customer, and developer workflows as a key driver of its next growth phase.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $1,075 (↓)
UBS analyst Karl Keirstead has lowered the price target for ServiceNow from 1,100 to 1,075 US dollars but reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Checks on the company’s core business were described as “fine,” suggesting a normal set of results, although feedback regarding AI adoption was somewhat disappointing. The analyst believes that short-term downside risk may be limited.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $1,225 (→)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin has added ServiceNow to the firm’s list of “tactical ideas” for the fourth quarter of 2025. He sees a favourable tactical set-up given a series of key catalysts, particularly the potential for better-than-expected third-quarter results driven by the US public sector and significant contract renewals in the fourth quarter. The stock remains rated Overweight with a price target of $1,225.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (↑), Target: $1,250 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss has upgraded ServiceNow from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from $1,040 to $1,250. He notes that the company’s “consistent” execution has been overshadowed by risks related to generative artificial intelligence and concerns over U.S. government spending. Morgan Stanley, however, believes ServiceNow is well positioned to deliver generative AI capabilities, creating an attractive risk-reward profile for the stock. The analyst expects the company to achieve 20% subscription growth and over 20% free cash flow growth by fiscal year 2027.
----------
Jul 24, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $1,210 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,200 to $1,210 and maintained an “Overweight” rating on the cloud platform specialist’s stock. The company reported another strong quarter, with clear evidence of AI-driven momentum. The analyst believes that ServiceNow’s bookings and its “cautious” guidance point to potential upside in the second half of the year.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $1,210 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,110 to $1,200 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock after “excellent” second-quarter results that exceeded expectations across all key growth metrics. The outlook for 18 percent backlog growth in the third quarter was in line with his estimates, but comments indicated a healthy pipeline build for the remainder of the year, which could drive further upside for the stock.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $1,234 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,160 to $1,234 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. The company reported solid results and positively surprised with its guidance on remaining performance obligations. The analyst views ServiceNow’s outlook as conservative.
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $1,150 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Samad Samana raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,025 to $1,150 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. The outlook for currency-adjusted revenue was slightly raised, but the analyst considers the guidance “conservative” given the first-half results. He believes investors will look past the forecasts and “reward the strong results.”
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $1,150 (↑)
Oppenheimer analyst Brian Schwartz raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,100 to $1,150 and maintained an “Outperform” rating on the stock. He noted that ServiceNow reported revenue above expectations for the second quarter. Oppenheimer believes the company will continue to deliver strong sales execution and profit margins. The analyst sees ServiceNow as well-positioned, entering the second half of 2025 with momentum and benefiting from customers’ prioritization of AI and back-office software, which should support a strong execution trend.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: 1,225 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin raised the price target for ServiceNow from $1,150 to $1,225 and maintained an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He noted that the company’s Q2 results were solidly above expectations, with anecdotal commentary around AI, data, and cloud suggesting that momentum is continuing to build.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $1,110 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills has raised the price target for ServiceNow from 1,085 to 1,110 US dollars and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, conversations with system integration partners point to steady to slightly increased activity in the second quarter. He sees potential for 0.5 percent growth in remaining performance obligations for Q2. Sills notes that “a healthy quarter with beats and raised guidance would improve sentiment.”
Snowflake

US8334451098 / SNOW
Oct 28, 2025
Citizens JMP, Outperform (→), Target: $325 (↑)
Citizens JMP analyst Patrick Walravens has raised his price target for Snowflake from 283 to 325 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating. The analyst referenced an interview on the Instagram account theschoolofhardknockz, where host James “Jack” Dumoulin spoke with Snowflake’s Chief Revenue Officer Mike Gannon outside the New York Stock Exchange. When asked about the company’s annual revenue, Gannon replied that Snowflake would likely finish the year with just over 4.5 billion US dollars and aims to reach the 10-billion-dollar mark within a few years. Walravens continues to view Snowflake as “an attractive opportunity for capital appreciation.”
----------
Aug 28, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for Snowflake from 219 to 255 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the cloud software company’s stock. The company’s “beat and raise” second-quarter report confirms, in the analyst’s view, that the stock should be considered a core holding in the software sector. He notes that while expectations were already high, Snowflake’s results turned out to be “even better.”
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $280 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills has raised the price target for Snowflake from 240 to 280 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating on the stock. He describes the company’s second-quarter results as “impressive” and highlights several important trends. In his view, the Q2 performance confirms the belief that “Snowflake is making the leap to becoming a true data platform for large enterprises.”
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $260 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane has raised the price target for Snowflake from 220 to 260 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. He notes that the second quarter saw a significant increase in product revenue and that management raised its full-year outlook by slightly more than the quarterly earnings beat. While the magnitude of this above-average increase may seem minor, Crane points out that it marks a shift in management’s forecasting philosophy compared to the past two years.
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $270 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill has raised the price target for Snowflake from 250 to 270 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. Snowflake’s revenue growth accelerated to 32 percent year over year, and the company raised its fiscal 2026 guidance to 27 percent growth. Early indicators were also strong. The analyst continues to view Snowflake as a “top pick,” citing the “accelerated adoption of AI on a robust core data platform.”
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $255 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Mark Murphy has raised the price target for Snowflake from 225 to 255 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. The company’s growth accelerated in the second quarter, with momentum spanning its entire product portfolio. J.P. Morgan remains convinced that Snowflake continues to benefit from long-term “tailwinds.”
Morgan-Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $272 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Sanjit Singh has raised the price target for Snowflake from 262 to 272 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. Product revenue growth in the second quarter accelerated to 31.5 percent year over year on a daily basis, the product revenue forecast for the third quarter came in above consensus estimates, and the outlook for fiscal 2026 now calls for 27 percent growth versus the previous 25 percent. The analyst continues to view Snowflake as the “best way to play the data modernization theme in software.”
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $285 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin has raised the price target for Snowflake from 215 to 285 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He notes that product revenue has accelerated to over 4 billion US dollars, up 31.5 percent year over year, supported by core consumption and additional momentum from AI. The 22 percent increase in sales and marketing headcount since the beginning of the year also signals, in the analyst’s view, even stronger growth ambitions.
Wells-Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin has raised the price target for Snowflake from 250 to 275 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He notes that the company significantly beat expectations in the second quarter and raised its guidance, with revenue growth now re-accelerating to above 30 percent. In his view, the key question going forward is whether the company can sustain this growth as customers add new workloads in the second half of the year.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke raised the price target for Snowflake from 245 to 250 US dollars and maintained the “Buy” rating ahead of the release of the company’s second-quarter report. The analyst expects growth to reaccelerate in the second half of the year, driven by artificial intelligence and continued strong performance.
----------
Aug 20, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (↑), Target: $240 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills upgraded Snowflake from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 220 to 240 US dollars. He cites three different proprietary data sources that point to positive momentum in Snowflake’s core Data Warehouse business.
On top of this, Sills highlights the emerging business lines Cortex AI and Snowpark Developer as additional growth drivers. He expects the upcoming Q2 results, scheduled for August 27, to act as a positive near-term catalyst for the stock, while emphasizing that the upgrade is grounded in the view of long-term outperformance potential.
Spotify

LU1778762911 / SPOT
Oct 21, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $800 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Benjamin Swinburne has named Spotify his “Top Pick” in the media and entertainment sector. He maintains an “Overweight” rating and a price target of 800 US dollars. The audio streaming service is launching a new pricing structure this autumn after adding significant value to both its free and premium subscription tiers. According to Morgan Stanley, this move should meaningfully accelerate growth in Spotify’s music streaming business into next year. Swinburne also identifies artificial intelligence as an additional growth driver: AI-driven personalisation and recommendation systems could enhance user engagement and increase revenue potential per customer.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Neutral (↓), Target: $770 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Eric Sheridan has downgraded Spotify from Buy to Neutral, while nudging the price target up from $765 to $770. In his view, the shares have limited upside because investors have already priced in the company’s positive developments. Owing to the weak share performance over the past 12 months and the prospect of future improvement in operating performance, the stock is being downgraded.
He believes Spotify will likely introduce new premium price tiers by 2030, which, alongside continued growth in monthly active users, should improve results. The platform has also implemented several cost-cutting measures, including a change to how leverage on royalties is calculated. The analyst emphasises that much of Spotify’s cost-saving and revenue-boosting actions appear already reflected in the share price.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $850 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Michael Morris raised the price target for Spotify from 800 to 850 US dollars and reiterated his “Buy” rating after Spotify announced price increases in several markets last week. The analyst still expects the audio streaming provider to announce another round of price increases in its largest markets, including the US, before the end of the year. The target price increase is justified by an upward revision of his revenue and earnings forecasts.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $750 (↓)
Barclays analyst Kannan Venkateshwar lowered the price target for Spotify from $800 to $750 while maintaining his “Overweight” recommendation on the audio streaming service’s stock. The company once again delivered a mixed quarter. The analyst expects Spotify will continue to post above-average subscriber growth, but that earnings volatility is likely to persist through the end of the year.
----------
Jul 24, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (↑), Target: $800 (→)
Oppenheimer analyst Jason Helfstein upgraded Spotify from “Perform” to “Outperform,” keeping the price target at $800. The analyst cited the stock’s 14 percent pullback from its all-time high and noted that the company has “a lot of tailwinds.” In his view, the audio streaming specialist has the largest number of monthly active users in the internet sector, and the monetization of its free offering, along with benefits from changes in the Apple App Store, serve as positive catalysts. The analyst sees a significant opportunity for the company to further monetize its advertising clients.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $840 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Mark Zgutowicz has raised the price target for Spotify from $700 to $840 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. He sees several potential catalysts for the audio streaming specialist over the next 12 months, including improved gross margins in the podcast segment and the launch of a new “Supremium” subscription tier.
Starbucks

US8552441094 / SBUX
Oct 30, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $100 (→)
Wells Fargo analyst Zachary Fadem reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Starbucks and maintained the price target of 100 US dollars. According to Fadem, the coffee chain’s fourth quarter was “predictably turbulent,” yet global comparable sales exceeded expectations. A turnaround in the US during September and October adds credibility despite widespread investor scepticism. While earnings-per-share forecasts remain somewhat uncertain and rising labour costs have led the analyst to trim his 2026 estimates, he expects positive comparable sales in the first quarter and additional momentum from the upcoming A-Day event and the Chinese market to support an improved outlook.
----------
Aug 12, 2025
Baird, Outperform (↑), Target: $115 (↑)
Baird analyst David Tarantino upgraded Starbucks from “Neutral” to “Outperform” and raised the price target from 100 to 115 US dollars. The coffee chain’s stock had recently come under pressure after the latest quarterly results marked a sixth consecutive decline in same-store sales. However, with CEO Brian Niccol stating that the company is “gaining momentum,” the analyst expects growth to be ahead. He remains “firmly convinced” that the turnaround strategies under the new leadership will make Starbucks a stronger company and believes this will become increasingly evident over the next few quarters.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $99 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Jon Tower lowered the price target for Starbucks from $100 to $99 while maintaining his “Neutral” rating on the coffee chain’s stock. The analyst adjusted his estimates following the company’s third-quarter report. He sees the investor event in the second quarter of fiscal year 2026 as a potential catalyst for the stock.
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $115 (↑)
Barclays analyst Jeff Bernstein raised the price target for Starbucks from $106 to $115 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. The company’s third-quarter comparable sales figures in the U.S. and China were slightly above expectations, while margins and profits disappointed. The analyst expects that the turnaround at Starbucks will take time.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Jefferies, Underperform (↓), Target: $76 (→)
Jefferies analyst Andy Barish has downgraded Starbucks from “Hold” to “Underperform,” while maintaining the price target at $76.
According to Barish, the stock has moved ahead of what he considers “reasonable expectations for a fundamental recovery.” His credit and debit card data, customer traffic insights, and app usage metrics suggest that revenue estimates for Q3 and Q4 in the U.S. will likely need to be revised downward. Additionally, Starbucks’ “complex” staffing and operational issues may take longer to resolve than anticipated, and the company’s ongoing investments are putting pressure on earnings.
----------
Jul 11, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $105 (→)
Chris O’Cull, analyst at Stifel, has reaffirmed both the $105 price target and “Buy” rating on Starbucks. He points to multiple reports indicating that Starbucks is in active talks with potential buyers for part of its China business. These reports suggest that management may soon provide updates on potential partnerships and strategic challenges in the Chinese market.
Despite these developments, O’Cull emphasises that his primary focus remains on Starbucks’ turnaround efforts in the U.S., which he sees as the key catalyst for the stock’s performance over the next 12 months. He adds that securing a strategic partner with a proven track record in China could be viewed positively by investors, as such a move would likely enhance Starbucks’ ability to gain market share in the growing Chinese coffee market.
Tesla

US88160R1014 / TSLA
Oct 29, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $471 (↑)
Federico Merendi, analyst at Bank of America, raised his price target for Tesla from 341 to 471 US dollars but maintained a “Neutral” rating on the electric vehicle maker’s stock. He justified the higher target with his sum-of-the-parts analysis, noting that the increase reflects lower equity costs, stronger progress in Tesla’s robotaxi initiative, and a higher valuation for the Optimus project given its potential entry into international markets. The analyst sees Tesla as a leader in physical artificial intelligence but considers the stock’s valuation “excessive.”
----------
Oct 23, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $482 (↓)
Canaccord analyst George Gianarikas lowered the price target for Tesla from 490 to 482 US dollars but reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on the electric vehicle maker’s stock. The analyst raises the question of whether the company can convincingly bridge the gap between volatile short-term growth prospects in its core EV business and the long-term promise of a future dominated by robotaxis and humanoid robots. Gianarikas notes that there are currently no meaningful forecasts for vehicle deliveries around 2026. However, he observes a more optimistic tone emerging from Tesla’s management.
Cantor-Fitzgerald, Overweight (→), Target: $510 (↑)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Andres Sheppard raised the price target for Tesla from 355 to 510 US dollars and maintained an “Overweight” rating. Tesla exceeded consensus estimates for revenue, gross margin, and free cash flow in the third quarter, although adjusted earnings per share came in slightly below expectations. Sheppard remains optimistic in the medium to long term, citing “significant future upside potential” in energy storage and generation, FSD, robotaxis/Cybercab, the Semi truck, and Optimus bots. However, since the stock is currently trading near its all-time high, he advises new investors to wait for a potential pullback before entering at a more attractive price point.
Piper-Sandler-, Overweight
Piper Sandler analyst Alexander Potter maintained his “Overweight” rating on Tesla following the company’s third-quarter results. The stock underperformed in after-hours trading, likely because investors had anticipated more spectacular numbers, according to Potter. While both deliveries and free cash flow reached new record highs, this strength did not translate into a correspondingly strong share price reaction. Contributing factors included tariffs, product mix, restructuring efforts, and a higher tax rate.
Truist, Hold (→), Target: $406 (↑)
Truist analyst William Stein raised the price target for Tesla from 280 to 406 US dollars while reiterating his “Hold” rating on the stock. The company reported mixed results for the third quarter and once again did not provide forward guidance. According to Stein, short-term data on vehicle deliveries and earnings are becoming increasingly less relevant for Tesla’s valuation. He argues that the majority of the company’s value now lies in its AI-driven projects such as FSD, robotaxis, and especially Optimus — initiatives that remain unproven but are “potentially extremely valuable.”
UBS, Sell (→), Target: $247 (→)
UBS analyst Joseph Spak said Tesla missed earnings expectations for the third quarter partly due to the loss of certain tax credits. “We heard very little otherwise regarding short-term prospects,” the analyst noted. UBS interprets this as intentional, as Tesla continues its transition from an electric vehicle manufacturer to an artificial intelligence (AI) company. Spak believes Tesla’s current market capitalisation already assigns around 900 billion US dollars in value to its AI ambitions. He maintained a “Sell” rating on the stock with a price target of 247 US dollars.
----------
Oct 8, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $483 (↑)
Stifel analyst Stephen Gengaro has raised the price target for Tesla from 440 to 483 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. He expects Tesla to make modest progress on its robotaxi network and full self-driving software and is lifting his target to reflect greater confidence in FSD and robotaxis. He adds that the availability of unsupervised autonomous driving for private use in the United States by the end of 2025 may seem far-fetched, but appears more likely over the medium term.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $490 (↑)
Canaccord analyst George Gianarikas has raised Tesla’s price target from $333 to $490 and reaffirmed a Buy rating. Data from 30 countries indicated that the electric-vehicle maker’s deliveries are rising, which led the analyst to increase his delivery estimates. After several quarters of waning momentum, Tesla’s deliveries appear to be showing a positive inflection. Canaccord also expects Tesla to announce new electric-vehicle models soon, which should support global sales momentum. The new models are expected to help cushion any potential dip in the United States after the third quarter once electric-vehicle tax credits expire. The analyst also expects momentum to improve in Tesla’s energy storage business.
----------
Sep 29, 2025
Cantor Fitzgerald, Overweight (→), Target: $355 (→)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Andres Sheppard has reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating on Tesla and the US$355 price target. The analyst believes Tesla’s vehicle deliveries are likely to increase year-on-year in the third quarter, partly due to sales dynamics created by the impending expiration of the US$7,500 electric-vehicle tax credit. He also notes that Tesla CEO Elon Musk recently bought about 2.57 million Tesla shares — the first purchase of this kind in five years. The transaction, worth roughly US$1 billion, could be seen as a sign of Musk’s long-term commitment to remain at the head of the company.
----------
Sep 26, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $435 (↑)
Edison Yu, an analyst at Deutsche Bank, has raised Tesla’s price target from $345 to $435 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating. He expects 461,500 deliveries in the third quarter, roughly in line with the prior year but up 20 percent quarter on quarter and well above the consensus estimate of 433,000. The consensus forecast of 1.6 million deliveries for 2025 still looks achievable in his view. Deutsche Bank is lifting its near-term estimates for Tesla, citing stronger quarterly volume, while keeping projections for 2025 and 2026 largely unchanged. Tesla CEO Elon Musk’s compensation package has “removed a major overhang” and will enable Tesla to capitalise on its leadership in “embodied artificial intelligence.”
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $600 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Daniel Ives has raised Tesla’s price target from $500 to $600 and maintained his “Outperform” rating. He sees an “accelerated AI path.” In his view, investors are underestimating the company’s current transformation. He believes Tesla is taking key steps to advance its AI revolution, with autonomy and robotics set to be central by 2026, which would be a game-changing shift and shape Tesla’s future.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $450 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised his price target for Tesla from $375 to $450 and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating.
UBS, Sell (→), Target: $215 (→)
UBS analyst Joseph Spak now estimates Tesla delivered 475,000 vehicles in Q3, up from his prior forecast of 431,000 and about 8% above consensus. For Q4, he projects 428,000 deliveries, which would be down 14% year over year and 10% quarter over quarter. UBS keeps a Sell rating with a $215 price target.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $500 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Alexander Potter has raised the price target for Tesla from 400 to 500 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. After meeting with Chinese electric vehicle manufacturers, the analyst said he could understand why Elon Musk holds such respect for these “fast imitators.” In fact, vertically integrated Chinese manufacturers may represent Tesla’s greatest competitive threat. But when it comes to “real” AI, these companies look to Tesla rather than the other way around, according to Potter. As one company representative put it: “Without Tesla going from 0 to 1, we cannot go from 1 to 100.” Ultimately, Tesla remains the “best idea” for investing in autonomous vehicles and robotics.
----------
Sep 15, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $275 (→)
Barclays analyst Dan Levy expects Tesla to deliver 465,000 units in the third quarter, unchanged from the prior year and above the consensus estimate of 430,000. From the analyst’s perspective, Tesla currently has a series of positive developments that are likely to support the stock’s recent strength. Levy sees potential for the stock’s momentum to continue if third-quarter deliveries exceed expectations. However, Barclays also believes that investors may weigh Tesla’s weaker sales outlook for the fourth quarter and beyond, particularly in the U.S., where the analyst anticipates a significant drop in demand for electric vehicles once the EV tax credit expires. For Tesla shares, the analyst maintains an “Equal Weight” rating with a price target of 275 US dollars.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
Wells Fargo, Underweight (→), Target: $120 (→)
Wells Fargo analyst Colin Langan says that Tesla’s available sales figures for August remain weak despite the expiration of the Inflation Reduction Act on September 30. Of the three main markets the analyst tracks, Tesla deliveries in August were down 9 percent year over year, although they rose 37 percent compared to the previous month. Despite the month-over-month increase, third-quarter deliveries remain at risk relative to consensus. The stock is still rated “Underweight” with a price target of 120 US dollars.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $325 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Tom Narayan raised the price target for Tesla’s stock from $321 to $325 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. In the analyst’s view, U.S. tariffs amounting to $300 million created headwinds for the automaker’s automotive and energy businesses in the second quarter. However, he points out that the rollout of the robotaxi in Austin went better than many had feared, and the company plans to expand into additional cities. According to Narayan, regulatory hurdles still remain. He also expects that the expiration of IRA tax credits and the large supply of used electric vehicles will put pressure on the auto business in the coming quarters. Looking ahead, Narayan remains optimistic about Tesla’s expansion of its robotaxi service, though he considers the company’s goal of reaching half of the U.S. population by year-end to be an “ambitious target.” The analyst also places high hopes on Tesla’s efforts in the field of humanoid robots.
----------
Jul 24, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $341 (→)
Bank of America analyst Federico Merendi reiterated a “Neutral” rating on Tesla and maintained the price target at $341. The analyst expects “tough quarters” ahead for Tesla, aligning with CEO Elon Musk’s comments during the earnings call. While Tesla’s statements regarding future developments in real-world AI (autonomous vehicles/robotaxi and Optimus) remain optimistic, the automaker faces challenging times. Management also indicated that the impact of tariffs could increase going forward but believes Tesla’s economics with large-scale autonomous driving will become compelling by the end of 2026.
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $275 (→)
Barclays analyst Dan Levy noted that Tesla’s Q2 results were in line with estimates, supported by strong gross margins. However, he pointed out that short-term fundamentals are weakened by expiring tax credits, tariffs, and lower sales of regulatory credits. According to the analyst, the “gap” between the stock’s narrative and the company’s fundamentals has widened further. Barclays believes Tesla’s stock is “increasingly detached from its fundamentals.” While the AI story remains intact, the quarterly report reminds investors that Tesla’s fundamentals “remain volatile” and are likely to deteriorate in the coming quarters. Barclays maintains an “Equal Weight” rating on the stock with a price target of $275.
Goldman Sachs, Neutral (→), Target: $300 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Mark Delaney raised the price target for Tesla from $285 to $300 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating on the stock. The analyst expects Tesla’s revenue growth and earnings to improve in 2026 but keeps his estimates for 2025 to 2027 below the FactSet consensus. He believes investors’ focus will increasingly be on Tesla’s ability to reaccelerate revenue and profit, driven by its AI-powered products (such as robotaxis and autonomous driving) and the launch of new vehicles amid a more challenging political environment and rising competition.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $410 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Adam Jonas reiterated an “Overweight” rating on Tesla and maintained the price target at $410, keeping the stock as a “Top Pick.” However, the analyst lowered his earnings per share estimates for fiscal 2025 by 14 percent compared to previous forecasts, mainly due to lower deliveries and higher operating costs. Q2 results slightly exceeded expectations, with free cash flow coming in roughly in line. Jonas noted that Tesla is bridging the gap toward autonomous driving while managing slower volumes, the phase-out of EV incentives, tariffs, and investments in new initiatives. He values Tesla’s capabilities in key areas of physical AI, which he believes offer growth and margin opportunities far beyond the traditional EV business. The analyst stated he can “hardly imagine another company as well positioned as Tesla in data, robotics, energy, AI, manufacturing, and supporting infrastructure.”
Wells Fargo, Underweight (→), Target: $120 (→)
Wells Fargo analyst Colin Langan maintained an “Underweight” rating on Tesla with a price target of $120. He noted that expectations of weaker fundamentals in the second half have put pressure on the stock. Tesla did not issue a new delivery forecast and warned of additional headwinds from tariffs and the potential loss of tax credits. The analyst remains cautious on robotaxis, even after CEO Elon Musk’s optimistic comments that robotaxis will “likely reach half of the U.S. population by year-end” and that Tesla expects an Optimus 3 prototype by the end of the year, with scaling planned for next year. Langan believes the scaling of robotaxis and Optimus humanoids could take longer than expected, posing risks as Tesla’s core business weakens.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $319 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Tom Narayan has raised the price target for Tesla from $307 to $319 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. In the analyst’s view, Tesla’s Q2 deliveries were in line with consensus expectations, with deliveries across all regions showing resilience. He believes that the upcoming launch of Tesla’s new affordable vehicle model in Q3 will help support performance in both Europe and China.
----------
Jul 8, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $375 (↓)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has lowered the price target for Tesla from $390 to $375 but maintains an “Outperform” rating on the electric vehicle maker’s stock. The analyst believes the June quarter will mark the trough for the auto industry. He continues to see weakness in electric vehicle sales in North America, and notes that Tesla is also facing ongoing headwinds in Europe.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
William Blair, Market Perform (↓), Target: -
William Blair analyst Jed Dorsheimer has downgraded Tesla stock from “Outperform” to “Market Perform,” without assigning a price target. While the removal of the $7,500 electric vehicle tax credit was expected as part of the Big Beautiful Bill, the elimination of corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) penalties requires a realignment of expectations, according to the analyst. Dorsheimer believes that the combination of headwinds from tax credit cuts and the risk to Tesla’s more than $2 billion in regulatory credit income may be too much for investors. He expects the reduced income from these credits to result in “a direct hit to profitability, which will require a broader recalibration of valuation models.”
Texas Instruments

US8825081040 / TXN
Oct 22, 2025
Goldman-Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $200 (↓)
Goldman Sachs analyst James Schneider has lowered the price target for Texas Instruments from 230 to 200 US dollars but maintained the “Buy” rating on the stock. He expects the shares to trade lower following a quarter in which the company’s guidance came in well below analyst expectations. While Schneider continues to anticipate a recovery in the analogue sector, he notes that competitors have managed their inventories far more proactively.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $210 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Matthew Boss has lowered the price target for Texas Instruments from 225 to 210 US dollars but maintained the “Overweight” rating. The company delivered solid results for the September quarter, with revenue coming in above expectations but earnings only in line with forecasts. According to Boss, the outlook points to a second consecutive quarter of year-over-year growth deceleration, which is unusual in the early stages of a cyclical recovery. He describes this as “disappointing but not surprising,” noting that the “conservative” guidance likely reflects ongoing macroeconomic uncertainty. Following the quarterly results, estimates were accordingly revised downward.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $220 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst John Vinh has lowered the price target for Texas Instruments from 240 to 220 US dollars while maintaining the “Overweight” rating. The company reported strong third-quarter results but also lowered its guidance for the fourth quarter. According to the analyst, the quarterly results reflect a gradual recovery in the industrial sector and growth in the automotive segment across all regions. However, Vinh noted that the cyclical recovery is progressing more slowly due to tariffs and broader macroeconomic uncertainty.
----------
Oct 16, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $235 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has lowered the price target for Texas Instruments from 260 to 235 US dollars but maintained the “Buy” rating. The analyst reduced his estimates to account for lower capacity utilisation and the company’s exposure to the automotive sector, which he currently views as the weakest end market for semiconductor companies.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
Bank of America, Underperform (↓), Target: $190 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has downgraded Texas Instruments from “Neutral” to “Underperform” and lowered the price target from 208 to 190 US dollars. While the analyst appreciates the “high quality” of Texas Instruments’ assets and its consistent execution, he believes that global tariff-related disruptions could prevent a short- to medium-term recovery in industrial demand. EPS estimates for fiscal years 2026 and 2027 have been reduced by 3 percent each. Arya also notes that his new forecasts are 8 percent and 13 percent below consensus, respectively.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Wolfe Research, Outperform (↑), Target: $230 (→)
Wolfe Research analyst Chris Caso upgraded Texas Instruments from “Peer Perform” to “Outperform” while keeping the price target at $230. The semiconductor company’s multi-year investment cycle is nearing its end, which is expected to drive increases in free cash flow and margins in 2027 and beyond. The analyst also believes Texas Instruments is well positioned to benefit in the near term from a cyclical recovery in the analog segment.
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $220 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Cody Acree raised the price target for Texas Instruments from $200 to $220 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. The semiconductor company delivered a solid June quarter in the analyst’s view. While the guidance was somewhat disappointing, Acree noted that the midpoint of the forecast still comes in $40 million above market consensus. He continues to see the company as well positioned for an industry recovery.
Mizuho, Neutral (→), Target: $200 (↓)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh lowered the price target for Texas Instruments from $205 to $200 and maintained a “Neutral” rating on the stock. The company reported solid results for the June quarter but issued a “muted” outlook due to headwinds from the automotive sector and tariffs.
----------
Jul 11, 2025
TD Cowen, Buy (↑), Target: $245 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst Joshua Buchalter has raised the price target for Texas Instruments from $200 to $245 and upgraded the stock from “Hold” to “Buy.” One key reason for the upgrade is the expected end of semiconductor inventory destocking, which should allow for more flexible investment in 2026 and beyond.
The analyst believes Texas Instruments is well positioned to outperform in both a strong and a gradual market recovery. While Buchalter acknowledges that tariffs imposed by President Donald Trump remain in place — potentially limiting some demand — he argues that inventory dynamics will be the more influential factor for the broader semiconductor sector this earnings season.
He adds that Texas Instruments’ cost-efficient 300-mm manufacturing base in the U.S. and its repositioned embedded portfolio put the company in a strong position to regain market share in key industrial and automotive end markets as supply and demand become better aligned.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $260 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely sees upside potential in Texas Instruments and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. He has also raised the price target, citing improving conditions in the semiconductor sector. Danely believes that with inventory correction nearing its end and demand stabilising, Texas Instruments is well positioned for a rebound. He points to the company’s strong presence in the industrial and automotive segments, as well as its strategic investments in U.S.-based manufacturing, as key factors supporting future growth.
UnitedHealth Group

US91324P1021 / UNH
Oct 29, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Hold (↓), Target: $333 (↑)
George Hill, analyst at Deutsche Bank, downgraded UnitedHealth from “Buy” to “Hold” following the release of its third-quarter report, though he raised the price target from 275 to 333 US dollars. Hill believes that UnitedHealth’s “beat-and-raise story” leaves “no room for error” at current valuation levels. According to the analyst, the insurer’s shares already price in an earnings recovery for 2027 and 2028, even though the prospects for a turnaround at Optum Health appear limited.
----------
Oct 17, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $409 (↑)
Jefferies analyst David Windley has raised his price target for UnitedHealth from 317 to 409 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. For 2026, the analyst sees upside potential in Medicare Advantage margins, supported by the company’s decisive pricing adjustments. He also expects the medical loss ratio for Medicaid to improve by around 100 basis points next year.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $406 (-)
Goldman Sachs analyst Scott Fidel has initiated coverage of UnitedHealth with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 406 US dollars.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $386 (↑)
Barclays analyst Andrew Mok has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 352 to 386 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The adjustment comes as part of a preview of third-quarter results for the healthcare facilities and managed-care sector. The analyst continues to view the Medicare segment as the most stable and Medicaid as the most uncertain, while expecting share prices under the Affordable Care Act framework to perform positively from both a fundamental and political perspective.
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $430 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Ann Hynes has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 300 to 430 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. The analyst adjusted price targets across the healthcare facilities and managed-care sector following an analysis of Medicare Advantage star ratings. The target revisions reflect increased earnings visibility in key areas, as well as a broader rotation into the healthcare sector.
----------
Oct 8, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $390 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Kevin Fischbeck has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 350 to 390 US dollars but maintains only a “Neutral” rating. According to the analyst, UnitedHealth’s implicit forecast for earnings per share in 2026 is about 17 US dollars, less than half of the 35 US dollars investors expected twelve months ago. He estimates 2028 earning power at 24 to 37 US dollars per share. The analyst remains neutral until there is more clarity on the potential for a coding adjustment in 2027, though he sees significant upside if interest rates do not act as a headwind.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Matthew Gillmor has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 350 to 400 US dollars and maintains his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The firm’s credit-card data and checks suggest third-quarter utilisation remains high but stable, with some potential for a very slight sequential softening.
----------
Oct 7, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Stephen Baxter has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 267 to 400 US dollars while reaffirming his "Overweight" rating.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $355 (↑)
Kevin Fischbeck, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for UnitedHealth from 325 to 355 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Neutral” rating. He assigns the stock a higher multiple following yesterday’s update of the Medicare Advantage star rating and the reaffirmation of the earnings outlook for 2025. In the analyst’s view, a “stable” star rating for 2027 provides better visibility for UnitedHealth’s long-term earnings recovery.
----------
Sep 5, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Traget: $379 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Lance Wilkes raises the price target for UnitedHealth from 337 to 379 US dollars and maintains the “Outperform” rating on the insurer’s stock. He sees a turnaround in the government-managed care sector starting in 2026 but expects some bumps along the recovery path.
----------
Aug 20, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $325 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erin Wright lowers the price target for UnitedHealth from 342 to 325 US dollars, but confirms the “Overweight” rating for the insurer’s stock. Wright reduces her estimates to account for a more prolonged turnaround, but points out that there could be potential upside to Wall Street’s 2027 EPS estimates, with key variables including Medicare Star Ratings as well as possible future regulatory and reimbursement changes.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $267 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Stephen Baxter lowered the price target for UnitedHealth from $306 to $267 but reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating following a meeting with company management. In the analyst’s view, the insurer appears confident in its ability to meet the new forecasts. Baxter believes UnitedHealth is taking the right approach by applying conservative assumptions regarding cost trends and margin recovery across many areas.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $332 (↓)
George Hill, analyst at Deutsche Bank, has lowered the price target for UnitedHealth from $362 to $332 but maintains a “Buy” rating ahead of the company’s Q2 earnings report. He notes that investor sentiment toward the stock has “significantly deteriorated” due to a series of negative headlines and challenging industry conditions. Hill has reduced his estimates prior to the earnings release, stating that Optum Health remains the firm’s biggest concern.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $342 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erin Wright has lowered the price target for UnitedHealth from $374 to $342, while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the insurance giant. Wright expects the new leadership to set a very conservative outlook for 2025 and 2026. This would reflect ongoing challenges at Optum, likely increased investment, and a potential recovery in Medicare Advantage margins by 2026.
The Walt Disney Company

US2546871060 / DIS
Oct 20, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $145 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jason Bazinet has raised the price target for Walt Disney from 140 to 145 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Buy” recommendation for the stock. The move comes ahead of the company’s upcoming fourth-quarter earnings report, expected on November 13. Bazinet anticipates that investor attention will focus primarily on Disney’s streaming segment as well as performance trends in its experiences and theme park businesses. According to Citigroup, his estimates for the quarter are broadly in line with market consensus.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Morgan-Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $140 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Benjamin Swinburne raised the price target for Walt Disney from $120 to $140 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the media company’s stock. Assuming the macroeconomic environment remains stable, Morgan Stanley expects Disney to deliver healthy double-digit growth in adjusted earnings per share over the coming years. Thanks to growth in the Experiences and Streaming segments, the analysts believe Disney has regained its pre-pandemic earnings base—and is on track to target new highs by fiscal year 2027. Swinburne also highlighted the promising growth of Disney’s streaming business, which could prove to be a potential “boon” for the stock.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $138 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst David Karnovsky raised the price target for Walt Disney from $130 to $138 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The analyst updated his estimates ahead of the company’s third-quarter earnings release. He believes investors will be looking for an increase in operating income from Disney’s streaming business driven by volume and pricing, as well as continued growth in the parks segment.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $138 (↑)
UBS analyst John Hodulik has raised the price target for Walt Disney shares from $120 to $138 and maintains a “Buy” rating. He expects the upcoming fiscal Q3 report to show strong demand in the parks segment and improved profitability in streaming. According to the analyst, this should support Disney’s continued double-digit earnings growth.
Previously Issued Analyst Ratings in 2025: Top Companies
Adobe

US00724F1012 / ADBE
Sep 24, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (↓), Target: $450 (↓)
Keith Weiss, an analyst at Morgan Stanley, downgrades Adobe from “Overweight” to “Equal Weight” and lowers the price target from $520 to $450. He believes the decline in annual recurring revenue in the Digital Media segment has sparked “excessive” concerns about the company’s ability to prove that generative artificial intelligence is meaningful to its overall business opportunity. As a result, Morgan Stanley sees “clearer” near-term prospects at other software-as-a-service providers.
----------
Sep 12, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $465 (↑)
Barclays analyst Saket Kalia has raised the price target for Adobe from 460 to 465 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The company reported annual recurring net revenue of 500 million US dollars, which exceeded optimistic forecasts. The analyst notes that Adobe’s ARR in the field of artificial intelligence surpassed the 250 million US dollar target one quarter earlier than planned, effectively doubling in just two quarters.
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $405 (↓)
BMO Capital analyst Keith Bachman lowers the price target for Adobe from 450 to 405 US dollars but reaffirms the “Outperform” rating. The company delivered solid performance in the third quarter, raised its revenue guidance for 2026, and set the stage for an increase in annual recurring revenue in the November quarter compared to the prior year. However, in the analyst’s view, questions about sustainable growth are likely to remain, including how Adobe will seek to further optimize AI in fiscal year 2026 to drive revenue growth rather than just user adoption. Bachman adds, however, that he maintains the positive rating on the stock due to its valuation.
----------
Sep 9, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Oppenheimer analyst Brian Schwartz lowers the price target for Adobe from 500 to 460 US dollars but reaffirms the “Outperform” rating ahead of the Q3 earnings release. Expectations for the report are “low,” in the analyst’s view, as Adobe’s current valuation already reflects “a lot of bad news.” However, the expert assumes that the Q3 report will hardly change investor sentiment, since Adobe is unlikely to announce any significant financial or product-related news before its MAX customer conference in October. Oppenheimer justifies the price target cut with the compression of industry multiples but believes that this pressure has been “washed out,” as the multiples are trading at a five-year low, which suggests limited downside potential.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Mizuho analyst Gregg Moskowitz lowers the price target for Adobe from 530 to 460 US dollars but reaffirms the “Outperform” rating. While investor sentiment toward Adobe remains very negative, Mizuho’s surveys for the quarter came out strong, driven in particular by robust large-deal activity. However, the analyst says that web traffic growth continues to be disappointing. He expects Adobe to report revenues slightly above expectations and considers the current valuation of the stock to be “very attractive.”
----------
Sep 5, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Barclays analyst Saket Kalia lowers the price target for Adobe from 567 to 460 US dollars but reaffirms his “Overweight” rating on the software company’s stock. The company’s tiered pricing structure was introduced this quarter and could, in the analyst’s view, generate a potential gain of 50 to 80 million US dollars. The expert sees potential for an upward revision of estimates for the third quarter and believes Adobe could “raise” its outlook for fiscal year 2025.
Affirm Holdings

ISIN: US00827B1061 / AFRM
Sep 2, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $108 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Dan Dolev raises the price target for Affirm Holdings from 70 to 108 US dollars and maintains his “Outperform” rating on the fintech company’s stock. In the analyst’s view, the “strong” third quarter and the “impressive” outlook for fiscal year 2026 dispelled concerns about the loss of Walmart OnePay as a client to Klarna. The analyst sees further potential beyond the rally following the earnings release.
----------
Aug 29, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $94 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Mihir Bhatia has raised the price target for Affirm Holdings from 90 to 94 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating, after the fintech company’s fourth-quarter results and fiscal 2026 outlook exceeded expectations. Affirm continues to see sustained strong purchasing power and solid execution, leading the analyst to say he is “not surprised the shares are trading higher.”
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $94 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Reginald Smith has raised the price target for Affirm Holdings from 91 to 94 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. Gross merchandise volume rose by more than 40 percent for the first time since the start of the pandemic, and nominal volume growth reached the highest level ever recorded. The analyst notes that Affirm’s guidance exceeded expectations across most key metrics.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $85 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Chiodo has raised the price target for Affirm Holdings from 56 to 85 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating. The company continued to perform strongly and exceeded expectations on all key metrics. The analyst notes that Affirm’s most important metric — revenue less transaction costs as a percentage of gross merchandise volume — remains above his medium- to long-term forecast of 3 to 4 percent.
----------
Aug 26, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $95 (↑)
Jefferies analyst John Hecht has raised the price target for Affirm Holdings from 82 to 95 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. He notes that fintech lenders have so far delivered a strong second quarter and signalled continued momentum. The analyst expects a solid report from Affirm when the company releases its results on Thursday. Macroeconomic indicators remain stable, and partnership announcements were frequent throughout the quarter. Hecht anticipates that Affirm will reach the upper end of its fourth-quarter GMV guidance range of 9.4 to 9.7 billion US dollars.
----------
Aug 20, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $91 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Reginald Smith raised the price target for Affirm from 84 to 91 US dollars while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The analyst has adopted a more positive stance on the “more seasoned” fintech lenders, citing favorable, stable credit trends and the prospect of interest rate cuts.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $67 (→)
Evercore ISI analyst Adam Frisch added Affirm to the list of “Tactical Underperform” stocks, noting that the stock’s risk-reward profile ahead of the upcoming quarterly report looks less favorable after gaining 115 percent since early April and 18 percent since August 1. The analyst still believes the fintech company has the best risk platform in its space and will benefit long term from expansion into new industries and regions as well as product diversification. Yet, even solid results could trigger profit-taking at this stage. He also sees little chance that this “typically conservative management team” will issue guidance materially above consensus. The stock remains rated “Outperform” with a price target of 67 US dollars, and the downgrade is characterized as a short-term tactical move.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $84 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Reginald Smith raised his price target on Affirm from 69 to 84 US dollars and reiterated an “Overweight” rating. He expects results from card issuers and “Buy Now, Pay Later” providers to point to a stable to improving spending trend, which should translate into another revenue jump for Affirm. The focus this quarter, however, will be on guidance for fiscal 2025/26, and Smith believes Affirm is well positioned to exceed Wall Street’s gross merchandise volume estimates.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (-), Target: $80 (-)
Rayna Kumar, analyst at Oppenheimer, initiated coverage on Affirm Holdings with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of $80. She argues that Affirm stands out as a leader in the “Buy Now, Pay Later” space due to its advanced underwriting, robust financing strategy, strong merchant relationships, and transparent pricing model. According to Kumar, these factors combined should enable Affirm to continuously gain market share in the rapidly growing “Buy Now, Pay Later” sector. Over the next two years, the company expects to achieve mid-twenties gross merchandise volume growth, a 20% revenue margin net of transaction fees, and an adjusted operating income CAGR in the high twenties.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (↑), Target: $78 (→)
Nate Svensson’s upgrade to Buy at $78 essentially puts Deutsche Bank in sync with the more bullish street sentiment — aligning with Goldman, BofA, Jefferies, and others. It suggests he believes Affirm is now primed to outperform, also signaling confidence in its improved fundamentals and strategic roadmap.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
BTIG, Neutral (↓), Target: -
BTIG analyst Vincent Caintic has downgraded Affirm from “Buy” to “Neutral,” without assigning a price target. The analyst is concerned that the fintech company will continue to face margin pressure on revenue net of transaction costs, as seen in the previous quarter, while growth in gross merchandise volume fails to accelerate. Increasing competition—not only from traditional credit card providers but also from other fintechs such as Buy Now Pay Later—will, in the analyst’s view, force Affirm to accept lower margins than what the bull case would require.
Akamai Technologies

US00971T1016 / AKAM
Aug 13, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $228 (↓)
Guggenheim analyst Ronald Jewsikow lowered the price target for AutoNation from 230 to 228 US dollars but maintained a “Buy” rating. Several franchise auto dealers reported second-quarter results that came in above consensus estimates, yet the overall market reaction was negative. According to the analyst, the recent pullback in share prices across the sector, along with the positive turnaround in July sales, helps to “mitigate the risk of near-term developments.”
----------
Aug 8, 2025
Piper-Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $83 (↓)
Piper Sandler analyst James Fish lowered the price target for Akamai Technologies to $83 while maintaining his “Neutral” rating. Although the company exceeded and raised its annual guidance, this was largely due to currency effects, the integration of TikTok, and CDN surcharges. These factors helped offset weaker results in the compute segment and average performance in the security segment.
----------
Aug 5, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Underweight (↓), Target: $85 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss downgraded Akamai Technologies from “Equal Weight” to “Underweight” as he initiated coverage. The price target remains at $85. According to the analyst, the cloud-computing services specialist’s revenue growth is expected to stay in the single digits over the next 12 to 18 months, with limited opportunities for margin expansion. He believes that Akamai’s transition to becoming a public cloud provider will bring a series of short-term challenges, which is likely to result in the stock underperforming.
Albemarle

US0126531013 / ALB
Jul 30, 2025
KeyBanc, Sector Weight (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Aleksey Yefremov downgraded Albemarle from “Overweight” to “Sector Weight” without assigning a price target. The analyst justified the move with the stock’s recent outperformance. In addition, current lithium prices are below reinvestment levels, which he sees as unsustainable in the long term. Yefremov considers the 24 percent rally in the stock since June 23 as an “opportunity to reduce risk.” He does not see any momentum that could trigger a new lithium price cycle in the next 6 to 12 months.
Alibaba

ISIN: US01609W1027
Oct 10, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Robin Zhu has raised the price target for Alibaba from 167 to 200 US dollars and maintained his “Outperform” rating on the stock. He notes that Alibaba shares have risen sharply recently, driven by upbeat first-quarter guidance, the Apsara Conference, and growing investor confidence in the company’s AI capabilities. Nevertheless, Bernstein believes that the short-term valuation is likely “more art than science,” and that the recent influx of global investors suggests a pause may be warranted. Looking beyond the very short term, the analyst sees solid reasons to expect Alibaba’s cloud revenue growth to continue accelerating, meaning the stock should remain well supported.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Joyce Ju has raised the price target for Alibaba from 195 to 200 US dollars and maintained the “Buy” rating. She forecasts revenue growth of 5 percent year-on-year for the September quarter, which would be 2 percent above the consensus estimate. Based on positive comments about cloud and AI demand, as well as long-term investments discussed at last month’s Apsara Conference, Bank of America expects Alibaba’s cloud revenue growth to accelerate to 30 percent year-on-year in the coming quarter.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $245 (↑)
Alex Yao, analyst at J.P. Morgan, has reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating for Alibaba. The price target has been raised from 240 to 245 US dollars.
----------
Sep 29, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $230 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Thomas Chong has raised the price target for Alibaba from US$178 to US$230 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating on the Chinese e-commerce group’s stock. The change reflects a more favourable assessment of Alibaba’s cloud business after the Apsara Conference 2025. The analyst notes the company showcased significant progress in foundational models, AI infrastructure and agent-development tools. He highlights synergies produced by Alibaba’s QC platform, which have shown up as increases in monthly and daily active users of the Taobao app and as benefits to customer-management revenues through higher traffic, more users and increased purchase frequency.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $195 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Joyce Ju has raised the price target for Alibaba from $168 to $195 and reaffirmed her “Buy” rating after Alibaba Cloud hosted its annual event, the Apsara Conference. She believes the company is positioned as a global leader in providing full-stack artificial intelligence services. Alibaba is also increasing its investments to prepare for the era of artificial superintelligence.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Shyam Patil has raised the price target for Alibaba from US$175 to US$190 and kept his “Positive” rating on the Chinese e-commerce group’s stock. The analyst says the company’s first-quarter results were mixed overall, but revenue growth in AI and cloud continued to pick up, driven by faster public-cloud adoption and strong demand for AI-related products. He remains optimistic about the long-term opportunities in AI.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $178 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Thomas Chong raises the price target for Alibaba from 165 to 178 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock. Based on recent developments and industry trends, the analyst expects Alibaba to deliver strong performance in the cloud segment and with its one-stop consumer platform. Specifically for Alibaba Cloud, he anticipates that AI-related revenues will continue their rapid growth and that the contribution from external revenues will increase.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $195 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Fawne Jiang raises the price target for Alibaba from 176 to 195 US dollars and reaffirms the “Buy” rating. The Chinese e-commerce group missed consensus forecasts for the first quarter, which the analyst attributes mainly to some revenue estimates that did not fully account for the divestment of assets and a sharp increase in investments in quick commerce. Benchmark, however, believes that the fundamentals are “clearly improving in the areas of cloud and e-commerce.” In the analyst’s view, the results of the cloud segment strengthen Alibaba’s position as “China’s leading provider of GenAI and cloud infrastructure.”
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $159 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Jason Helfstein has raised the price target for Alibaba from 149 to 159 US dollars and confirmed the “Outperform” rating. According to the analyst, the company’s growth in the cloud segment is likely to accelerate over the next two quarters due to demand for generative artificial intelligence. The analyst believes that Alibaba possesses the best cloud assets in China to benefit from the industry’s significant growth.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $145 (↓)
Barclays analyst Jiong Shao has lowered the price target for Alibaba from $180 to $145 but maintains an “Overweight” rating on the Chinese e-commerce giant. According to Shao, the stock is under pressure due to intensifying competition in the food delivery segment and related losses. Still, he believes the recent share price weakness is likely temporary.
AMD

US0079031078 / AMD
Oct 14, 2025
Wolfe Research, Outperform (↑), Target: $300 (→)
Wolfe Research analyst Chris Caso has upgraded AMD from “Peer Perform” to “Outperform,” while keeping the price target at 300 US dollars. Following the company’s deal with OpenAI, Wolfe sees earnings potential of more than 10 US dollars per share for AMD. The firm notes that AMD “now simply needs to deliver,” and estimates could be revised upward if the company gains further momentum beyond OpenAI. The analyst also expects short-term estimate revisions to the upside, driven by AMD’s traditional strength in the server segment.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
TD Cowen, Buy (→), Target: $270 (↑)
TD Cowen analyst Joshua Buchalter has raised the price target for AMD from 195 to 270 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. AMD announced this week an agreement with OpenAI under which the maker of ChatGPT will purchase equipment worth several billion US dollars to expand its AI capabilities. As part of the agreement, OpenAI could also acquire a 10 percent stake in AMD. While a formal partnership may not come as a major surprise given Sam Altman’s appearance at AMD’s AI event and OpenAI’s insatiable demand for computing power, the direction and scale of the deal were nevertheless striking, according to the analyst.
----------
Oct 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $215 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely raises the price target for AMD from 180 to 215 US dollars and maintains his "Neutral" rating on the stock. He increases his estimates regarding the company’s contract with OpenAI.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Mark Lipacis has raised the price target for AMD from 188 to 240 US dollars and reaffirmed his "Outperform" rating on the chipmaker’s stock. The analyst views the OpenAI deal as a validation of AMD’s technology and roadmap. He also believes that AMD’s five-year contract with OpenAI could boost the company’s EPS for 2027 by more than 2 US dollars and its estimated EPS for 2028 by more than 4 US dollars. The agreement, under which OpenAI will deploy 6 gigawatts of AMD Instinct GPUs over a five-year period, also provides AMD with insights into scaled implementations that could be leveraged for other hyperscale customers.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $265 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has raised the price target for AMD from 210 to 265 US dollars and maintained his "Buy" rating. According to the analyst, AMD and OpenAI have signed a 6-GW contract, which is at least partially financed through AMD stock warrants tied to installation and performance milestones. In his view, AI-related trading still holds potential given the sheer scale of infrastructure build-out expected over the next three to four years.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers has raised the price target for AMD from 185 to 275 US dollars and reaffirmed his "Overweight" rating. Following the OpenAI announcement, the analyst has substantially increased his revenue and EPS estimates — in particular for 2027 from $43.75 billion/$6.88 to $62.98 billion/$9.75.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised his price target on AMD from 183 to 205 US dollars while reiterating his “Outperform” rating. The analyst increased his overall estimates for the group’s AI server business to reflect stronger demand from leading hyperscalers. He sees NVIDIA’s upcoming Rubin GPU as a tailwind for the second half of 2026.
----------
Aug 6, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $200(↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley raised the price target for AMD from $130 to $200 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating following the semiconductor company’s quarterly report. According to the analyst, the company is benefiting from strong artificial intelligence trends in its data center business while also continuing to gain market share in the client segment.
Deutsche-Bank, Hold (→), Target: $155 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Ross Seymore raised the price target for AMD from $130 to $155 while maintaining a “Hold” rating. AMD reported “solid” revenue for the second quarter and issued an “optimistic” outlook for the third quarter. However, the analyst believes that the positives are already reflected in AMD’s current valuation.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $168 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore lowered the price target for AMD from $185 to $168 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. The quarter was strong across all segments, and revenues remained “quite strong” in the analyst’s view, but it is unclear whether that will be enough to sustain the optimistic sentiment. The timing of the recovery of activity in China was “more vague than expected,” the analyst added, citing lower confidence in Chinese demand and a lack of overall upside in AI as reasons for the reduced price target.
Raymond-James, Outperform (→), Target: $200 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Srini Pajjuri raised the price target for AMD from $120 to $200 while maintaining an “Outperform” rating. AMD’s second-quarter results and third-quarter revenue guidance came in above consensus estimates, with growth driven by the Client and Gaming segments, while the MI355X remains on track for strong growth in the second half of 2025. The analyst expects AI momentum to further accelerate with the upcoming launch of the Rackscale product in 2026.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Stifel analyst Ruben Roy raised the price target for AMD from $161 to $190 while maintaining his “Buy” rating, after the company’s second-quarter revenue of $7.7 billion came in above consensus estimates, driven by strong sales of EPYC and Ryzen CPUs. The analyst, who “moderately” revised his estimates upward, continues to view AMD as a “strong player in AI computing.”
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $185 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore also raised the price target for AMD from $121 to $185, while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating.
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $210 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Christopher Rolland also raised the price target for AMD from $135 to $210 while maintaining a “Positive” rating. He provided an outlook for the company’s second-quarter results, where numbers are expected to come in broadly in line with expectations.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $140 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon has raised the price target for AMD from $95 to $140 while maintaining a “Market Perform” rating on the stock. She is adjusting her estimates to reflect the resurgence of AI in China, the potential for better times ahead, and a similar PC market dynamic to that of AMD’s competitor. Rasgon now forecasts Q2 revenue of $7.52 billion and earnings of $0.49 per share, up from her previous estimate of $7.40 billion and $0.47, compared to a consensus of $7.41 billion and $0.50. For Q3, she projects $8.43 billion and $1.20 per share, higher than her earlier forecast of $8.08 billion and $1.09, and above the consensus of $8.33 billion and $1.16. For the full year 2025, Bernstein now expects $32.0 billion in revenue and $3.89 in EPS, up from $31.4 billion and $3.71 previously, but still below the consensus of $32.1 billion and $3.99.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $165 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for AMD from 145 to 165 US dollars but maintains a “Neutral” rating on the stock. He expects the share price to rise ahead of the second-quarter earnings report due to strength in the artificial intelligence segment. However, Danely remains concerned that investor expectations for AMD may be too high.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $185 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers has raised the price target for AMD from $120 to $185, maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He believes AMD will build investor confidence in its datacenter GPU growth trajectory for the second half of 2025, driven by the rollout of its MI355X chips, which began shipping last month. Rakers also expects AMD to emphasise the execution of its roadmap, particularly the upcoming fifth-generation Epyc processors, codenamed Turin.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $145 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for AMD from $120 to $145 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating on the stock. The increased price target reflects a more optimistic outlook on AMD’s near-term performance, though the analyst remains cautious overall, suggesting that the current valuation may already price in much of the expected upside.
Amgen

US0311621009 / AMGN
Aug 7, 2025
Bank of America, Underperform (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Tim Anderson raised the price target for Amgen from $261 to $275 but maintained an “Underperform” rating on the biotechnology company’s stock. Amgen had previously reported quarterly results that exceeded consensus estimates for revenue and earnings per share. Despite the “overall decent results” and the company’s upward revision of its 2025 revenue and earnings guidance, the stock fell 5 percent, which the analyst “likely” attributes to rising R&D expenses related to the obesity business. These higher costs could challenge margins and EPS for 2026 and beyond. The analyst also continues to question “whether consensus forecasts for R&D spending are modeled correctly.”
----------
Aug 6, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $317 (↓)
UBS analyst Trung Huynh lowered the price target for Amgen from $326 to $317 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating on the biotechnology company’s stock. Amgen delivered solid second-quarter results, with total revenue coming in three percent above consensus estimates and all product segments exceeding expectations. UBS believes that the revenue performance in the second quarter should continue to build confidence in the company’s fundamentals.
Applied Material

US0382221051 / AMAT
Oct 13, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (↑), Target: $250 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has upgraded Applied Materials from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 180 to 250 US dollars, expecting the wafer equipment segment to return to growth in calendar year 2026 for the first time in four years due to robust DRAM investments. The analyst also points to “an attractive valuation gap compared to major peers.” He notes that he has increased his wafer equipment growth forecasts by 6 percent for 2025 and by 9 percent for 2026.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $215 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brian Chin has raised the price target for Applied Materials from 180 to 215 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating on the stock. Following three days of meetings and discussions at the Semicon West tradeshow in Phoenix, the analyst sees short-term signs of improved investment in DRAM fabs and progress in strengthening the company’s position in AI computing. He believes the optimism is “justified,” though expectations for 2026 in the wafer segment “appear high.”
----------
Oct 10, 2025
B. Riley, Buy (→), Target: $265 (↑)
B. Riley analyst Craig Ellis has raised the price target for Applied Materials from 200 to 265 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Following the SEMICON West conference, he increased price targets across the semiconductor capital equipment sector and expects a significant rise in orders for many companies in the coming months and quarters, which should further drive share prices higher.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $240 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Steve Barger has raised the price target for Applied Materials from 220 to 240 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He highlights the company’s direct exposure to the AI data centre segment. The analyst also attended the SEMICON West conference this week, noting that AI-related equipment dominated the discussions, while economic conditions in other areas remain mixed. Against this backdrop, he suggests that investors now need to balance narrative-driven returns with short-term EPS expectations and valuations.
----------
Oct 8, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $250 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Joseph Quatrochi has raised the price target for Applied Materials from 240 to 250 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating. The semiconductor industry trade fair SEMICON West, held from 7 to 9 October, confirmed the analyst’s positive long-term view on semiconductor equipment.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $220 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Steve Barger has raised the price target for Applied Materials from 200 to 220 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The stock has lagged other semiconductor equipment peers year to date, creating an attractive risk-reward setup. The analyst believes Applied Materials’ underperformance stems from concerns about demand in certain areas, particularly China. However, KeyBanc thinks the company faces similar forward-looking catalysts as the rest of the group while investor sentiment remains “relatively subdued.”
----------
Aug 20, 2025
Daiwa, Neutral (↓), Target: $170 (↓)
Daiwa analyst Louis Miscioscia downgraded Applied Materials from “Outperform” to “Neutral.” The price target was also lowered from 185 to 170 US dollars. The semiconductor company reported a good quarter but gave “weak” guidance, as it is still waiting for license approvals in China. The analyst expects that even if approval is granted, it will take some time before production in China can ramp up. Since China bought heavily in fiscal years 2023 and 2024, that inventory still needs to be absorbed, and Applied Materials is projecting lower revenues going forward, according to Miscioscia.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (↓), Target: $180 (→)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya downgraded Applied Materials from “Buy” to “Neutral.” The price target remains unchanged at 180 US dollars.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $205 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Applied Materials but lowered the price target from 220 to 205 US dollars and removed the stock from the U.S. Focus List. The analyst had previously cut his estimates after the company’s October-quarter revenue guidance came in 700 million dollars below expectations. Still, Malik believes Applied Materials’ outlook for China is overly conservative and expects revenues to rebound in the January quarter.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $209 (→)
Evercore ISI analyst Mark Lipacis reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating on Applied Materials with a price target of 209 US dollars. This comes after the company’s October-quarter earnings guidance came in 11 percent below consensus estimates, reflecting weakness in China and uneven revenue trends in leading-edge technologies. Lipacis argued that the stock should be bought on pullbacks, viewing Applied’s risk-reward profile as attractive. In his view, the company’s exposure to long-term structural growth trends positions it well to outperform the wafer fab equipment sector in the foreseeable future.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $220 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur raised his price target for Applied Materials from 210 to 220 US dollars while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He described the July quarterly report as “solid.” However, Sur noted that the outlook fell short of expectations due to a consolidation of spending in China following elevated investments in 2023 and 2024. As a result, he lowered his estimates for fiscal year 2025 and shifted his valuation horizon from 2025 to December 2026.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $172 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Shane Brett raised his price target for Applied Materials from 169 to 172 US dollars while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. Revenue for the July quarter came in slightly above both his own and Street consensus estimates. Brett highlighted that China performed “far better than expected.”
For the October quarter, however, the company guided revenue to be about 800 million US dollars below market expectations and 500 million US dollars below its own prior forecast. Applied Materials attributed this shortfall primarily to uncertainties in its China business, specifically in the Logic and DRAM segments.
The analyst added that this quarterly report raises challenging questions about Applied’s position in TSMC’s gate-all-around (GAA) technology and the sustainability of earnings driven by China’s ICAPS-related demand.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $185 (↑)
UBS analyst Tim Arcuri raised the price target for Applied Materials from $175 to $185 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. UBS sees little surprise in Applied Materials’ latest results and expects third-quarter earnings to come in slightly above market expectations.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $170 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has raised the price target for Applied Materials from $160 to $170 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst expects strong performance in semiconductor capital equipment in the second half of 2025 due to improved momentum in China, but still believes Wall Street’s estimates for 2026 are structurally too high. As a result, he finds it “hard to see” how the group will perform once investors have digested the stronger second half.
AppLovin

US03831W1080 / APP
Oct 7, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $850 (→)
Citigroup analyst Jason Bazinet recommends buying AppLovin shares following the weakness that arose after a Bloomberg report stating that the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) would be investigating the company’s data collection practices. The fact that AppLovin has now disclosed the investigation in a regulatory filing is seen as positive, as it suggests that management does not view it as a material risk. Citi believes that yesterday’s decline prices in a revenue drop of 680 million US dollars, which the analyst considers “extreme.” The “Buy” rating with a price target of 850 US dollars is reaffirmed.
Arista Networks

US0404131064 / ANET
Oct 10, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $171 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Meta Marshall has raised the price target for Arista Networks from 140 to 171 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. Ahead of third-quarter earnings in the telecommunications and networking equipment sector, she favours companies with higher margins and exposure to artificial intelligence. Strong demand is expected to continue, as optical and networking technologies help “eliminate bottlenecks” and enable better utilisation of graphics processors.
----------
Sep 12, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $179 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tim Long raises the price target for Arista Networks from 151 to 179 US dollars and reaffirms his “Overweight” rating on the networking technology specialist’s stock. The company issued guidance for 2026 that was above consensus estimates, and its long-term revenue outlook was set in the mid-teens range, though in the analyst’s view there is upside potential given the “broad-based momentum.” Long raises his estimates and remains positive on Arista’s stock.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $176 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has raised the price target for Arista Networks from 136 to 176 US dollars after the Analyst Day and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He sees the company’s outlook for 2026 as in line with expectations and identifies sustainable long-term opportunities for Arista in the field of artificial intelligence.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Samik Chatterjee, analyst at J.P. Morgan, has raised the price target for Arista Networks from 170 to 175 US dollars after the Analyst Day and maintains his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The “very robust” revenue growth outlook of over 20 percent year over year for 2026 gives the analyst greater confidence for the coming year. He justifies the price target increase with management’s stronger confidence and Arista’s strong initial guidance for 2026.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $140 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Meta Marshall raises the price target for Arista Networks from 135 to 140 US dollars and reaffirms the “Overweight” rating. The company’s Analyst Day highlighted the many ways in which the company can succeed. The revenue target was above expectations. Arista also set a growth target of around 20 percent for 2026, which is above the analyst’s estimates of 15 to 17 percent.
----------
Aug 6, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $136 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik raised the price target for Arista Networks from $123 to $136 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the stock. The company delivered results in the June quarter that exceeded expectations despite already high forecasts. Following the release of the numbers, the analyst raised his estimates.
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $150 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee raised the price target for Arista Networks from $130 to $150 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock following the second-quarter report. He believes the quarter disproved the “bear arguments” that the company was losing market share. Arista’s revenue targets were raised to reflect the stronger momentum.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $120 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Meta Marshall raised the price target for Arista Networks from $100 to $120 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. Ahead of the company’s scheduled second-quarter earnings release on Tuesday, August 5, the analyst has grown more positive as cloud investments are increasing and Arista’s presence in cloud deployments has been confirmed.
Asana

US04342Y1047 / ASAN
Sep 4, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Underweight (→), Target: $14 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Josh Baer raises the price target for Asana from 13 to 14 US dollars but maintains the “Underweight” rating. According to Baer, the software company’s second-quarter results were overall above expectations, and there were “many positive aspects this quarter.” However, the above-average performance in the second quarter and the lowered guidance for the second half of the year due to pressure on small and medium-sized businesses point, in the analyst’s view, to a more significant slowdown, which “seems more appropriate than conservative.”
ASML

NL0010273215 / ASML
Oct 16, 2025
Berenberg, Buy (→), Target: €1,100 (↑)
Berenberg analyst Tammy Qiu has significantly raised the price target for ASML from 735 to 1,100 euros and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. In her view, the company’s third-quarter results confirm the ongoing positive trend in the semiconductor equipment sector. Qiu believes ASML is well positioned to benefit from rising DRAM investments starting in 2026 and beyond.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: €1,000 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Mark Lipacis has raised his price target for ASML from 755 to 1,000 euros and maintained the “Outperform” rating. Following a classic “beat and raise” quarter, he remains positive on the stock. Lipacis expects that continued strong momentum in the AI sector will keep driving positive surprises in high-end technology investments. He also believes that the negative impact of China-related restrictions on ASML and the broader industry has already been largely priced in.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $1,140 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Joe Quatrochi has raised the price target for ASML from 1,105 to 1,140 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He described the company’s third-quarter results as “clean,” noting that order intake was largely in line with expectations and EUV revenues reached their highest level since the fourth quarter. As ASML plans to issue guidance for 2026 only in January, the analyst sees increasing demand visibility and the prospect of revenue growth above the low single-digit range as key drivers for the stock.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $1,150 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini has raised the price target for ASML from 965 to 1,150 US dollars and maintained his “Positive” rating on the semiconductor equipment manufacturer’s stock. He expects ASML to deliver better-than-expected quarterly results when it reports on 15 October before the market opens, driven by strong EUV demand and a solid order backlog. Although some of this optimism may already be reflected in the current share price, the analyst still sees further upside potential.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: €900 (↑)
Barclays-Analyst Simon Coles hat sich diverse Halbleiter-Aktien angeschaut. Im Zuge dessen wird das Kursziel für ASML von 680 auf 900 Euro angehoben und das „Overweight“-Rating bestätigt. Er gibt an, dass die jüngsten Ankündigungen die europäischen Halbleiteraktien wieder auf den Weg zu den zuletzt im zweiten Quartal 2024 erreichten Höchstständen gebracht hätten. Coles sieht den Bereich Waferfabrikausrüstung für 2026 und 2027 nun positiver, hält jedoch weitere Ankündigungen von neuen Fabriken für entscheidend, um von hier aus weiter steigende Kurse zu sehen.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: €570 (↑)
Barclays analyst Simon Coles has raised ASML’s price target from 550 to 570 euros and maintained an Overweight rating. He expects the semiconductor supplier and equipment manufacturer could face short-term pressure before the Q3 report given its weaker 2025 guidance. After the results are released, the company’s outlook should improve, as he expects growth in content volume.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (↑), Target: €950 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Lee Simpson has upgraded ASML from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target for the semiconductor supplier and equipment manufacturer’s stock from 600 to 950 EUR. The analyst believes that after negative estimate revisions, the shares are pricing in only a minimal revenue contribution from Intel and Samsung. In addition, there are signs that demand for memory chips is increasing, while artificial intelligence could drive growth in the wafer segment.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: €680 (↑)
Barclays analyst Simon Coles has raised the price target for ASML from 650 to 680 EUR and reaffirmed the “Equal Weight” rating on the stock of the Dutch semiconductor supplier and equipment manufacturer. The analyst assumes that after years of double-digit growth, ASML is likely to experience a second year of minimal growth. The company faces a range of uncertainties given customer dynamics.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: €724 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Didier Scemama lowers the price target for ASML from 755 to 724 EUR but maintains the “Buy” rating. The expert believes that a lack of details on semiconductor tariffs and weaker wafer demand in China will delay purchasing decisions. Order intake forecasts for ASML are being reduced for the third and fourth quarters.
AT&T

US00206R1023 / T
Sep 2, 2025
Goldman Sachs analyst Michael Ng has initiated coverage of AT&T with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 32 US dollars. According to the analyst, 2026 is likely to be a decisive year for these sectors given the intensifying competition in consumer connectivity services. The analyst sees increasing competitive activity through the bundling of mobile and fixed-line services as well as through value-for-money offerings. He believes that investments in network modernization, spectrum, and the brand will help deliver the most attractive financial returns.
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $32 (-)
Autodesk

US0527691069 / ADSK
Oct 6, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $380 (→)
RBC Capital analyst Matthew Hedberg is maintaining his “Outperform” rating and his 380 US dollar price target for Autodesk ahead of the analyst day on 7 October. The company has already told investors about its operating margin target of 41 percent for fiscal year 2029, but the event will be useful for understanding the various market drivers, with one expected focus being the company’s AI vision.
----------
Oct 1,2025
HSBC, Buy (↑), Target: $343 (↓)
HSBC analyst Stephen Bersey has upgraded Autodesk from “Hold” to “Buy” while cutting the price target from $388 to $343. He sees signs that Autodesk is well positioned to monetise artificial intelligence and is likely to achieve margin expansion. The company is integrating AI into its core tools, which should lead to a re-rating of the shares.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
DA Davidson, Buy (↑), Target: $375 (↑)
DA Davidson analyst William Jellison has upgraded Autodesk’s stock from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from $305 to $375. He now believes Autodesk is “on track to deliver a top-10 performance,” citing a combination of proven success in growth areas like ACC and Fusion, along with organisational changes that support stronger execution. According to Jellison, the changes to the transaction model may cause some margin disruption, but he believes Autodesk has room for efficiency gains that will support “substantial earnings growth.”
Berkshire Hathaway

US0846707026 / BRK-B
Aug 4, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $597 (↑)
UBS analyst Brian Meredith raised the price target for Berkshire Hathaway from $595 to $597 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. In the analyst’s view, Warren Buffett’s holding company continues to benefit from highly attractive margins in its insurance unit, Geico, and is regaining market share. As part of its latest quarterly results, Berkshire highlighted uncertainties related to tariffs and the “One Big Beautiful Bill,” which could impact federal energy policy as well as the company-wide tax rate.
Broadcom

US11135F1012 / AVGO
Oct 15, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $415 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has raised the price target for Broadcom from 365 to 415 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Taking into account OpenAI’s recent announcement and new supply chain data, the analyst has increased his estimates and now forecasts earnings per share of around 10 US dollars for 2026, with potential upside as large-scale deployments gradually ramp up. Expectations now stand at 13.50 US dollars for 2027 and 17.50 US dollars for 2028, with long-term visibility exceeding 20 US dollars per share — supporting a continued optimistic outlook.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $450 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley has raised the price target for Broadcom from 400 to 450 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The semiconductor company’s contract with OpenAI has increased the value of Barclays’ computing tracker by 140 billion US dollars.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $415 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for Broadcom from 350 to 415 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The analyst estimates that the company’s contract with OpenAI could generate around 100 billion US dollars in revenue and 8.00 US dollars in earnings per share over the next few years.
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Ross Seymore has raised the price target for Broadcom from 350 to 400 US dollars and maintained the “Buy” rating. The company and OpenAI have announced a strategic collaboration to deploy 10 gigawatts of accelerators and networking systems for next-generation AI clusters.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $415 (↑)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has raised the price target for Broadcom from 365 to 415 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Following OpenAI’s announcement, the analyst adjusted estimates to reflect updated supply chain checks, with EPS expectations for 2026 approaching 10 US dollars and strong revenue growth anticipated. Large-scale deployments are expected to accelerate later, potentially driving earnings per share to around 13.50 US dollars in 2027 and possibly above 20 US dollars by 2028 once projects are fully online.
----------
Sep 15, 2025
Macquarie, Outperform (-), Target: $420 (-)
Macquarie analyst Arthur Lai initiates coverage of Broadcom with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of 420 US dollars. The analyst believes that the semiconductor company should trade at a premium compared to industry peers, as it offers strong growth prospects, has demonstrated solid dividend growth in recent years, and pursues long-term strategic planning supported by a “unique management incentive plan.” Particular emphasis is placed on the growth of ASICs (application-specific integrated circuits). In the area of AI ASIC and cloud networking solutions, Broadcom currently holds a quasi-monopoly. Broadcom’s high-margin expansion in the software segment is highlighted as another positive factor for the stock.
----------
Sep 5, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Vivek Arya, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Broadcom from 300 to 400 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating on the semiconductor company. Broadcom’s offering around its custom AI chip (XPU) is being further expanded, and a fourth major customer (reportedly OpenAI) is likely to join the current three customers (Google, Meta Platforms, ByteDance). Recent estimates for AI growth in the upcoming fiscal year 2025/26 are trending toward +110 percent year over year, compared to previous forecasts of 55 to 60 percent. In addition, the company has indicated that growth in fiscal year 2026/27 could accelerate further due to additional programs and new customers.
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
According to Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley, aside from the new customer, the three main ASIC customers are also performing better than expected and are likely, in the analyst’s view, to exceed the revenue target of 60 percent year-over-year growth even before the new customer is added. The company, O’Malley says, is “running at full speed” and has “clear growth prospects thanks to a significant order backlog.” Accordingly, the price target for the stock is raised from 265 to 400 US dollars, while the “Overweight” rating is reaffirmed.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur raises the price target for Broadcom from 325 to 400 US dollars and maintains the “Overweight” rating on the stock. The company reported better-than-expected results for the July quarter and provided a solid revenue outlook for the October quarter, supported by rising demand for AI, stabilization in non-AI semiconductors, and continued strong momentum at VMware. In addition, the diversified portfolio is expected to drive growth.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $382 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore raises the price target for Broadcom from 357 to 382 US dollars and reaffirms the “Overweight” rating. While overall figures were only slightly above expectations, the AI segment remains strong, according to Moore. More importantly, the company is adding a fourth AI customer to its order backlog, with the surprising forecast of an additional 10 billion US dollars in revenue in the second half of the year. Although Broadcom stated that all three initial customers are on track, Morgan Stanley believes that the third customer is based in China, may be subject to export restrictions, and has experienced some delays in execution.
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $360 (↑)
James Schneider, analyst at Goldman Sachs, maintains the “Buy” rating on Broadcom’s stock and raises the price target from 340 to 360 US dollars. The expert believes that the most important development was Broadcom’s announcement of winning another new customer for custom silicon chips focused on inference. This is expected to contribute to a “significant” increase compared to management’s previous expectations of around 60 percent revenue growth in AI semiconductors in 2026. The company is expected to maintain its leadership position in custom AI compute and commercial network silicon (whose importance is likely to grow). Goldman Sachs also believes that the company’s enterprise software portfolio is undervalued.
Wells Fargo, Buy (→), Target: $350 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers raises the price target for Broadcom from 255 to 345 US dollars but maintains the “Equal Weight” rating. The company once again delivered solid results and raised its guidance, with momentum in custom AI XPUs continuing—most notably a contract worth over 10 billion US dollars from a new (fourth) customer for an inference-focused XPU. AI growth is expected to accelerate further. Rakers still sees the stock at its current level as offering a balanced risk-reward profile with significant leverage and assumes that future acquisitions will continue to tie up capital, which is why he remains cautious.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $342 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Mark Lipacis has raised the price target for Broadcom from 304 to 342 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating ahead of the semiconductor company’s quarterly report scheduled for September 4. The analyst points to positive factors such as the investment cycle at Alphabet and strong demand for high-speed chips for data center connectivity and networking, though these are partly offset by high expectations.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $315 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Harsh Kumar raised his price target for Broadcom from 300 to 315 US dollars and reiterated his “Overweight” rating. The analyst is optimistic about Broadcom’s outlook for the October quarter in both its core semiconductor business and its infrastructure software segment. He continues to see Broadcom as well positioned in the AI landscape.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $338 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore raised the price target for Broadcom from $270 to $338 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $315 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Christopher Danely has raised the price target for Broadcom from $285 to $315 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The increase reflects a positive outlook on Broadcom’s growth prospects, likely supported by continued strength in its semiconductor and infrastructure software segments, as well as ongoing demand for AI-related technologies.
C3 ai

US12468P1049 / AI
Sep 9, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Underweight (→), Target: $11 (↓)
Sanjit Singh, analyst at Morgan Stanley, lowers the price target for C3.ai from 22 to 11 US dollars and maintains his “Underweight” rating on the stock. Following first-quarter results that showed a 19 percent year-over-year revenue decline and an 82 percent lower operating margin, the analyst is cutting his estimates to reflect the new growth trajectory.
----------
Sep 5, 2025
Canaccord, Hold (→), Target: $16 (↓)
Canaccord analyst David Hynes lowers the price target for C3.ai from 28 to 16 US dollars and maintains his “Hold” rating on the stock. The analyst explains that after the preliminary announcement of the key first-quarter results almost a month ago, most of the figures now released came as no surprise. However, the significantly lower adjusted gross margins, the uncertainty regarding guidance for fiscal year 2026, and the generally negative tone of the conference call led to a decline in the stock price.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
KeyBanc, Underweight (→), Target: $10 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Heath lowers the price target for C3.ai from 18 to 10 US dollars and reaffirms the “Underweight” rating following the release of the latest results. This is due in part to the extensive restructuring of sales and the health issues of CEO Tom Siebel. The analyst notes that the guidance for the second quarter would also fall well below expectations. While the forecast for fiscal year 2026 was withdrawn, management expressed satisfaction with revenue estimates between 290 and 300 million US dollars.
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Oppenheimer, Perform (↓)
Oppenheimer analyst Timothy Horan downgraded C3.ai from “Outperform” to “Perform,” without assigning a price target. The company reported “extremely weak” preliminary results for the first quarter, showing a 35 percent revenue decline compared to the previous quarter. The analyst views this as a “major concern,” especially given the recurring nature of the company’s subscription revenues, which suggests the services may not be functioning as advertised. At Oppenheimer, there are renewed concerns that the results point to a longer-term weakness in the company’s underlying trends.
----------
Aug 11, 2025
DA Davidson, Underperform (↓), Target: $13 (↓)
DA Davidson analyst Gil Luria downgraded C3.ai from “Neutral” to “Underperform” and cut the price target from $25 to $13. The company reported results late on Friday that came in well below forecasts. In addition, a restructuring of the sales and service organization was announced, with new leadership positions to be filled in all regions. The analyst noted that he previously had no conviction about the sustainability of C3.ai’s growth, as the company had increasingly relied on one-time revenues. He suspects that the preliminary results reflect this trend and expects business conditions will likely deteriorate further before they improve.
Caterpillar

US1491231015 / CAT
Oct 14, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $502 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Chad Dillard has raised the price target for Caterpillar from 447 to 502 US dollars and maintained the “Market Perform” rating on the construction equipment manufacturer’s stock. He expects Caterpillar to exceed revenue estimates by about 2 percent in the third quarter and to issue a cautious outlook.
----------
Aug 29, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $480 (↓)
Oppenheimer analyst Kristen Owen has lowered the price target for Caterpillar from 493 to 480 US dollars while maintaining her “Outperform” rating. Due to the reassessment of tariff impacts, the construction equipment manufacturer raised the upper end of its guidance by 300 million US dollars and indicated that operating profit for fiscal 2025 would now be near the lower end of the target range presented at its Investor Day. Most of the update, in the analyst’s view, reflects changes to steel and aluminum tariffs under Section 232 announced after the earnings release, as well as India’s retaliatory tariffs. Sentiment weakened following the second-quarter results because of the still-uncertain strategy to mitigate these effects. While the analyst expects the economic cycle to outweigh tariff-related sentiment, she emphasises that volume growth is clearly the next catalyst.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (↑), Target: $476 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst David Raso upgraded Caterpillar from “In Line” to “Outperform,” raising the price target from 373 to 476 US dollars. He pointed to volume leverage and geographic diversification at the construction equipment manufacturer as bright spots in an otherwise challenging construction sector. Raso also expects the recovery in U.S. machinery demand to be particularly strong. Another positive factor, in his view, is that Caterpillar may not need to grant as steep discounts next year as previously thought.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Underweight (↓), Target: $350 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Angel Castillo raised the price target for Caterpillar from $283 to $350 but downgraded the construction equipment maker’s stock from “Equal Weight” to “Underweight.” He noted that the stock has gained more than 50 percent since its lows in April. At the same time, in the analyst’s view, profitability and overall fundamentals have not kept pace, pointing to a potential “risk of negative earnings revisions.” According to Castillo, the headwinds from U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariffs have begun to weigh on Caterpillar’s business. The company’s operating profit fell 18 percent year-over-year, with “worrying manufacturing costs” cited that “largely reflect the impact of higher tariffs.”
----------
Aug 6, 2025
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $520 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Tami Zakaria raised the price target for Caterpillar from $475 to $520 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the construction equipment maker’s stock. The analyst described the company’s earnings report and updated guidance as a “clarifying event.” The margin outlook, together with improved revenue expectations, was a “clarifying event for investors to frame the bullish outlook for 2026.”
Cisco

US17275R1023 / CSCO
Oct 10, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $77 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Meta Marshall has raised the price target from 73 to 77 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
HSBC, Hold (↓), Target: $69 (→)
HSBC analyst Stephen Bersey downgraded Cisco from “Buy” to “Hold” and maintained a price target of 69 US dollars. The company’s fourth-quarter results and outlook for 2026 fell short of HSBC’s estimates as the networking segment slowed.
Bersey believes the revenue forecast for fiscal 2026 and the deceleration in remaining performance obligations suggest that the replenishment effect may end earlier than expected. He argues that while Cisco shows strength in AI infrastructure orders, this is offset by weaknesses in other areas, leaving the stock fairly valued at current levels.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $71 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tim Long raised his price target on Cisco from 66 to 71 US dollars but maintained an “Equal Weight” rating on the networking specialist. The company’s most recent earnings report contained no surprises. The analyst added that Cisco’s order growth has slowed, and he expects this metric to remain challenging as year-over-year comparisons become more difficult in the coming quarters.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $85 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Tal Liani raised his price target on Cisco from 76 to 85 US dollars and reiterated a “Buy” rating. Cisco’s fourth-quarter results and guidance for fiscal year 2025/26 were “not particularly impressive,” but still slightly better than expected. According to the analyst, Cisco offers “a refreshed portfolio, a significant infrastructure cycle driven by AI and data growth, and steady improvements in execution.” Following the report, Liani adjusted his estimates to reflect stronger growth.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Evercore ISI, In Line (↓), Target: $72 (→)
Evercore ISI analyst Amit Daryanani downgraded Cisco from “Outperform” to “In Line,” while keeping the price target unchanged at $72. This follows a 46 percent rise in the stock over the past twelve months, which the analyst attributes to a cyclical recovery in the company’s core enterprise networking business, as well as to “more compelling arguments” around the cloud and AI markets. While Daryanani notes that other AI-oriented companies have seen significantly stronger share price gains, he believes Cisco “will struggle to be recognized as an AI winner” unless it discloses AI-related revenue figures.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $70 (↑)
Meta Marshall, analyst at Morgan Stanley, has raised the price target for Cisco from 67 to 70 US dollars following her participation in the company’s quarterly conference call for Value Added Resellers (VARs), while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the stock. She reports that VAR performance in the second quarter met or slightly exceeded expectations. Additionally, she notes that her checks indicate a “notable improvement” in spending behaviour in May and June compared to April.
Cloudflare

US18915M1071 / NET
Aug 1, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Madeline Brooks raised the price target for Cloudflare from $235 to $240 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The cybersecurity company’s second-quarter revenue growth came in above Wall Street expectations, while revenue forecasts for the third and fourth quarters also exceeded consensus. The analyst remains convinced that the company is “running at full speed and sending strong demand signals.”
Guggenheim, Sell (→), Target: $111 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci raised the price target for Cloudflare from $70 to $111 but maintained his “Sell” rating. He explained that the company delivered “impressive results with improving business momentum.” However, even assuming continued acceleration in comparable revenue over the rest of this year and hypergrowth over the next two years, the analyst’s price target still comes in 47 percent below the after-hours trading price at which the stock was trading following the results release.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $235 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss raised the price target for Cloudflare from $225 to $235 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. According to the analyst, Cloudflare’s investments in improving and expanding its solution portfolio, combined with investments in enhancing and further developing its go-to-market strategy, “led to an impressive second-quarter result.” The broader question likely to determine the stock’s direction remains the sustainability of growth. However, the analyst argues that “the sustainability of growth should prove the sustainability of the multiple.”
Crowdstrike

US22788C1053 / CRWD
Oct 9, 2025
Stephens, Overweight (→), Target: $590 (↑)
Stephens analyst Todd Weller has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from 525 to 590 US dollars and maintains his “Overweight” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. Despite the higher price target, the analyst notes that he has slightly lowered his revenue and non-GAAP EPS forecasts for fiscal year 2027.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $600 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Andrew Nowinski has raised CrowdStrike’s price target from $550 to $600 and maintained an Overweight rating on the cybersecurity specialist. He believes CrowdStrike is gaining momentum again as the company has finally gone back on the offensive. With the industry’s most advanced security platform, Wells expects growth to accelerate.
----------
Sep 25, 2025
Scotiabank, Outperform (↑), Target: $600 (↑)
Scotiabank analyst Patrick Colville has upgraded CrowdStrike from “Sector Perform” to “Outperform” and raised the price target from $440 to $600. Recent channel checks suggest that the cybersecurity specialist is “more competitive than ever” in endpoint security. The company is expected to “chip away” at the remaining 50 percent of market share. Scotiabank anticipates that CrowdStrike will significantly reaccelerate its growth — potentially reaching the analyst’s “upside scenario” of 25 to 30 percent annual recurring revenue growth in fiscal year 2027. This would represent one of the fastest growth rates in the software sector.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
Canaccord, Hold (→), Target: $500 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from 430 to 500 US dollars but maintained only a “Hold” rating. The analyst attended the Fal.Con 2025 conference and gained new insights into how customers are handling the new Flex purchasing model, as well as the company’s growing presence and leadership in markets beyond endpoint security, such as NG-SIEM, identity, cloud, and AI security, including agent-based frameworks. While encouraged by some early expansive evidence within the Flex customer base, the expert views the risk-reward profile of the stock at these price levels as balanced.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $520 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Joseph Gallo has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from US$500 to US$520 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating for the cybersecurity specialist’s stock following the Fal.Con event. He says the company is focusing on expanding its product portfolio in artificial intelligence and identity security and has issued a new fiscal-2027 forecast that envisages annual recurring revenue (ARR) growth of more than 20 per cent year-on-year. Jefferies believes there is upside to the outlook given management’s conservative stance and the likelihood that AI has not yet been fully priced in, which would justify a higher valuation multiple.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $510 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Heath has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from US$495 to US$510 and kept his “Overweight” rating. At the company’s investor conference, CrowdStrike announced a fiscal-2027 forecast calling for NNARR growth of +20 per cent year-on-year, versus a consensus of +14 per cent. The company also unveiled a target of US$20 billion in recurring revenue for fiscal-2036.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $475 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from US$460 to US$475, while keeping only an “Equal Weight” rating. From a financial perspective, the breakdown showing net-new business of more than 20 per cent in fiscal 2027 and the new target of US$20 billion for net-new business by fiscal 2036 were the most positive items.
Needham, Buy (→), Target: $535 (↑)
Needham analyst Mike Cikos has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from US$475 to US$535 and reaffirmed a Buy rating. The main takeaway from the company’s annual Fal.Con conference, in the analyst’s view, was management’s goal of more than 20 per cent growth in annual recurring revenue (ARR) in fiscal 2027, while some models had assumed a more muted c.12 per cent rise. It was also the first time management provided a forecast for annual recurring net-new revenue for the next fiscal year, which, the analyst says, underscores CrowdStrike’s visibility and confidence in the business.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $515 (↑)
Stifel analyst Adam Borg has raised the price target for CrowdStrike from US$495 to US$515 and reaffirmed a “Buy” rating. Before the event he had expected “a relatively unspectacular analyst conference”, but to his “pleasant surprise” CrowdStrike made several positive comments that signal management’s confidence in the company’s business development over the coming years.
----------
Aug 28, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $343 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Peter Weed has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 371 to 343 US dollars while maintaining his “Market Perform” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. The company exceeded the analyst’s quarterly forecast by about 21 million US dollars but raised its full-year outlook by only 3 million US dollars. The analyst emphasises that the increase was largely driven by the Professional Services segment, which implicitly points to a decline in subscription revenue in the second half of the year.
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $489 (↓)
BTIG analyst Gray Powell has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 520 to 489 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company delivered solid second-quarter results and slightly raised its revenue outlook for fiscal 2026. While BTIG views the quarterly numbers positively overall, sceptics point to certain weaknesses — particularly the modest increase in annual recurring revenue (ARR) in the second quarter and the fact that this quarterly gain is not reflected in the full-year guidance.
Canaccord, Hold (→), Target: $430 (↓)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 475 to 430 US dollars while maintaining his “Hold” rating. He highlighted that the company delivered strong results in the second quarter of fiscal 2026: net new business revenue rose to 221 million US dollars from 194 million US dollars in the previous quarter. Although total revenue and subscription revenue declined year over year, the achievement was recognised. For the second half of the year, however, significant net new business growth and an acceleration in revenue growth in calendar year 2026 are already priced in — which limits further upside potential.
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $500 (↓)
Jefferies analyst Joseph Gallo has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 530 to 500 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. Annual recurring revenue (ARR) growth in the second quarter came in at 20.5 percent, exceeding consensus estimates but landing at the lower end of high market expectations. On the positive side, the company forecast at least 40 percent year-over-year ARR growth for the second half, which equates to a 22 percent increase and is above the consensus estimate of 20.8 percent. According to the analyst, this suggests that the company has “reached the light at the end of the tunnel.”
Morgan-Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 495 to 460 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating. The key metric “Net New ARR” came in at 221 million US dollars — about 7 percent above consensus. Although guidance for the second half also exceeded expectations, the fact that the quarterly beat was not reflected in an upward revision of the full-year revenue outlook could weigh on the stock’s performance given the high market expectations.
Piper-Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $450 (↓)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 505 to 450 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating. On the positive side, net new annual recurring revenue (NNARR) returned to growth in the quarter, indicating that the company is beginning to offset the negative impact of an incident from the previous year. At the same time, that event is still dampening short-term revenue, as subscription income stagnated again in the second quarter. The strong forecast for 40 percent NNARR growth in the second half is above market expectations and should bolster confidence among optimists. However, the absence of specific revenue guidance also leaves room for scepticism.
----------
Aug 25, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Keith Bachman, an analyst at BMO Capital, has lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 500 to 460 US dollars but maintained his “Outperform” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. He noted that feedback from the sales channel for the July quarter was largely positive, as sales representatives reported that CrowdStrike had been successful in promoting Falcon Flex offerings as well as Next-Gen SIEM. BMO added, though, that it remains cautious given concerns about potential guidance for the second half of the year.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Evercore ISI, In Line (→), Target: $425 (↓)
Evercore ISI analyst Peter Levine lowered the price target for CrowdStrike from 440 to 425 US dollars and maintained the “In Line” rating. The cybersecurity company’s stock has been placed on the “Tactical Underperform” list ahead of its second-quarter earnings release on August 27. Following “muted” data collection this quarter, the analyst sees “unfavorable conditions” and views the second quarter as a decisive “show me” quarter for CrowdStrike.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (↓), Target: $495 (↑)
Keith Weiss, analyst at Morgan Stanley, downgrades CrowdStrike from “Overweight” to “Equal Weight,” while raising the price target from $490 to $495. The analyst sees a “full valuation,” noting that the cybersecurity stock has climbed 50 percent since its April lows. While CrowdStrike still presents a compelling long-term story, the expected growth acceleration in the second half of 2025 now appears to be largely priced in.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Piper Sandler, Neutral (↓), Target: $505 (→)
Analysts at Piper Sandler have downgraded CrowdStrike stock from “Overweight” to “Neutral,” while maintaining the price target of $505. The stock is approaching that target, and Piper Sandler sees no short-term scenario that would meaningfully raise estimates. While the firm remains positive on CrowdStrike and its long-term prospects, it advises that investors should not buy the stock at this point, as the short- to mid-term upside may be limited. The analysts also note that the stock has risen by 60 percent over the past three months.
CVS Health

US1266501006 / CVS
Oct 14, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $91 (-)
Goldman Sachs analyst Scott Fidel has initiated coverage of CVS Health with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 91 US dollars. The analyst notes that the managed-care sector is facing its biggest downturn in more than 15 years. He recommends increasing exposure to Medicare Advantage, as he expects a phase of margin recovery beginning in 2026. However, Goldman Sachs does not believe that this recovery in Medicare Advantage will occur uniformly across the entire group. The analyst also sees a longer path to cyclical recovery for Medicaid and the broader healthcare sector.
----------
Oct 7, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $103 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Stephen Baxter has raised the price target for CVS Health from 84 to 103 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating. He is updating his estimates and price targets ahead of third-quarter 2025 results across the healthcare sector. Notably, Wells Fargo now assumes the enhanced subsidies will be extended.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
UBS, Buy (↑), Target: $79 (↑)
UBS analyst Kevin Caliendo upgraded CVS Health from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 67 to 79 US dollars. The company has had two strong quarters, and from the analyst’s perspective, there are early signs that the restructuring in the health services segment is progressing as planned. UBS expects annual earnings growth of 14 percent for CVS Health through 2028, above the consensus estimate of 12 percent. The analyst views the current stock price as an “attractive valuation.”
Dell

US24703L2025 / DELL
Oct 8, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Asiya Merchant has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 160 to 175 US dollars and reaffirmed her “Buy” rating. She is constructive on the prospects for market share gains and earnings growth.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $165 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 145 to 165 US dollars and, following the investor event, is maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the shares. All the metrics presented by management exceeded his expectations. He views Dell’s long-term targets as a positive surprise, though he says margins remain to be seen.
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $170 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 160 to 170 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating. He cites strong momentum in artificial intelligence across the Enterprise and Sovereign AI segments, with robust demand expected over the next 12 to 18 months. The Infrastructure Solutions Group is estimated to grow on average by 11 to 14 per cent per year, with AI servers growing by 20 to 25 per cent annually. He also describes this outlook as relatively conservative.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $180 (↑)
Aaron Rakers, an analyst at Wells Fargo, has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 160 to 180 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He expects investor sentiment following the analyst meeting to shift towards earnings per share of 12.50 to 13.00 US dollars for 2027. Wells also continues to view Dell’s strong free cash flow and capital returns as supporting a price-to-earnings ratio of 15.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $133 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tim Long has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from US$131 to US$133, while keeping the “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst updated his estimates for server providers to reflect the group’s recent results and industry discussions. A slower-than-expected recovery in enterprise servers has dampened Barclays’ estimates for 2025, while the figures for 2026 were revised up because of the continued strength in artificial intelligence.
----------
Aug 29, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $131 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tim Long has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 123 to 131 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating following the company’s earnings report. Dell reported higher-than-expected revenue, but according to Long, the mix of artificial intelligence server shipments weighed on gross margin. The analyst notes that while the outlook for fiscal 2026 has shifted, margins will “remain the bottleneck.”
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $164 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 165 to 167 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company’s second-quarter results and fiscal 2025 outlook reinforced the analyst’s confidence that Dell will continue to drive upward revisions to consensus estimates for AI server revenue. He also pointed out that Dell generated operating cash flow of 2.5 billion US dollars.
Raymond James, Outperform (→), Target: $152 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Simon Leopold has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 150 to 152 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating. The analyst expressed surprise that the stock fell about 5 percent in after-hours trading but expects it to recover “once investors have digested all the developments.”
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $155 (↑)
UBS analyst David Vogt has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 145 to 155 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company delivered a solid quarter, but given the mixed metrics, the stock may trend weaker in the short term. UBS nevertheless expects order momentum in Dell’s artificial intelligence segment to remain strong enough to support the stock.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $160 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers has raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 150 to 160 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He noted that although the company beat revenue and earnings estimates, the stock traded lower due to ongoing concerns about AI server margins. The analyst says he is “a buyer on pullbacks.”
----------
Aug 21, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $148 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring raised the price target for Dell Technologies from 135 to 148 US dollars and reiterated the “Overweight” rating. From the analyst’s perspective, the recent decline in the share price provides a more attractive starting point for earnings growth. He expects the results for the July quarter in enterprise hardware to come in slightly above expectations, as spending on artificial intelligence remains robust and PCs performed well in the second quarter. He sees upside potential for Dell’s estimates for the second quarter as well as for the outlook for the full year.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $160 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Amit Daryanani raised his price target for Dell Technologies from 150 to 160 US dollars and reiterated his “Outperform” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, supply chain checks suggest that Dell could see upside for its AI server momentum through fiscal year 2026. He takes a “conservative” view, estimating that Dell could generate AI server revenue of 17 to 20 billion US dollars this year, compared with the current expectation of just over 15 billion US dollars.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Mizuho, Outperform (→), Target: $165 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised his price target on Dell from 150 to 165 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating.
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Susquehanna, Neutral (→), Target: $125 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini raised his price target for Dell Technologies from 105 to 125 US dollars, while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. The analyst expects Dell to report results for the July quarter in line with estimates, but sees the October-quarter outlook falling short of consensus expectations. He points to several challenges facing Dell, including notebook sales running below seasonal averages and continued pressure on AI server revenue.
----------
Aug 11, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $160 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Asiya Merchant raised the price target for Dell Technologies from $135 to $160 and reaffirmed her “Buy” rating. She believes that supply chain commentary suggests that spending on enterprise hardware—outside of the print and consumer PC segments—may turn out somewhat better than expected ahead of the upcoming quarterly report.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $24.50 (↑)
Stifel analyst Ruben Roy has raised the price target for Intel from $21 to $24.50 while maintaining a “Hold” rating ahead of the company’s upcoming quarterly results on Thursday. This marks Lip-Bu Tan’s second earnings call and report as CEO. Roy is “optimistic” and views the second half of 2026 through the first half of 2027 as “the window for a meaningful turnaround,” depending on execution. Nevertheless, he maintains a Hold rating until clear catalysts emerge.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $165 (↑)
Wamsi Mohan, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Dell from 155 to 165 US dollars and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. Mohan expects that IT hardware companies like Dell will benefit over the next decade from the growth of artificial intelligence in both enterprise and international markets. The analyst has increased his revenue and EPS forecasts for fiscal year 2026 from 105 billion and 9.40 US dollars to 106.8 billion and 9.49 US dollars, respectively.
DocuSign

US2561631068 / DOCU
Sep 5, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $102 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills raises the price target for DocuSign from 85 to 102 US dollars and maintains his “Neutral” rating after second-quarter results “indicated that DocuSign’s recovery is back on track.” However, the analyst believes the cycle is still in its early stages and that marketing efforts, both in direct sales and through partner channels, are “still a work in progress.” He adds that he also believes much of the short-term upside potential he expects is already reflected in the current stock valuation.
J.P Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $80 (↑)
Mark Murphy, analyst at J.P. Morgan, has raised the price target for DocuSign from 77 to 80 US dollars and maintains his “Neutral” rating on the stock. The company delivered a solid quarter and raised its full-year guidance for revenue, billings, and margins. J.P. Morgan is “encouraged” by the results and the continued strong development of DocuSign’s intelligent contract management as well as improvements in customer retention metrics.
Piper Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $90 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens has raised the price target for DocuSign from 85 to 90 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Neutral” rating. The expert says that the second quarter showed strength with revenue and earnings above expectations, as recent platform innovations and GTM changes from the first quarter led to successes with both commercial and enterprise customers across the eSignature portfolio, as well as to greater international and broader platform adoption. Piper remains cautious on the stock and is waiting for additional quarters of consistent execution before taking a more constructive stance.
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $85 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin has raised the price target for DocuSign from 80 to 85 US dollars but reaffirmed the “Equal Weight” rating on the stock. After the reset in the first quarter, DocuSign posted revenue above expectations in the second quarter and commented on improving trends, according to Turrin. Wells Fargo remains cautious for now and is assessing the sustainability of the changes, as a more challenging second half of the year lies ahead.
Duolingo

US26603R1068 / DUOL
Sep 8, 2025
Wells Fargo, Underweight (-), Target: $239 (-)
Wells Fargo analyst Alec Brondolo has initiated coverage of Duolingo with an “Underweight” rating and a price target of 239 US dollars. While the stock has already fallen 16 percent since the beginning of the year due to user growth issues, the “backlash” against artificial intelligence has led to a “shift away from the brand.” The analyst believes that Duolingo’s user growth problems will persist in the medium term and result in a decline in the stock’s price-to-earnings ratio. He also sees downside risk in the estimates for fiscal year 2027.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $400 (→)
Citigroup analyst Ygal Arounian initiated coverage of Duolingo with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 400 US dollars. The analyst believes that the risks related to the company’s artificial intelligence are overstated at current stock prices, creating an attractive risk-reward profile. Duolingo’s expansion into additional areas of education is expected to drive long-term growth.
KeyBanc, Overweight (↑), Target: $460 (→)
KeyBanc analyst Justin Patterson upgraded Duolingo from “Sector Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target to 460 US dollars. The stock had underperformed due to concerns that declining user numbers signaled the company had peaked and that artificial intelligence could shrink its total addressable market. However, the analyst believes the company has multiple growth drivers and that AI innovations are more likely to support than harm monetization. Product updates and marketing initiatives create upside risk for estimates over the next 12 months, while Duolingo’s pricing optimizations are seen as an “untapped growth lever” that could drive both growth and profitability.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $515 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Bryan Smilek raised the price target for Duolingo from $500 to $515 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The company is stabilizing user numbers and its second-quarter guidance. The analyst remains optimistic about Duolingo’s innovations in artificial intelligence and the stabilization of active user figures.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $500(↓)
As part of a Q2 earnings preview, J.P. Morgan analyst Bryan Smilek lowered the price target for Duolingo from 580 to 500 US dollars but maintained an “Overweight” rating on the stock. According to Smilek, the stock remains “controversial” as investors are cautious ahead of the Q2 report. The share price has dropped 30 percent since its peak on 14 May. This decline is driven by concerns over third-party data, which indicate an unexpectedly sharp slowdown in user growth, a deceleration in subscription bookings, and a rise in churn for Duolingo Max, the analyst said. Nevertheless, he remains positive about Duolingo’s “secular leadership position” and recommends buying the stock following the sell-off.
eBay

US2786421030 / EBAY
Oct 15, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $95 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Nikhil Devnani has raised the price target for eBay from 85 to 95 US dollars but maintained the “Market Perform” rating. He notes that trading cards have made a major comeback, with eBay — as one of the market leaders in this space — standing to benefit. According to the analyst, growth in key focus categories saw a notable jump in the second quarter, with collectibles contributing the most for the third consecutive period. This segment is being driven by trading cards, which have become both a cultural phenomenon and a speculative asset class. Bernstein’s findings point to a strong third quarter, and the analyst has accordingly raised his estimates for the second half of 2025. However, he expresses caution about forecasting with confidence for 2026, as growth in the collectibles category tends to be non-linear and not entirely within the company’s control.
----------
Aug 25, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $101 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post has raised the price target for eBay from 89 to 101 US dollars, while maintaining only a “Neutral” rating. US gross merchandise volume (GMV) grew by 7 percent year-over-year in the second quarter, and eBay projects total GMV growth of 5 to 7 percent for the third quarter. The analyst estimates US GMV growth at 7.5 percent year-over-year. He applies a higher multiple to reflect the recent multiple expansion in the sector and, while he views the data for the latest quarter positively, he adds that eBay’s growth continues to lag behind that of its top five e-commerce competitors.
----------
Jul 31, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $92 (↑)
Barclays analyst Ross Sandler raised the price target for eBay from $77 to $92 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The analyst said that eBay’s performance continues to improve against the backdrop of a volatile e-commerce market. Aside from Amazon, eBay is growing faster than most other publicly traded Western companies. Barclays sees further upside potential for the stock.
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $102 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian J. Pitz upgraded eBay from “Market Perform” to “Outperform” and raised the price target from $70 to $102. Pitz expects the company’s focus categories to accelerate growth and drive estimates for fiscal 2025 higher. These focus categories grew 10 percent year-over-year in the second quarter, representing an acceleration from 6 percent in the first quarter. BMO also believes that eBay’s advertising opportunities are significant and still at an early stage.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $87 (↑)
UBS analyst Stephen Ju raised the price target for eBay from $82 to $87 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. He attributed the above-average growth in gross merchandise volume primarily to strong demand in the U.S., particularly in the trading card segment, which has posted growth for the tenth consecutive quarter.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $68 (↑)
Stifel analyst Mark Kelley raised the price target for eBay from $62 to $68 while maintaining a “Hold” rating.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $82 (↑)
UBS analyst Kunal Madhukar raised the price target for eBay from $73 to $82 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. The analyst expects gross merchandise value to continue to grow at a low single-digit rate on a currency-adjusted basis, which would allow eBay to achieve 3 percent net revenue growth, 6 percent operating income growth, and around 10 percent adjusted EPS growth in the short to medium term. UBS believes this scenario is already priced into the stock.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $75 (↑)
Nikhil Devnani, analyst at Bernstein, has raised the price target for eBay from 65 to 75 US dollars, but maintains a “Market Perform” rating on the stock. Devnani expects gross merchandise volume (GMV) to once again exceed forecasts — with healthy growth of over 2 percent and a currency tailwind. Growth in the company’s focus categories remains key. The stock is facing a higher bar: Devnani no longer expects GMV growth of 2 to 3 percent, but 3 percent or more. He is therefore staying on the sidelines.
Eli Lilly

US5324571083 / LLY
Oct 8, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $948 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Seamus Fernandez has raised the price target for Eli Lilly shares from 875 to 948 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. For the third quarter, Mounjaro revenues are now forecast at 5.49 billion US dollars, with around 3.50 billion US dollars expected from the United States alone. For Zepbound, Guggenheim estimates US revenue at 3.35 billion US dollars, while total quarterly revenue is projected at 16.06 billion US dollars. The analyst also notes various uncertainties during the quarter, including price fluctuations, questions around international growth, and potential discounts.
----------
Sep 29, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $875 (→)
Guggenheim analyst Seamus Fernandez has reaffirmed his “Buy” rating on Eli Lilly and the US$875 price target. From the analyst’s perspective the pharmaceutical group’s growth remains strong, with seasonal effects and the impact of the CVS drug formulary proceeding as expected. He highlights the continued robust growth of tirzepatide outside the US, as market penetration increases in both diabetes treatment and self-funded obesity therapy. Management expects the upcoming launch of orforglipron to further raise penetration in type-2 diabetes and to accelerate growth in the global obesity market, noting that oral medicines are strongly preferred by general practitioners, cardiologists and internists.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Berenberg, Hold (↓), Target: $830 (↓)
Berenberg analyst Luisa Hector has downgraded Eli Lilly from “Buy” to “Hold” and cut the pharmaceutical group’s price target from US$970 to US$830. She expects Eli Lilly will continue to play a leading role in obesity, but believes the upswing cycle in the obesity market has peaked. Expectations for Eli Lilly’s weight-loss franchise are high, and Berenberg’s forecasts now sit slightly below consensus. Expectations for the drug orforglipron are too high.
----------
Aug 27, 2025
HSBC, Hold (↑), Target: $700 (↑)
HSBC analyst Rajesh Kumar has upgraded Eli Lilly from “Reduce” to “Hold” and raised the price target from 675 to 700 US dollars. He believes the ATTAIN-2 Phase 3 data for Orforglipron in diabetes and obesity provide a clear commercial pathway for approval and market launch. The data showed a competitive efficacy profile compared to the already marketed oral drug Rybelsus. HSBC has raised its estimates and sees “reasonable” market expectations for Orforglipron following consensus downgrades. According to the analyst, the bear case has played out, and there could be upside to consensus estimates if the obesity drug market maintains price discipline.
----------
Aug 8, 2025
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $1,100 (→)
J.P. Morgan analyst Chris Schott views the recent sell-off in Eli Lilly’s stock following the release of its latest earnings as an “attractive” entry opportunity. The company’s second-quarter report came in well above consensus estimates, and Lilly raised its guidance, which the analyst believes should ease some concerns about the weight-loss market. However, he noted that the focus was more on the Phase 3 data for Orforglipron in obesity treatment, where the weight reduction came in slightly below expectations. J.P. Morgan considers a 1–2 percentage point lower weight loss not to be a material change in Orforglipron’s potential applications. The stock remains rated “Overweight” with a price target of $1,100.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $1,028 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Terence Flynn lowered the price target for Eli Lilly from $1,135 to $1,028 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating on the pharmaceutical company’s stock. According to Flynn, debates over Orforglipron’s competitive profile in obesity led to yesterday’s decline in the share price. However, the analyst says these concerns overshadowed the “solid” second-quarter earnings report. While he notes that he reduced his bull-case estimates for the weight-loss pill Orforglipron, his base case estimates for the drug remain unchanged, and he considers the sell-off “overdone.”
Enphase Energy

US29355A1079 / ENPH
Jul 14, 2025
Barclays, Underweight (→), Target: $28 (↓)
Barclays analyst Christine Cho lowers the price target for Enphase Energy from $40 to $28, while maintaining an “Underweight” rating. She believes the “One Big Beautiful Bill” creates an uneven playing field in the solar sector, favouring loans and cash purchases over leases. This leads to differing outlooks for SolarEdge and Enphase. Barclays now expects SolarEdge to post 20 percent revenue growth, while Enphase is projected to see double-digit declines.
Figma

US3168411052 / FIG
Sep 4, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $69 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Bradley Sills lowers the price target for Figma from 85 to 69 US dollars and reaffirms the “Neutral” rating on the stock of the graphic web applications specialist. While Figma did not deliver any significant positive surprises in the second quarter, this did not come as a surprise to the analyst. Sills continues to believe that Figma is well positioned to gain further market share in the digital design industry. However, since the stock is trading at a significant premium to the large-cap software group, the analyst assumes that the short-term upside potential is “largely priced in” and lowers the price target to reflect slowing growth.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $70 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Elizabeth Porter lowers the price target for Figma from 80 to 70 US dollars and maintains the “Equal Weight” rating on the stock. Revenue growth in the second quarter remained above 40 percent year over year, but forecasts for the third quarter and fiscal year 2025, with growth of 33 and 36.5 percent year over year, are likely to fall short of expectations. The analyst continues to view Figma as the market-leading platform in design and “uniquely positioned for GenAI,” but adds that the valuation limits the near-term risk-reward profile.
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $70 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin lowers the price target for Figma from 82 to 70 US dollars and maintains the “Equal Weight” rating on the stock. He states that the first release after the IPO met expectations. The initial guidance appears cautious in light of the increasing pricing momentum. The analyst adds that, given the introduction of new products for 2026, he expects continued strong growth. However, he anticipates ongoing volatility in the stock.
Fortinet

US34959E1091 / FTNT
Sep 2, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Underweight (↓), Target: 67 (↓)
Meta Marshall, analyst at Morgan Stanley, downgrades Fortinet from “Equal Weight” to “Underweight.” In addition, the price target is lowered from 78 to 67 US dollars. The analyst believes that consensus estimates for growth in the coming year need to be revised downward, which is likely to put pressure on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. Disappointment over the renewal of Fortinet’s core firewall will overshadow investment prospects in the near term. Morgan Stanley believes that the maturity of the company’s firewall renewal opportunities is not adequately reflected in Wall Street’s estimates for 2026 and 2027, which represents a headwind for the shares.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (→), Target: $85 (↓)
Jefferies analyst Joseph Gallo lowered the price target for Fortinet from $100 to $85 while maintaining his “Hold” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. Although the company’s second-quarter revenues exceeded consensus estimates, the revenue mix was disappointing, with hardware performing better and services performing worse than expected. The analyst noted that while the report was “not as bad” as the stock’s decline might suggest, it nevertheless raised doubts about the sustainability of Fortinet’s growth. Gallo sees the “floor” for the stock at $67.
KeyBanc, Sector Weight (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Heath downgraded Fortinet from “Overweight” to “Sector Weight” without assigning a price target. The company delivered a “mixed” second-quarter report and gave a “sober” outlook on the upcoming renewal cycle. The analyst noted that Fortinet disclosed it had already completed 40 to 50 percent of the renewal cycle for the end of the 2026 service period, while at the same time revising the 2027 renewal cycle downward. At KeyBanc, the view is that Fortinet could face margin compression and a challenging setup for the stock heading into 2026.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (↓), Target: 78 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss downgraded Fortinet from “Overweight” to “Equal Weight” and lowered the price target from $110 to $78. He reduced his estimates following the earnings report to account for the “significant reset” in expectations for Fortinet’s firewall renewals. Due to decreased confidence in the management team, Fortinet’s valuation multiple is expected to remain constrained.
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $85 (↓)
Stifel analyst Adam Borg lowered the price target for Fortinet from $95 to $85 while maintaining his “Hold” rating. Although Fortinet delivered a “good” second-quarter report and its full-year 2025 revenue guidance came in above expectations, the “main focus of the earnings call,” according to the analyst, was management’s statement that 40 to 50 percent of firewall renewals set to expire in fiscal 2026 have already been completed. Downplaying this opportunity, combined with weakness in services, some commentary on churn, and questions about Fortinet’s sustainable growth rate, weighed on the stock. Given the mixed signals around Fortinet’s firewall renewal prospects, the analyst remains cautious.
Piper Sandler, Neutral (↓), Target: $90 (↓)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens downgraded Fortinet from “Overweight” to “Neutral” after the earnings report and lowered the price target from $135 to $90. The announcement that Fortinet has already completed 40 to 50 percent of its 2026 renewals is likely to have shaken investor confidence. Owens believes this “challenging situation” puts Fortinet into a “show-me situation” for several quarters, especially as product comparisons become more difficult.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $110 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Andrew Nowinski raised the price target for Fortinet from $95 to $110 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. The analyst’s checks point to product revenues and billings in Q2 coming in moderately above consensus estimates. However, Wells Fargo remains cautious on the outlook for fiscal year 2025, as subscription service growth is expected to slow.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
Cantor Fitzgerald, Neutral (→), Target: $110 (↑)
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Jonathan Ruykhaver has raised the price target for Fortinet from 100 to 110 USD while maintaining a "Neutral" rating. The analyst’s checks indicate improving quarter-over-quarter trends, with higher deal close rates and channel incentives driving stronger refresh activity. Overall, the analyst still expects cautious commentary but sees room for less conservative guidance, supported by another wave of product momentum.
GE Aerospace

US3696043013 / GE
Aug 15, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $343 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Douglas Harned raised his price target for GE Aerospace from 254 to 343 US dollars and reiterated his “Outperform” rating on the stock. Harned believes that the outlook for the engine segment, combined with the current valuation, makes the stock attractive. The analyst increased his estimates for GE Aerospace to reflect stronger expectations for commercial engines and services.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $310 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Andrew Obin raised the price target for GE Aerospace from $230 to $310 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. The analyst views GE Aerospace’s upgraded forecasts for 2025 and its expectations for 2028—calling for double-digit average annual revenue growth and operating profit of $11.5 billion—as “strong, while maintaining a degree of conservatism that could provide additional upside potential.”
Gilead Sciences

US3755581036 / GILD
Aug 8, 2025
Truist, Buy (↑), Target: $127 (↑)
Truist analyst Asthika Goonewardene upgraded Gilead Sciences from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from $108 to $127. The company exceeded expectations for revenue and earnings per share in the second quarter, primarily due to strength in the HIV segment. According to the analyst, this development also led to an upward revision of full-year guidance. Goonewardene is particularly optimistic about the initial demand indicators for Yeztugo, while the cell therapy division remains challenging. However, he sees potential for revival in the area through Anito-cel and emphasizes that Gilead continues to have a “first-class, unmatched HIV business.”
GitLab

US37637K1088 / GTLB
Oct 7, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (↓), Target: $52 (→)
Mizuho analyst Gregg Moskowitz has downgraded GitLab from "Outperform" to "Neutral," while keeping the price target unchanged at 52 US dollars. In the analyst’s view, concerns about the impact of AI coding assistants continue to weigh on the stock of the software development platform specialist. Mizuho sees "persistent uncertainty" over whether AI could undermine GitLab’s "developer-heavy" seat-based model. In addition, the analyst notes that the company faces increasing competitive pressure, as GitHub and AI-native startups are likely to continue outpacing GitLab in adoption.
----------
Sep 11, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (-), Target: $70 (-)
Guggenheim analyst Howard Ma has initiated coverage of GitLab with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 70 US dollars. The analyst’s work shows that GitLab is the leading platform for development, security, and operations with a focus on enterprises. However, the stock’s valuation has been “pressured” by concerns that AI coding tools could replace software developers, which would threaten the company’s seat-based model. Guggenheim considers these risks to be exaggerated and believes that GitLab is “pursuing an impressive offensive strategy.”
----------
Sep 4, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $57 (↓)
BTIG analyst Gray Powell lowers the price target for GitLab from 67 to 57 US dollars but maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock of the company known, among other things, for its software development platform. GitLab delivered strong second-quarter results that significantly exceeded Wall Street’s expectations, but the updated revenue forecasts for fiscal year 2026 were disappointing. However, the analyst adds that, given the changes in the sales and marketing structure, he understands the need for conservative guidance.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $53 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Jason Celino lowers the price target for GitLab from 60 to 53 US dollars but maintains his “Overweight” rating on the stock. He notes that GitLab posted a solid second quarter, partly due to one-time benefits from linearity and a shift toward self-managed solutions, but left the full-year revenue guidance unchanged to account, among other things, for the leadership transition, which points to a significant slowdown in the second half of the year. Importantly, the company announced that CFO Brian Robins will step down on September 19 and that the search for a successor has begun. While KeyBanc remains positive on GitLab’s long-term prospects, the price target is lowered to reflect increasing concerns about execution related to go-to-market developments and potential disruptions from AI.
Hewlett Packard Enterprise

US42824C1099 / HPE
Sep 4, 2025
Raymond James, Strong Buy (→), Target: $30 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Simon Leopold raises the price target for Hewlett Packard Enterprise from 29 to 30 US dollars and maintains his “Strong Buy” rating on the stock. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s third-quarter report showed results above expectations and mixed guidance. While the business is performing well, the outlook, according to Leopold, assumes a 30 percent decline in AI platforms compared to the previous quarter.
Susquehanna, Neutral (→), Target: $21 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini raises the price target for Hewlett Packard Enterprise from 16 to 21 US dollars and maintains his “Neutral” rating on the stock. He updates his estimates following the company’s second-quarter results, including the contribution from the Juniper acquisition.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $25 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Wamsi Mohan has raised the price target for Hewlett Packard Enterprise from 24 to 25 US dollars and confirmed the “Buy” rating ahead of the company’s third-quarter results to be released on September 3. Estimates for revenue and earnings per share for fiscal year 2025 are raised to 34.3 billion US dollars and 1.99 US dollars, respectively, as the Juniper acquisition is now taken into account.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (↑), Target: $28 (↑)
Erik Woodring, an analyst at Morgan Stanley, upgraded Hewlett Packard Enterprise from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight.” The price target was also raised from 22 to 28 US dollars. The technology company’s stock has recently benefited from the completion of the Juniper Networks acquisition in early July. With the closing of the Juniper deal, the analyst sees upside potential of 18 percent for EPS in fiscal year 2026, with EPS expected to rise to between 2.70 and 3.00 US dollars in fiscal year 2027. The analyst believes that the market is increasingly recognizing that nearly half of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business lies in networking, including a stronger focus on AI.
----------
Aug 20, 2025
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $28 (→)
Evercore ISI analyst Amit Daryanani added Hewlett Packard Enterprise to the “Tactical Outperform” list, as he expects the company to be well positioned to exceed expectations for the July quarter and to maintain guidance for the October quarter above current pro forma estimates. Given the recent increase in network spending, the analyst sees potential for a positive development. The stock remains rated “Outperform” with a price target of 28 US dollars.
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (→), Target: $26 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Matt Niknam raised the price target for Hewlett Packard Enterprise from $21 to $26 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the stock. He sees upside drivers following the Juniper acquisition and views the current valuation as offering a more favourable risk-reward profile.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (-), Target: $30 (-)
After a period of pressure on the stock, J.P. Morgan analyst Samik Chatterjee has resumed coverage of Hewlett Packard Enterprise with an “Overweight” rating and a price target of 30 US dollars. He also added the stock to his Analyst Focus List. According to Chatterjee, the acquisition of Juniper Networks will make Hewlett Packard Enterprise one of the largest networking companies, with one of the most comprehensive portfolios including switches, wireless access points, and routers. He views the current share price as attractively valued.
Hims & Hers Health

US4330001060 / HIMS
Aug 18, 2025
Truist, Hold (→), Target: $37 (↓)
Truist analyst Jailendra Singh lowered the price target for Hims & Hers from 48 to 37 US dollars while maintaining a “Hold” rating on the telehealth company’s stock. Truist credit card data for the quarter suggest that the company’s GLP-1-related revenues could rise this quarter, with a further moderate increase in the fourth quarter driven mainly by the recognition of deferred revenues. However, Singh is less optimistic about 2026 growth compared to the previous year due to the expected revenue mix in the second half.
HubSpot

US4435731009 / HUBS
Sep 3, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (↑), Target: $606 (→)
Bernstein analyst Firoz Valliji upgrades HubSpot from “Market Perform” to “Outperform,” while keeping the price target unchanged at 606 US dollars. The analyst sees a more favorable risk-reward profile as the company’s macroeconomic challenges stabilize and the stock’s valuation has declined. Early indicators point, in the analyst’s view, to an acceleration of growth in the second half of 2025 for HubSpot. Bernstein values the company’s approach in the small business market and its ability to win new customers.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $775 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Jackson Ader lowered the price target for HubSpot from $860 to $775 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the marketing and web analytics specialist. The analyst said it was “good to see” some upward momentum in estimates during a quarter when the stock had been struggling. The 2 percent better-than-expected constant-currency result and the 1 percent raised full-year guidance were positives, but, to be fair, not exactly reasons to celebrate.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (↑), Target: $675 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin upgraded HubSpot from “Neutral” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from $645 to $675. The company’s second-quarter report was “better than feared,” with revenue surpassing expectations despite negative investor sentiment. The analyst believes HubSpot is entering a product-driven phase of growth and margin expansion. He sees a favorable risk-reward profile for the stock following the selloff.
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $675 (↓)
Truist analyst Terry Tillman lowered the price target for HubSpot from $720 to $675 while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company’s second-quarter results were positive, with revenue estimates significantly exceeded. Nevertheless, the analyst reduced his price target “to reflect a broader revaluation of software companies.”
Intuit

US4612021034 / INTU
Aug 22, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $785 (↓)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow lowered the price target for Intuit from 815 to 785 US dollars but maintained the “Overweight” rating. The company, which specializes in tax and financial software, delivered solid results for the fourth quarter and issued a conservative outlook for fiscal year 2025/26. Barclays remains positive on the stock and expects that post-earnings discussions will focus on the degree of conservatism in the guidance.
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $800 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills lowered the price target for Intuit from 875 to 800 US dollars but maintained the “Buy” recommendation. While he noted that his positive view of Intuit has not changed following the fourth-quarter results, he justified the lower price target with a compression of multiples within the group. The company’s “optimistic tone,” which supports long-term TurboTax Live growth of 15 to 20 percent on a much larger base, suggests to the analyst that an upward revision of the long-term tax growth target of 6 to 10 percent “could come soon.”
Johnson & Johnson

US4781601046 / JNJ
Oct 15, 2025
Raymond James, Outperform (→), Target: $209 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Jayson Bedford has raised the price target for Johnson & Johnson from 174 to 209 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. Despite short-term pressure from the loss of exclusivity for Stelara, the analyst remains optimistic about the pharmaceutical company, citing a strong pipeline and the divestment of slower-growing business segments as drivers of a new growth phase. Management has indicated that consensus estimates for 2026 may be too conservative.
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Stifel analyst Rick Wise has raised the price target for Johnson & Johnson from 165 to 190 US dollars and maintained the “Hold” rating on the stock. The revision follows the company’s stronger-than-expected revenue and earnings results, along with “optimistic” commentary and reiterated confidence in its outlook for the remainder of 2025. The analyst notes that Johnson & Johnson emphasised it is currently in an “accelerated growth cycle.”
----------
Oct 8, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $212 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Asad Haider continues to rate Johnson & Johnson “Buy” and keeps the stock on the “Conviction Buy List,” while raising the price target from 186 to 212 US dollars. He expects the company to beat consensus when it reports third-quarter results, including revenues for key products such as Tremfya, Darzalex and Carvykti. He also points to growth opportunities in the pipeline. Johnson & Johnson is seen as well positioned with respect to potential negotiations over Medicare drug prices. In MedTech, Goldman Sachs expects stable growth despite competitive pressure, as industry studies suggest the trend toward higher treatment volumes in the United States continued in the third quarter.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (↑), Target: $206 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Vamil Divan upgraded Johnson & Johnson from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from $167 to $206. He is satisfied with how Johnson & Johnson has managed the loss of exclusivity for Stelara and expects the Innovative Medicine segment to drive the next phase of growth. In his view, the company’s existing products—such as Tremfya, Darzalex, Spravato, and Caplyta—have significantly greater upside, while newer assets are not adequately valued by Wall Street. Ongoing progress across Johnson & Johnson’s marketed and pipeline assets should, in the analyst’s view, substantially raise investor expectations for growth in 2027 and beyond.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $175 (↑)
Tim Anderson, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Johnson & Johnson from 161 to 175 US dollars and maintains a “Neutral” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, the company’s valuation is still based on a sum-of-the-parts approach, but now uses his new 2026 EPS estimates. This follows Johnson & Johnson’s Q2 earnings beat and the upward revision of its 2025 outlook.
Kraft Heinz

US7427181091 / KHC
Sep 3, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $27 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Christopher Carey lowers the price target for Kraft Heinz from 29 to 27 US dollars and maintains his “Equal Weight” rating on the stock after the company confirmed its breakup. The analyst says that the value creation is debatable. According to CNBC, Warren Buffett is “disappointed” that Kraft Heinz has pursued this idea, and shareholders will not be able to vote on the announced deal.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $29 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Christopher Carey raises the price target for Kraft Heinz from $27 to $29, maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating. According to the Wall Street Journal, Kraft Heinz is considering spinning off “a large portion of its food business” worth up to $20 billion. Carey notes that calculations suggest this may involve separating “Taste Elevation” from the rest of the company. He sees a potential sum-of-the-parts case here, though “with plenty of debate.”
Li Auto

KYG5479M1050 / LI
Aug 29, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (↓), Target: $26 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Ming Hsun Lee has downgraded Li Auto from “Buy” to “Neutral” and lowered the price target for the Chinese electric vehicle maker’s stock from 31 to 26 US dollars. He cites lower growth expectations after the company issued weak guidance for vehicle deliveries in the current quarter. The analyst believes the forecast reflects intensifying market competition, which will negatively affect Li Auto’s revenue growth prospects. While Li Auto remains highly profitable in the family SUV segment, Lee notes that several new products have recently been launched in this space, including the Xiaomi YU7, AITO M8/M7, and Onvo L90.
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $25 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Eunice Lee has lowered the price target for Li Auto from 26 to 25 US dollars while maintaining her “Market Perform” rating on the stock. She noted that revenue fell short of expectations due to lower sales volumes and slightly higher discounts, which negatively impacted operating leverage and earnings.
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $25.60 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Jeff Chung has lowered the price target for Li Auto from 33.90 to 25.60 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating. The analyst cut his estimates to reflect Li Auto’s weaker-than-expected guidance for the third quarter.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Bernstein, Market perform (↓), Target: $26 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Eunice Lee downgraded Li Auto from “Outperform” to “Market Perform.” The price target was reduced from 33 to 26 US dollars. The analyst expects a “bumpier road” ahead for the Chinese electric carmaker due to increasing competition and challenging market prospects. Despite Li Auto’s leadership in extended-range EV technology and significant progress in advanced driver-assistance systems (ADAS), intensifying competition in the premium plug-in hybrid and range-extender SUV segment, along with headwinds in the crowded battery electric vehicle (BEV) market, have clouded the outlook. Lee does not expect a reversal of Li Auto’s market share losses in the high-end PHEV segment in the near future.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (↓), Target: $28 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Nick Lai downgraded Li Auto from “Overweight” to “Neutral.” The price target for the Chinese electric vehicle maker’s stock was lowered from 33 to 28 US dollars. In addition, volume and earnings forecasts for Li Auto for 2025 and 2026 were cut by around 10 to 20 percent, primarily to reflect the intensifying competitive dynamics facing the company’s battery-electric vehicle business. The analyst specifically pointed to certain electric SUV models from BYD and NIO. He considers the stock to be “fairly valued” at its current level.
Lululemon Athletica

US5500211090 / LULU
Oct 16, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (↓), Target: $190 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Aneesha Sherman has downgraded Lululemon from “Outperform” to “Market Perform” and lowered the price target from 220 to 190 US dollars. While the ongoing promotion with American Express is providing short-term momentum, Sherman notes that underlying trends in the U.S. have recently weakened. Future growth appears to depend on a new strategy that is not expected to be implemented for about six months and whose effectiveness has yet to be proven. As a result, Bernstein’s confidence in its previously optimistic investment thesis for Lululemon has diminished, given the lack of solid evidence supporting the strategy’s success. Estimates for the U.S. business have been reduced, and the firm plans to “step back from the stock” until higher prices or increased store traffic indicate that the company’s spring collection is resonating with customers.
----------
Oct 8, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $303 (→)
BTIG analyst Janine Stichter reiterates the “Buy” rating and the 303 US dollar price target for Lululemon ahead of an upcoming meeting with the apparel company’s management. The analyst notes that Lululemon remains in the “show me” camp and that no near term catalysts for a reacceleration are expected, as product improvements have been pushed to spring 2026. Despite acknowledging challenges from increased competition, a softer athleisure cycle and tariff related issues, BTIG believes the market underestimates how improved products, merchandising and marketing actions could benefit Lululemon’s business.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $185 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Alex Straton has cut Lululemon’s price target from $223 to $185 and reaffirmed an “Equal Weight” rating. The apparel company’s second-quarter results reinforced her view that Lululemon’s valuation may be permanently re-rated into the specialist apparel retail range, and could fall further in the near term if a negative revision cycle takes hold, which she currently sees as possible.
----------
Sep 9, 2025
KeyBanc, Sector Weight (↓)
KeyBanc analyst downgrades Lululemon from “Overweight” to “Sector Weight” without assigning a price target. The company’s second-quarter report was mixed: revenue fell short of expectations, and U.S. growth declined for the first time in several years. The analyst notes that this led to a reduction in earnings guidance for fiscal year 2025 and to “several measures to correct the course of the business in the coming quarters.” KeyBanc still sees long-term value in the stock but believes that the lack of positive catalysts in the coming quarters, concerns about execution in the U.S., and a “highly competitive” athletic apparel market “ultimately outweigh” and justify the downgrade.
----------
Sep 5, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $460 (↓)
Barclays analyst Adrienne Yih lowers the price target for Lululemon from 209 to 180 US dollars and maintains the “Equal Weight” rating on the apparel specialist’s stock. The company’s second-quarter results were mixed, with revenues falling short of expectations but earnings exceeding them. The analyst notes that Lululemon’s earnings forecasts for the third quarter and for 2025 are 24 percent and 11 percent below consensus, respectively, due to the impact of new tariffs, product “obsolescence,” and ongoing pressure in the U.S.
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $220 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Aneesha Sherman lowers the price target for Lululemon from 350 to 220 US dollars but maintains the “Outperform” rating. She explains that Lululemon’s second-quarter figures showed a dual burden from the ongoing economic slowdown in the U.S. and a possible slowdown in the China business, which makes the short-term outlook even more challenging as management tries to revive the weakening U.S. business with innovations while simultaneously increasing marketing spending in China.
Bank of America, Neutral (↓), Target: $210 (↓)
Lorraine Hutchinson, analyst at Bank of America, downgrades Lululemon from “Buy” to “Neutral” and lowers the price target from 300 to 210 US dollars. She explains that the company’s better-than-expected second-quarter results were “overshadowed” by the reduced revenue forecast and the much greater-than-expected de minimis and tariff pressures. The turnaround in the U.S. has been further delayed, and the above-average e-commerce profits resulting from the application of the de minimis exemption are expected to dissipate. EPS estimates are being significantly reduced.
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $303 (↓)
BTIG analyst Janine Stichter lowers the price target for Lululemon from 375 to 303 US dollars but reaffirms the “Buy” rating after the second-quarter results revealed greater-than-expected tariff burdens. In the analyst’s view, the revenue miss mainly shows that the product improvements made so far are not sufficient to reignite growth in the Americas.
Evercore ISI, In-Line (↓), Target: $180 (↓)
Evercore ISI analyst Michael Binetti downgrades Lululemon from “Outperform” to “In Line” and lowers the price target from 265 to 180 US dollars. The analyst says that the list of the company’s deteriorating performance metrics has continued to grow longer following the second-quarter report.
Stifel, Hold (↓), Target: $205 (↓)
Stifel analyst Peter McGoldrick downgrades Lululemon from “Buy” to “Hold” and lowers the price target from 324 to 205 US dollars. He significantly reduces his forecast for fiscal year 2025 due to challenges in the domestic market and the removal of the de minimis exemption. The analyst expects that the “revitalization” of brand momentum in the U.S. will likely take longer than previously anticipated. Lululemon’s model is under the “double pressure” of declining revenues and “external shocks” from trade policy.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $185 (↓)
UBS analyst Jay Sole lowers the price target for Lululemon from 240 to 185 US dollars and maintains his “Neutral” rating on the stock. In the analyst’s view, Lululemon’s second-quarter report indicates that the fundamental trends are much worse than previously assumed. As a result, the company is beginning a multi-year process to restructure its business model in order to return to healthy revenue growth.
----------
Aug 27, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $375 (↓)
BTIG analyst Janine Stichter has lowered the price target for Lululemon from 405 to 375 US dollars while maintaining her “Buy” rating on the apparel company’s stock. She points to her “mixed” data checks and the impact of higher tariffs but still expects a “relatively in-line” result. While there is a possibility that full-year guidance could be revised downward due to higher tariffs and weaker US performance, she notes that many estimates are already below the company’s forecasts. Stichter believes this is already reflected in the stock.
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $225 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Paul Lejuez has lowered the price target for Lululemon from 270 to 225 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating on the stock. He expects the company to deliver second-quarter earnings slightly above expectations but anticipates that guidance will be lowered due to higher tariffs. Citi remains cautious on Lululemon’s profit outlook but sees a balanced risk-reward profile at current share levels.
----------
Aug 26, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $300 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Lorraine Hutchinson has lowered the price target for Lululemon from 370 to 300 US dollars, while maintaining her “Buy” rating on the apparel company’s stock. She describes the recent sell-off and historically low valuation as “a particularly good opportunity to buy a strong growth company with high margins.” The reduced price target aligns her methodology with other growth stocks and reflects the more challenging macroeconomic environment. Hutchinson expects the stock to be re-rated if Lululemon delivers second-quarter revenue growth of 7 to 8 percent and guides for a similar range in the second half of the year.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $223 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Alex Straton has lowered the price target for Lululemon from 280 to 223 US dollars while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating on the stock. She anticipates potential underperformance in second-quarter earnings per share and expects management to revise full-year EPS guidance downward due to higher tariffs. She adds, though, that such an outcome is “largely priced in” given the stock’s low valuation and Wall Street consensus.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $205 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Ike Boruchow lowered the price target for Lululemon from 225 to 205 US dollars and maintained his “Equal Weight” rating. He further reduced his estimates for Lululemon, as he assumes the apparel company will be affected by the expiration of the de minimis exemption on August 29. Wells Fargo sees the removal of the de minimis rule, which had allowed companies to ship goods into the U.S. duty-free, as potentially cutting Lululemon’s earnings per share by 90 cents to 1.10 US dollars. The analyst continues to expect downward revisions to forecasts and sees “significant risk” to the company’s 2026 estimates.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $240 (↓)
UBS analyst Jay Sole lowered the price target for Lululemon from 290 to 240 US dollars and maintained his “Neutral” rating on the apparel company’s stock. Lululemon’s U.S. sales momentum has been “weak” so far in August, contributing to just 1 percent sales growth in the U.S. during the second quarter. Sole expects the company to reduce its fiscal 2025 EPS guidance from 14.58–14.78 to about 20 cents lower due to tariffs and related cost pressures, though he believes the market is already pricing in a similar outcome.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $225 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Ike Boruchow lowered the price target for Lululemon from $270 to $225 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating on the apparel specialist’s stock. The analyst believes Lululemon remains in a difficult position. He cut his full-year EPS estimate to the lower end of the guidance range. Boruchow remains cautious and sees three key issues: lack of transparency in U.S. comparable sales, growth trends in China, and margin challenges in the second half of the year.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Piper Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $200 (↓)
Piper Sandler analyst Anna Andreeva lowered the price target for Lululemon from $270 to $200 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. The analyst stated that the decline in Lululemon’s stock this year is due to a correction in the multiple, with estimates having only slightly decreased. Since product execution is not yet complete and the retail segment is still expanding, the analyst believes there could be further risks to estimates.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (↓), Target: $224 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Matthew Boss has downgraded lululemon athletica from “Overweight” to “Neutral” and lowered the price target from $303 to $224. While field studies indicated a positive consumer response to Lululemon’s new products and fabric innovations, Boss notes this was more than offset by weaker demand for the season’s updated core colours, which account for an estimated 40% of the product range. In addition to brand-specific headwinds such as lower conversion rates due to assortment challenges, management has also observed constraints on sales growth in the U.S. These are linked to declining in-store foot traffic amid a tough macroeconomic environment. As a result, Boss expects Lululemon to miss its fiscal 2026 plans.
Lumentum Holdings

US55024U1097 / LITE
Aug 13, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $135 (↑)
Barclays analyst Tom O’Malley raised his price target for Lumentum from 75 to 135 US dollars, while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The company delivered a quarter with results “well above expectations and raised guidance,” with Cloud and Networking contributing differently to the performance.
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $135 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya upgraded Lumentum from “Underperform” to “Neutral” and raised the price target from 78 to 135 US dollars. According to the analyst, Lumentum is refocusing on its roots as a top-tier optical components manufacturer and is prudently managing its lower-margin optical transceiver portfolio under its relatively new CEO. Fourth-quarter results suggest that Lumentum may reach its medium- and long-term revenue goals two to three quarters ahead of prior forecasts. Following the report, the analyst “significantly” raised his pro forma EPS estimates for fiscal years 2026 and 2027 to 4.86 and 6.92 US dollars, respectively.
Lyft

US55087P1049 / LYFT
Jul 21, 2025
Bernstein, Market Perform (→), Target: $18 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Nikhil Devnani has raised the price target for Lyft from $16 to $18 while maintaining a “Market Perform” rating. Devnani remains broadly constructive on Lyft ahead of earnings. He expects Q2 results to align with guidance and come in at the upper end of management’s range. In his view, Lyft doesn’t need a blowout quarter — a straightforward report with a modest upward trend in the numbers would likely be enough to build a more consistent track record. The company is also expected to provide an update on its partnership with May Mobility during the earnings call, though Devnani’s expectations regarding its scale and impact remain modest.
Marvell Technology

US5738741041 / MRVL
Oct 10, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $115 (↑)
Oppenheimer analyst Rick Schafer has raised the price target for Marvell Technology from 95 to 115 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. Oppenheimer hosted investor meetings this week with Marvell’s CFO Willem Meintjes and Ashish Saran. The tone was notably optimistic as management highlighted continued progress with the Gen-Gen custom AI ASIC project and ongoing outperformance in the networking segment. All segments are expected to grow by more than 10 percent through 2026 as cloud service providers and hyperscalers expand AI infrastructure and cyclical industries undergo transformation. Oppenheimer believes Marvell will leverage Teralynx’s low-latency technology to strengthen its position in the emerging scale-up switching market, which could eventually compete with the scale-out switch total addressable market.
----------
Sep 25, 2025
Bank-of-America, Neutral (→), Target: $90 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Vivek Arya has raised the price target for Marvell Technology from $78 to $90 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. The analyst now sees “improved visibility for calendar year 2026 in data centres.” A “confident webcast” by the CEO, together with increased share buyback activity, has boosted his optimism for fiscal years 2027/28. Arya has raised his estimates for fiscal 2027 and 2028 to better align with consensus, which implies annual revenue growth of about 17.5 percent and pro forma EPS growth of 5 and 9 percent, respectively.
----------
Aug 29, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $92 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Atif Malik has lowered the price target for Marvell Technology from 96 to 92 US dollars while reaffirming his “Buy” rating. The semiconductor company reported results in line with expectations, but its data center business came in slightly below forecasts. Citi has reduced its estimates but expects the stock to recover its losses following the earnings release.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $120 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Harlan Sur has lowered the price target for Marvell Technology from 130 to 120 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. The company reported results in line with expectations for the July quarter, with stronger consumer demand offset by weaker demand in the data center segment. The analyst sees a “solid setup” for Marvell going forward, supported by the ongoing recovery of its cyclical businesses and growth drivers from artificial intelligence.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $76 (↓)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore has lowered the price target for Marvell Technology from 80 to 76 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating. The quarter and outlook were in line with expectations when factoring in the sale of the company’s automotive Ethernet business, but the data center segment “disappointed,” according to the analyst. While Moore is not surprised by the “bumps,” he was struck by the fact that the full-year ASIC (application-specific integrated circuits) forecast declined further, even as Trainium was gaining traction elsewhere.
Rosenblatt, Buy (→), Target: $95 (↓)
Rosenblatt analyst Kevin Cassidy has lowered the price target for Marvell Technology from 124 to 95 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. The company’s second-quarter report was mixed, as adjustments to ASIC shipments for data centers from October to January led to revenue coming in slightly below expectations but earnings surprising to the upside. The analyst has reduced revenue forecasts for fiscal 2027 due to the divestiture of the automotive business and lower shipments to data centers.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $95 (↓)
UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri has lowered the price target for Marvell from 110 to 95 US dollars while maintaining his “Buy” rating. He noted that the company’s guidance for data centers was weak, which will likely lead to a pullback in the stock. However, the only real change was some lumpiness in the Amazon custom ASIC business between the third and fourth quarters due to the Trainium update. UBS continues to forecast earnings per share of 4 US dollars for Marvell in fiscal 2027.
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $90 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers has lowered the price target for Marvell from 95 to 90 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. He notes that the stock is under pressure as “uneven” custom XPU performance and ongoing competitive concerns outweigh renewed confidence in future design-win momentum. Rakers has slightly reduced his estimates but maintains the view that earnings per share above 4 US dollars remain achievable.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $95 (→)
Wells Fargo analyst Aaron Rakers reaffirmed his “Overweight” rating and his price target of 95 US dollars for Marvell Technology. In the analyst’s view, concerns about competitiveness are exaggerated, and the company’s positioning in the optics segment remains strong. He expects Marvell, in its upcoming earnings announcements, to reaffirm that it is still on track to reach its goal of a 20 percent share of the total addressable market for custom XPUs by calendar year 2028.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal weight (→), Target: $80 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Joseph Moore raised the price target for Marvell Technology from $73 to $80 while maintaining an “Equal Weight” rating.
Microchip Technology

US5950171042 / MCHP
Sep 15, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (-), Target: $60 (-)
Wells Fargo analyst Joe Quatrochi has initiated coverage of Microchip Technology with an “Equal Weight” rating and a price target of 60 US dollars. In the analyst’s view, the company offers higher earnings potential compared to its peers, but this is already reflected in the share price. The expert believes that Microchip will struggle to exceed the high expectations.
----------
Aug 8, 2025
Piper-Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $80 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Harsh Kumar raised the price target for Microchip Technology from $65 to $80 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He pointed out that Microchip delivered strong results for the June quarter and issued guidance for the September quarter that exceeded expectations for both revenue and earnings. The analyst added that Microchip showed broad strength across nearly all product lines and regions.
MP Materials

US5533681012 / MP
Jul 17, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Hold (→), Target: $69 (↑)
Corinne Blanchard, an analyst at Deutsche Bank, has raised the price target for MP Materials from $20 to $69 while maintaining a “Hold” rating.
Blanchard justifies the substantial increase with two key developments: a $500 million partnership with Apple and an agreement with the U.S. Department of Defense. According to the analyst, both deals significantly reduce the risk for MP Materials, provide funding for portfolio expansion, and help reposition the company. The goal is to transform MP Materials from a raw material producer exposed to Chinese pricing into a strategic partner with a guaranteed price floor.
Netapp

US64110D1046 / NTAP
Aug 25, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $125 (↑)
Wamsi Mohan, an analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for NetApp from 121 to 125 US dollars while reaffirming a “Neutral” rating. The analyst expects NetApp to report first-quarter results at the upper end of its guidance range and anticipates that second-quarter guidance will come in above Wall Street consensus. Mohan still expects NetApp to leave its full-year outlook unchanged, although the anticipated beat and the stronger second-quarter guidance would make the outlook appear more realistic.
Nike

US6541061031 / NKE
Oct 2, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (↑), Target: $90 (→)
KeyBanc analyst Ashley Owens has upgraded Nike from Sector Weight to Overweight. The price target remains 90 US dollars. The sportswear maker reported quarterly results above consensus. Although the company warned of a weak holiday season, Owens believes Nike is preparing for a sustainable recovery after the difficulties of recent years. She thinks the first quarter results underscore improving trends from the Win Now initiatives. She notes there are still some short-term headwinds related to tariffs, the digital channel and China, yet believes the sports push, the innovation pipeline and the market redesign will continue to position Nike for a return to sustainable growth and margin recovery.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $100 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Matthew Boss has raised Nike’s price target from $93 to $100 and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. The company’s first-quarter report beat expectations across the board. He sees a favourable risk-reward at current share levels.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $84 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Anna Andreeva has raised Nike’s price target from $80 to $84 and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. Nike was two quarters ahead of expectations on its revenue turnaround. Three of four regions posted positive growth in the last quarter, while China, at minus 10 per cent, continued to face challenges yet performed better than investors had expected, who had been braced for a mid-teens decline.
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $68 (↑)
Stifel analyst Jim Duffy has raised Nike’s price target from $64 to $68 while maintaining a Hold rating. He sees the positive fiscal first-quarter result and the return to revenue growth as “strong signs confirming the turnaround,” but the outlook assumes a “non-linear” path from here.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $70 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Alexandra Straton raised Nike’s price target from $64 to $70 but maintained only an “Equal Weight” rating. Morgan Stanley expects first-quarter EPS to be roughly in line with consensus, but still views estimates for the second half and for fiscal 2025/26 as too high. Straton believes Nike’s “weak fundamentals are likely to be given some near-term leeway,” but she has turned increasingly cautious as recent channel checks have been less constructive.
----------
Sep 19, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $71 (↑)
UBS analyst Jay Sole raised the price target for Nike from 63 to 71 US dollars and maintained a “Neutral” rating. According to UBS research, Nike experienced “weak” global sales momentum through August. UBS expects Nike to deliver only in-line EPS for the first quarter. The company is anticipated to provide an implied EPS outlook for the second quarter in the range of 31 to 48 cents and to revise its revenue forecast for the second quarter downward by a mid-single-digit percentage compared with the prior year.
----------
Sep 18, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (↑), Target: $90 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Piral Dadhania has upgraded Nike from “Sector Perform” to “Outperform” and raised the price target from US$76 to US$90. He sees a stronger sales recovery than Wall Street has modelled, driven by new products and World Cup-related sales. The company “is taking the right steps” and, in the analyst’s view, is seeing improvements in its running-shoe segment. RBC expects Nike to enter a cycle of quarters that beat expectations and see upwardly revised guidance, with limited downside risk to the stock.
----------
Sep 16, 2025
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $74 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Paul Lejuez has raised the price target for Nike from 68 to 74 US dollars and maintained a “Neutral” rating. He expects that, thanks to stronger sales and lower expenses, Nike will report better-than-expected first-quarter results on September 30. At the same time, he sees a balanced risk-reward profile for the sportswear company’s stock, as there is uncertainty over whether Nike can return to growth in its basketball and athletic apparel sales.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $115 (→)
Jefferies analyst Randal J. Konik adds Nike to the firm’s “Franchise Picks List,” citing the belief that Wall Street is underestimating the ongoing recovery of the “clear market leader” in this category. With holiday season orders already up year over year, the analyst sees potential for a balanced inventory position by the first half of 2026 and expects headwinds to ease, paving the way for improvements in revenue and margins. The stock remains rated “Buy” with a price target of 115 US dollars.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $90 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Aneesha Sherman raised the price target for Nike from 85 to 90 US dollars and maintained her “Outperform” rating on the sportswear manufacturer’s stock. From her perspective, the question of whether the Jordan brand can be revitalized to spark another multi-year wave of brand enthusiasm is a key factor in Nike’s comeback story.
----------
Aug 11, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $78 (→)
UBS analyst Jay Sole says his data show that prices for Nike and Jordan brand sneakers on the secondary market fell by 4.7% and 1.6%, respectively, in July. According to the analyst, the month-to-month price declines have been moderating, a trend that has now persisted for six months. UBS views this as positive for Nike. However, the analyst believes tariffs remain the central issue for the industry and represent a downside risk for Nike. The stock continues to carry a price target of $78 and a “Neutral” rating.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (↑), Target: $93 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Matthew Boss upgraded Nike from “Neutral” to “Overweight.” The price target for the sportswear manufacturer’s stock was also raised from $64 to $93. The analyst sees Nike at an inflection point, where revenue growth should begin to accelerate again in the second half of fiscal 2026/27 after several quarters of headwinds caused by lifecycle management of franchise products and inventory reductions. He also sees the potential to recapture more than 500 basis points of operating margin through improved full-price sales and positive responses to new product innovations, as Nike would begin to leverage selling and administrative expenses with a turnaround in revenue growth. The analyst believes Nike’s multi-year recovery trajectory is based on several key factors. One of these is global inventory and revenue growth, which is expected to finally be “on track” by the end of the second quarter of 2026.
NIO

US62914V1061 / NIO
Sep 23, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (→), Target: $7 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh raised the price target for NIO from $6 to $7. The rating remains “Neutral.”
----------
Sep 16, 2025
UBS, Buy (↑), Target: $8.50 (↑)
UBS analyst Paul Gong has upgraded Nio from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target for the Chinese electric carmaker’s stock from 6.20 to 8.50 US dollars. According to the analyst, the company’s latest products could attract additional customers, while the one-billion-dollar share issuance has improved visibility of Nio’s healthy business operations. He expects Nio to reach free cash flow breakeven in 2026.
----------
Sep 3, 2025
Mizuho, Neutral (→), Target: $6 (↑)
Mizuho analyst Vijay Rakesh has raised the price target for Nio from 3.50 to 6 US dollars but maintained the “Neutral” rating. The analyst sees improving demand for electric vehicles but still considers Nio’s delivery targets to be ambitious. Mizuho views the stock as fairly valued at its current level.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: 4.80 (↑)
In the case of Chinese electric vehicle maker NIO, J.P. Morgan analyst Nick Lai raised the price target from 4.10 to 4.80 US dollars but maintained a “Neutral” rating. Sales forecasts for fiscal years 2026 and 2027 were increased by 11 to 13 percent, as the analyst expects higher volumes with the launch of the new SUV models L90 and L80.
Okta

US6792951054 / OKTA
Aug 27, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (→), Target: $115 (↑)
Barclays analyst Saket Kalia has raised the price target for Okta from 100 to 115 US dollars while maintaining his “Equal Weight” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. He noted that the company’s “clean” 14 percent year-over-year growth in remaining performance obligations in the second quarter aligned with his bull case. The analyst believes Okta’s raised full-year revenue outlook, projecting 11 percent growth, should remove the prior conservative stance.
Bank-of-America, Underperform (→), Target: $75 (→)
Bank of America analyst Tomer Zilberman noted that Okta delivered “solid” second-quarter results, which came in above expectations due to several positive factors. However, he pointed out that the company’s third-quarter cRPO growth guidance of 9.7 percent merely matched consensus estimates, while revenue guidance for the quarter was also “largely in line.” In his view, this suggests that momentum may have peaked. Management also indicated that actual results are likely to track guidance, but the analyst believes fundamental market dynamics such as rising competition “also play a major role.” He therefore maintains an “Underperform” rating on the stock with a price target of 75 US dollars.
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $115 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Matthew Hedberg has raised the price target for Okta from 113 to 115 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating on the stock. He notes that Okta once again delivered a strong quarter, reporting cRPO growth of 13.5 percent versus guidance of 10 percent. Concerns about macroeconomic headwinds and Fed-related risks also did not materialize, as such headwinds were removed from the company’s full-year outlook. The analyst remains constructive on Okta’s long-term opportunities and sees potential for upward estimate revisions.
----------
Aug 26, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (↑), Target: $120 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane has upgraded Okta from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 115 to 120 US dollars ahead of the company’s upcoming earnings release. His conversations with industry contacts suggest that the software company’s strength in the second calendar quarter extended into July. He remains “generally constructive” on demand trends for the cybersecurity firm heading into the results and sees the current valuation as offering an attractive risk-reward profile.
----------
Aug 25, 2025
Truist, Buy (↑), Target: $125 (↑)
Truist analyst Junaid Siddiqui has upgraded Okta from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised the price target from 100 to 125 US dollars ahead of the cybersecurity specialist’s second-quarter earnings report on Tuesday. The analyst believes Okta is approaching an inflection point, as headwinds related to license count pressure and go-to-market changes are expected to ease in the second half of fiscal 2026, while the company’s all-in-one identity platform is resonating with customers. He also sees further momentum in Identity Governance and Privileged Access Management (PAM), along with additional upside from Agentic AI.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (→), Target: $100 (↓)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill lowers the price target for Okta from 105 to 100 US dollars and maintains the “Hold” rating. He expects that the cRPO metric in the second quarter will exceed the forecast of 2.203 billion US dollars but believes that the cybersecurity specialist will set cRPO growth for the third quarter below the consensus estimate of 9.4 percent, which could raise questions about revenue development in fiscal year 2027.
Oracle

US68389X1054 / ORCL
Oct 17, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow raised the price target for Oracle from 367 to 400 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating following the company’s analyst meeting. He sees further upside potential as estimates for remaining performance obligations (RPOs) have been revised upward. The 65 billion US dollars in RPOs signed in the second quarter demonstrate, in his view, that Oracle’s momentum remains strong. Lenschow also highlights that the company’s new long-term targets for fiscal 2030 are well above Wall Street’s recently updated forecasts.
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci has raised the price target for Oracle from 375 to 400 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating. Following the company’s analyst day, he stated that he is “even more optimistic than before that this is a stock for the next decade.” DiFucci expects revenue acceleration in the coming years, driven by AI training contracts that are “already comfortably profitable today and likely to become even more profitable over time.”
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill has raised the price target for Oracle from 360 to 400 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He believes Oracle is entering a “new growth phase,” benefiting from the imbalance between supply and demand in artificial intelligence infrastructure. Feedback from partners and customers has been described as “significantly more positive.” Jefferies notes that Oracle’s new five-year targets imply that total revenue will nearly quadruple and earnings will increase by 3.5 times between 2025 and 2030.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $380 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin has raised the price target for Oracle from 330 to 380 US dollars and maintained the “Overweight” rating. He highlights that at the highly anticipated analyst day, Oracle presented updated long-term goals, including a revenue target of 225 billion US dollars for fiscal year 2030. This would represent an impressive annual growth rate of around 75 percent for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI), expanding the cloud infrastructure business to 166 billion US dollars in revenue by 2030. Bracelin is also encouraged by the company’s remaining performance obligations, which now exceed 500 billion US dollars, as well as by Oracle’s EPS target of 21 US dollars for 2030.
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $380 (↑)
UBS analyst Karl Keirstead has raised the price target for Oracle from 360 to 380 US dollars and maintained the “Buy” rating. At the investor day, Oracle raised both its 2030 revenue forecast and its order backlog. Keirstead believes the stock could continue to rise if the company successfully delivers on these ambitious projections.
----------
Oct 13, 2025
MO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $355 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Keith Bachman has raised the price target for Oracle from 345 to 355 US dollars and maintained his “Outperform” rating on the cloud software company’s stock. The analyst believes the upcoming AI World event could serve as a positive catalyst for the stock, as it may include more detailed information about Oracle’s long-term goals.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $415 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke has raised the price target for Oracle from 395 to 415 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The analyst believes that growing demand for artificial intelligence infrastructure within Oracle’s cloud business could further drive the stock higher. He points to the increasing number of customers fueling the growth of Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI). Citi expects management to provide more clarity on capital expenditures, funding needs, and long-term profitability related to expanding AI projects. OCI is expected to continue its “significant upswing.” The upcoming Oracle AI World event, taking place next week in Las Vegas, could serve as another catalyst for the stock, according to the analyst.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $350 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Kirk Materne has raised the price target for Oracle from 340 to 350 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. He updated his model ahead of the Oracle AI World and the Financial Analyst Conference next week in Las Vegas. The analyst expects Oracle to update its long-term revenue and EPS forecasts. The “hint” of an OCI revenue target of 144 billion US dollars for fiscal year 2029/30, mentioned during the first-quarter EPS call, gives him confidence that an updated revenue outlook for that period is “likely.” Materne believes Oracle could set its fiscal 2029/30 revenue target at around 200 billion US dollars, which he considers “reasonable.” Such guidance would support an annualised EPS growth rate of roughly 20 percent between fiscal years 2025 and 2030.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Baird, Outperform (-), Target: $365 (-)
Baird analyst Rob Oliver has initiated coverage of Oracle with an “Outperform” rating and a price target of 365 US dollars. The analyst views the cloud software specialist as very well positioned to benefit from rising spending on AI infrastructure and from the convergence of AI, data, and applications resulting from the shift from training to inference. More importantly, in the analyst’s view, Oracle not only has strong AI capabilities but also a broad ecosystem encompassing applications, data, and networks. Oracle’s wide range of software offerings and applications provides investors with exposure to the entire computing ecosystem. The analyst also notes that Oracle’s revenue growth could accelerate to over 20 percent as sales increasingly shift toward cloud computing.
----------
Sep 26, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $364 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Mark Shmulik has raised Oracle’s price target from $363 to $364 and reaffirmed an “Outperform” rating. After updating his long-term estimates to reflect management’s guidance, he expects Oracle’s growth to accelerate over the coming years. Revenue and operating profit should rise more quickly, and once growth slows, free-cash-flow margins are expected to recover, delivering substantial value to investors. Over the next five to ten years, Oracle is likely to multiply across most investor-relevant factors.
----------
Sep 23, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $320 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss raised Oracle’s price target from $246 to $320 but maintained an “Equal Weight” rating. He believes massive orders to build large-scale GPU clusters from customers such as OpenAI, Meta Platforms, and xAI will fundamentally change Oracle’s revenue growth profile, margin structure, and risk. Based on his revised multi-year targets for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure, Weiss estimates the SAP rival could earn $16–$17 per share in fiscal 2030.
----------
Sep 11, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Traget: $347 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for Oracle from 281 to 347 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The first-quarter report is considered “immaterial,” as the large AI-related contracts signed during the quarter will fundamentally shape Oracle’s development in the coming years. Barclays continues to view the company as an “AI winner.”
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $365 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Mark Moerdler raises the price target for Oracle from 308 to 365 US dollars and reaffirms the “Outperform” rating. The company has outlined an “extraordinary growth trajectory” for its cloud business over the next five years. The analyst says that Oracle’s forecast for the next five years even exceeds his optimistic estimates. In light of this guidance, he argues, the quarterly results are largely irrelevant.
----------
Sep 10, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $345 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Keith Bachman has raised the price target for Oracle from 275 to 345 US dollars and maintained the “Outperform” rating on the cloud software company’s stock following the release of the latest quarterly results. The company reported an incredibly strong quarter for bookings, which was reflected in an increase in RPOs (remaining performance obligations). Despite a weak August quarter and the revenue forecast for the November quarter, the analyst has “increasing confidence” in the sustainability of Oracle’s revenue and operating income growth.
Bank of America, Buy (↑), Target: $368 (↑)
Brad Sills, analyst at Bank of America, upgrades Oracle from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raises the price target from 295 to 368 US dollars after the company reported “exceptional” growth in RPO bookings in the first quarter. While visibility into ROI for increasing investments is still limited, the outlook for OCI (Oracle Cloud Infrastructure) revenue alone points to a “surge in demand,” in the analyst’s view, and it is clear that Oracle is capturing market share in the large and rapidly growing AI infrastructure market. Oracle is attracting the biggest AI companies, including OpenAI, xAI, Meta Platforms, NVIDIA, and AMD as visible reference customers, which should help it gain market share in AI computing.
Evercore ISI, Outperform (→), Target: $340 (↑)
Evercore ISI analyst Kirk Materne has raised the price target for Oracle from 270 to 340 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Outperform” rating. While revenue and earnings per share in the first quarter were largely in line with expectations, the “outstanding aspect of this quarter,” in the analyst’s view, was the 359 percent increase in RPO to 455 billion US dollars. The “enormous jump” in OCI RPO supports the analyst’s thesis of a long-term acceleration in revenue and EPS.
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $375 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci has raised the price target for Oracle from 250 to 375 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Oracle’s first-quarter results “provide a glimpse into a future we have not seen in the software sector for over 25 years,” according to the analyst. He poses the question: “If Oracle can run the most demanding cloud workloads better than anyone else, then why shouldn’t the company also be able to run less demanding workloads better than others?” Oracle remains the analyst’s “best idea,” and he raises his price target after the first-quarter report based on higher cash flow estimates for the coming years.
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $365 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Brent Thill has raised the price target for Oracle from 270 to 365 US dollars and maintained the “Buy” rating. He says that the company’s remaining performance obligations in the first quarter, at 455 billion US dollars and up 359 percent year over year, “stole the show.” The figure significantly exceeded estimates and strengthens confidence in Oracle’s “acceleration narrative.” At Jefferies, Oracle’s long-term forecasts are now viewed as conservative, and the firm expects them to be revised upward after Analyst Day.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $330 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin has raised the price target for Oracle from 270 to 330 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He explains that Oracle’s transformation from a tech incumbent to a long-term winner in AI infrastructure has become clearly evident, as the order backlog increased by 317 billion US dollars in a single quarter and RPO climbed to 455 billion US dollars, driven by four multibillion-dollar contracts with three different customers.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $350 (↑)
Stifel analyst Brad Reback raises the price target for Oracle from 250 to 350 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock. He explains that it would be “a bit unfair to Oracle to call last night’s report ‘a sensational quarter.’” Regarding capital expenditures, the analyst has again raised his target for fiscal year 2026 to around 35 billion US dollars due to the dramatic increase in RPOs. Given the current order backlog and management’s statement that RPOs will likely exceed 500 billion US dollars in the coming quarters, the analyst expects capital expenditures to “continue to grow very strongly.”
----------
Sep 9, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Keith Bachman, analyst at BMO Capital, has raised the price target for Oracle from 245 to 275 US dollars and maintained the “Outperform” rating on the cloud software company’s stock. The company is seeing sustained demand for AI, supported by OpenAI, which is expected to accelerate growth through fiscal year 2028. However, the analyst adds that Oracle’s margins will come under pressure due to the product mix, increased investments, and depreciation.
Citigroup, Neutral (→), Target: $240 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Tyler Radke has raised the price target for Oracle from 196 to 240 US dollars and continues to rate the stock “Neutral” ahead of the release of first-quarter results. A Citi survey of resellers suggests rising growth rates for Oracle.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $281 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for Oracle from 221 to 281 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating in a preview of the cloud software company’s Q1 results. While the first quarter is usually a “small seasonal quarter” of little importance for Oracle, this year will be different in the analyst’s view, as the focus will be on the contract announced in June with annual recurring revenue of 30 billion US dollars.
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (→), Target: $210 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Mark Murphy has raised the price target for Oracle from 185 to 210 US dollars but maintained the “Neutral” rating. The expert sees momentum in AI infrastructure orders across the technology industry. Oracle is benefiting from this trend, but the stock is trading at a relatively high multiple.
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $249 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss has raised the price target for Oracle from 175 to 249 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Equal Weight” rating. In the analyst’s view, Oracle’s revenue target for fiscal year 2029 could be revised to around 125 billion US dollars at the upcoming Analyst Day, but the increasing pressure on gross margins suggests earnings per share of 11.50 to 12.00 US dollars. Growth, according to the analyst, already appears to be priced in.
----------
Aug 5, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $308 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Mark Moerdler reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating on Oracle and raised the price target from $269 to $308. In the analyst’s view, the cloud software company is in the early stages of a massive cloud transition, with Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI) on track to become the fourth-largest global hyperscaler and its growth accelerating. While most revenues currently stem from CPU-centric workloads, growth is expected to accelerate further following the recent signing of a mega contract, creating significant investment opportunities. The analyst pointed out that Oracle recently signed a multi-year agreement with OpenAI, from which cloud revenues of more than $30 billion are expected starting in fiscal year 2028. Moerdler also anticipates improvements in operating income and free cash flow in the coming years.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (↑), Target: $270 (↑)
Brent Bracelin, analyst at Piper Sandler, has raised the price target for Oracle from $190 to $270 and upgraded the stock from “Neutral” to “Overweight.” According to the analyst, the latest CIO survey confirmed an “optimistic spending environment” for AI infrastructure. For Oracle, rising enterprise demand could, in his view, “add another layer of growth” on top of the company’s OpenAI Stargate opportunity. Piper Sandler has also raised its estimates for fiscal years 2026 and 2027, prompting the upgrade.
Palo Alto Networks

US6974351057 / PANW
Oct 13, 2025
BTIG, Buy (↑), Target: $248 (→)
BTIG analyst Gray Powell has upgraded Palo Alto Networks from “Neutral” to “Buy” after conversations with seven industry contacts that were described as “surprisingly positive.” The price target remains at 248 US dollars. Following these discussions, BTIG is now more confident that the cybersecurity company can achieve its fiscal 2026 growth targets of 14 percent total revenue growth and 26 percent growth in new recurring revenue. Powell’s estimates for fiscal years 2026 and 2027 remain unchanged, but he expects Palo Alto Networks to sustain growth above 12 percent over the coming years.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $207 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Peter Weed raised the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 204 to 207 US dollars and reiterated his “Outperform” rating. The company delivered strong fourth-quarter results and highlighted “major tailwinds” for its platformization strategy. The analyst pointed out “many impressive statistics” in Palo Alto’s quarterly figures.
Bank of America, Buy (↑), Target: $215 (→)
Bank of America analyst Tal Liani upgraded Palo Alto Networks from “Neutral” to “Buy.” The price target for the cybersecurity company’s stock remains at 215 US dollars. The analyst stated that he expects the company’s free cash flow to “increase” from here and added that he prefers “technological and product leadership.” Palo Alto fulfills this criterion and, in his view, will therefore cement its long-term role as a leading cybersecurity company. The firm’s strategy appears to be working, with 1,400 “platform contracts.” The software segment is driving growth and now accounts for 56 percent of product revenues, up from 44 percent in the previous year. In addition, Palo Alto’s fourth-quarter results exceeded analyst estimates for both revenue and earnings.
Guggenheim, Sell (→), Target: $135 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci raised the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 130 to 135 US dollars but maintained a “Sell” rating. The company’s fourth-quarter results were broadly in line with consensus estimates or slightly above, while the guidance for fiscal year 2025/26 came in better than implied by consensus. The analyst believes the positive share price reaction was not due to the fourth quarter but to the better-than-expected guidance, which suggested that the key metric New ARR is “finally beginning to grow.” However, he notes this was to be expected given the “easy comparisons.”
Rosenblatt, Buy (→), Target: $225 (↑)
Rosenblatt analyst Catharine Trebnick raised the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 215 to 225 US dollars and maintained her “Buy” rating. She justified the target increase with the company’s “robust” business performance in the fourth quarter and its better-than-expected earnings guidance. Palo Alto’s positive outlook applies even without considering contributions from CyberArk.
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $220 (↑)
Truist analyst Joel Fishbein raised the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 205 to 220 US dollars and maintained his “Buy” rating on the stock. The company delivered strong fourth-quarter results. The analyst added that he is increasingly confident that the company remains on track to achieve its long-term goal of 15 billion US dollars in annual recurring revenue by fiscal year 2030.
----------
Aug 14, 2025
Rosenblatt, Buy (→), Target: $215 (↑)
Rosenblatt analyst Catharine Trebnick lowered the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 235 to 215 US dollars but maintained her “Buy” rating on the cybersecurity specialist’s stock. Recent data point to “stable” performance in the fourth quarter, with positive momentum in software firewalls and continued adoption of Xsiam. The analyst cited reduced estimates for fiscal year 2026 as the reason for the lower price target but still expects the company’s revenue growth in fiscal year 2025 to exceed Wall Street’s estimate of 14 percent.
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Deutsche Bank, Buy (↑), Target: $200 (↑)
Deutsche Bank analyst Brad Zelnick upgraded Palo Alto Networks from “Hold” to “Buy” and raised his price target from 200 to 220 US dollars. He noted that the cybersecurity stock has lagged the broader cyber sector by 15 percent year-to-date, and in his view, investor concerns about Palo Alto are overstated. Zelnick based the upgrade on the company’s strong business fundamentals, the quality of its management team, and the outlook for the acquisition of CyberArk.
----------
Aug 12, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (↑), Target: $225 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens upgraded Palo Alto Networks from “Neutral” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from 200 to 225 US dollars.
He expects the cybersecurity company’s early success with its “platformization” strategy to re-accelerate order growth, with this momentum likely to prove sustainable as adoption of XSIAM expands. Owens also sees the company’s free cash flow developing more consistently going forward, while the CyberArk deal would add a high-quality asset. Overall, he considers this a favorable setup for the stock from here.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $185 (↓)
UBS analyst Roger Boyd lowered the price target for Palo Alto Networks from 200 to 185 US dollars and maintained his “Neutral” rating on the stock. Although he expects an easier setup for the fourth quarter, he notes that “some open questions remain.”
PDD Holdings

US7223041028 / PDD
Aug 26, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $168 (↑)
Barclays analyst Jiong Shao has raised the price target for PDD Holdings from 158 to 168 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. In his view, the company’s subsidy program for domestic merchants will negatively affect revenue growth and gross margins.
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $141 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Joyce Ju has raised the price target for PDD Holdings from 120 to 141 US dollars while maintaining a “Neutral” rating. To reflect the actual second-quarter results and the company’s updated earnings guidance, she has increased her revenue forecasts for 2025 through 2027 by 0 to 5 percent, while keeping her estimates for adjusted net income largely unchanged.
Peloton

US70614W1009 / PTON
Oct 2, 2025
Canaccord, „Buy“ (→), Target: $10 (→)
Canaccord analyst Susan Anderson reiterates a Buy rating on Peloton Interactive with a $10 price target. The home-fitness specialist has unveiled Peloton IQ, an AI-powered personal coaching platform that integrates data from multiple digital platforms such as Garmin, Fitbit and Apple Health to create personalised training plans. A subscription price increase has also been announced, which was hinted at in August when fourth-quarter results were released. Anderson is optimistic about the new differentiated offerings and says Peloton can benefit from pricing while remaining competitive against peers. She acknowledges that higher prices could cause higher churn in the short term, yet believes they will still drive revenue growth. In her view, Peloton is on the right track to pursue profitable growth, although there is uncertainty over whether the new offerings will lead to positive subscriber growth.
----------
Aug 8, 2025
Goldman-Sachs, Buy (↑), Target: $11.50 (↑)
Goldman Sachs analyst Eric Sheridan upgraded Peloton Interactive from “Neutral” to “Buy,” while raising the price target from $7 to $11.50. The analyst views the home fitness equipment specialist as “a story of new management and new initiatives” aimed at driving growth and monetization of the platform in the coming years. He also sees room for higher capital returns in the form of free cash flow conversions. According to the analyst, further details from the company on these strategies should strengthen investor confidence over the next 12 to 18 months. Previously, Peloton exceeded Wall Street’s expectations for revenue and earnings in the past quarter. Guidance also impressed, while the company announced another cost-cutting plan targeting $100 million in savings, half of which would come from laying off 6 percent of the workforce.
----------
Aug 4, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Equal Weight (→), Target: $5.75 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Nathan Feather raised the price target for Peloton from $4 to $5.75 but maintained an “Equal Weight” rating. The analyst described the question of whether the home fitness equipment specialist will raise prices—and whether this was factored into the original forecast for fiscal year 2026—as a “key debate.” Feather now expects a subscription price increase of $5 per month in the third quarter of fiscal 2026, which he estimates could result in an additional ~$130 million in EBITDA.
----------
Jul 30, 2025
UBS, Buy (↑), Target: $11 (↑)
UBS analyst Arpine Kocharyan upgraded Peloton from “Neutral” to “Buy” and raised the price target from $7.50 to $11, which would represent nearly a doubling in value compared to the current share price. She sees upside for Peloton’s EBITDA expectations for fiscal year 2026 due to revenue growth and further cost reductions. The stock is trading at an attractive risk-reward profile and a “modest” valuation. She also noted that the data for Peloton has improved.

US72352L1061 / PINS
Aug 8, 2025
Bank-of-America, Buy (→), Target: $44 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Justin Post raised the price target for Pinterest from $41 to $44 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. The company’s second-quarter results and third-quarter outlook exceeded expectations. Post also raised his revenue forecast to reflect higher user numbers and stronger monetization. The price target is based on a revised 2026 EBITDA estimate and a higher multiple.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $50 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Ronald Josey raised the price target for Pinterest from $44 to $50 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. Following the second-quarter report, he is increasingly positive due to the company’s accelerating revenue growth and rising number of monthly active users. He recommends buying Pinterest on any weakness after the earnings release.
Piper Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $35 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Thomas Champion raised the price target for Pinterest from $34 to $35 but maintained a “Neutral” rating. He noted that the stock fell more than 10 percent in after-hours trading after results largely met expectations, but guidance came in weaker. Champion sees little in the way of a significant catalyst that could boost the business and accelerate growth.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $46 (↑)
Stifel analyst Mark Kelley has raised the price target for Pinterest from $40 to $46 while maintaining his “Buy” rating ahead of the company’s Q2 digital advertising results. According to Kelley, after a weak start in April, the quarter showed improvement, with June likely being the strongest month of the period.
----------
Jul 21, 2025
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (↑), Target: $45 (↑)
Morgan Stanley analyst Brian Nowak has upgraded Pinterest shares from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight” and raised the price target from $37 to $45. “We’ve been tracking Pinterest’s investments in graphic processing units (GPUs) and the emerging improvements in engagement and monetisation for several quarters,” Nowak stated. He is optimistic about the second half of the year, believing that these investments will lead to an underestimated acceleration and strengthening of the company’s earnings power. Nowak projects revenue growth of 17 to 18 percent in the second half of 2025, which is above consensus expectations. He notes that historically, tech stocks with accelerating growth and rising margins tend to outperform — and he believes Pinterest can follow that pattern, especially if the stock is viewed as a beneficiary of GPU and GenAI trends.
----------
Jul 17, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $45 (↑)
Justin Patterson, an analyst at KeyBanc, has raised the price target for Pinterest from $40 to $45 and maintains an “Overweight” rating.
He expects a slight increase in Q2 revenue and EBITDA, attributing this to a stable macro environment, product momentum, and operating leverage. In turn, Patterson anticipates a Q3 outlook that is largely in line with expectations. Given that the advertising product cycle is likely to extend into the second half of 2025 and 2026, the firm has slightly raised its forecasts for 2025 and 2026 and introduced estimates for 2027, projecting revenue of $5.5 billion and EBITDA of $1.85 billion.
Plug Power

US72919P2020 / PLUG
Aug 14, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $1.50 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Blum raised the price target for Plug Power from 1.00 to 1.50 US dollars and maintained his “Equal Weight” rating on the fuel cell specialist’s stock. The analyst explained this move by shifting the base year of his valuation model to 2026 and slightly increasing his EBITDA forecast. Blum remains cautious, however, given the limited visibility of positive profit margins.
Procter & Gamble

US7427181091 / PG
Jul 25, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (↓), Target: $170 (↓)
J.P. Morgan analyst Andrea Teixeira downgraded Procter & Gamble from “Overweight” to “Neutral” and lowered the price target from $178 to $170. Ahead of the consumer goods company’s earnings release, Teixeira cut her estimates for fourth-quarter organic sales. She expects Procter & Gamble’s organic sales growth to remain weak over the coming quarters. According to the analyst, weaker consumer trends in the company’s key markets could be a reason for this slowdown. The company has been vocal about soft baseline consumption in the U.S. and Europe, in addition to well-communicated challenges in China and other regions due to the Middle East conflict, with no clear timeline for recovery in sight.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Evercore ISI, In Line (↓), Target: $170 (↓)
Robert Ottenstein, analyst at Evercore ISI, downgrades Procter & Gamble from “Outperform” to “In Line” and lowers the price target from $190 to $170. The biggest issue facing the consumer goods company is a shift in consumer behaviour toward purchasing products via Amazon. While P&G continues to perform well at traditional retailers like Walmart and Costco, Evercore ISI’s research suggests the company is losing market share on Amazon. This is problematic, considering Amazon is the fastest-growing U.S. retailer for household and personal care products.
Roblox

US7710491033 / RBLX
Oct 16, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $180 (↑)
BTIG analyst Clark Lampen has raised the price target for Roblox from 173 to 180 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. He points to better-than-expected quarterly results from the online gaming specialist, noting that his previous forecasts had assumed weaker seasonal growth in September. However, current data show that the month’s performance was largely in line with historical patterns, with bookings down 22 percent from the previous month compared with an average decline of 15 to 20 percent in past years. Accordingly, Lampen raised his bookings forecast from 1.695 billion to 1.788 billion US dollars.
----------
Oct 14, 2025
Jefferies, „Hold“ (→), Target: $130 (↑)
Jefferies analyst James Heaney has raised the price target for Roblox from 126 to 130 US dollars but maintained the “Hold” rating. The analyst increased his third-quarter growth forecast to 57 percent year-on-year but believes that bullish investors expect 60 percent or more growth from the online gaming specialist to push the stock higher. As user numbers declined in September and October compared with August highs, the analyst expects investor attention to shift increasingly toward the tougher year-over-year comparisons for 2026.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
MoffettNathanson, Neutral (↑)
MoffettNathanson analyst Clay Griffin has upgraded Roblox from “Sell” to “Neutral.” Although the analyst still finds it difficult to “justify the valuation,” he notes that user numbers have “surged explosively,” driven by new viral experiences. Roblox is “playing a different game,” and there are few competitors offering similarly fast, socially oriented, and “viral” interactive experiences.
----------
Sep 24, 2025
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $180 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens has raised the price target for Roblox from $175 to $180 and reaffirmed an “Overweight” rating. Measured by daily visitor numbers, the viral hit “Grow a Garden” has now been overtaken by “Steal a Brainrot” as the “most popular experience of all time.” The analyst reports that August visitor numbers for the top 10 rose again by 260% year on year. As Roblox gets better at showcasing and promoting content, he is even more confident about the platform’s long-term prospects.
----------
Sep 22, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $160 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Cory Carpenter has raised the price target for Roblox from 150 to 160 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. He notes that usage of the Roblox platform rose sharply in the second quarter thanks to the success of “Grow a Garden,” and that this trend is expected to continue in the third quarter with “Steal a Brainrot” and “99 Nights in the Forest.” The number of concurrent users on the online gaming platform reached a peak of 43 million at the end of August, well above the platform’s previous record of 32 million. J.P. Morgan expects that this strong engagement will result in a “healthy upside” versus management’s forecast for the third quarter. The analyst has raised his estimate for bookings growth in Q3 to 51 percent year-over-year and for Q4 to 44 percent, both significantly above Roblox’s own guidance.
----------
Sep 8, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $171 (↑)
Omar Dessouky, analyst at Bank of America, raises the price target for Roblox from 159 to 171 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the online video game specialist’s stock. Roblox plans to fully roll out server authority by the end of the year, which would be a “significant development” as it would make competitive gameplay more similar to industry-standard competitive shooters such as Call of Duty. The analyst believes that Roblox has “announced an excellent balance between features that enhance supply-side productivity and those that expand TAM on the demand side.” His rating reflects increased confidence in the company’s long-term growth trajectory.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Wolfe Research, Outperform (↑), Target: $150 (→)
Wolfe Research analyst Shweta Khajuria upgraded Roblox from “Peer Perform” to “Outperform” and maintained the price target of 150 US dollars. The online video game company is well positioned to benefit from “platform flywheel effects,” including search improvements and price optimizations. In addition, Roblox’s advertising revenue potential is “still in its infancy.” For 2026, the analyst estimates that regional pricing will contribute to a 318 million US dollar increase in bookings, while advertising revenue will add 300 million US dollars to sales. These are several catalysts for the Roblox stock, as network effects are also expected to continue.
----------
Aug 1, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $150 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Mike Hickey raised the price target for Roblox from $77 to $150 while maintaining a “Buy” rating, after the online video game specialist delivered “exceptional” second-quarter results that “exceeded Wall Street’s expectations across all key metrics.” The analyst believes Roblox’s business has “entered a new phase of breakthrough velocity,” as multiple monetization engines are scaling in parallel.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
BTIG, Buy (→), Target: $131 (↑)
BTIG analyst Clark Lampen raised the price target for Roblox from $124 to $131 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the online video game specialist’s stock. The development of the game “Grow a Garden” was highlighted positively. Despite a significant share price increase, BTIG remains constructive on Roblox and sees potential for healthier mid-term growth, as a broader community of developers and users is expected to invest more time and resources into the platform.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
Wedbush, Outperform (→), Target: $142 (↑)
Wedbush analyst Michael Pachter raised the price target for Roblox from $110 to $142 and maintained an “Outperform” rating on the online gaming specialist’s stock. The analyst views Roblox as the most compelling growth opportunity in the video game sector, citing recent hit titles that have driven massive platform growth, a range of new and upcoming products, and the company’s potential to unlock additional revenue streams. Wedbush expects a record-breaking second quarter, fueled by all-time-high user numbers and improved monetization efforts. While the effectiveness of Roblox’s monetization strategy remains to be fully seen, the analyst believes market expectations can be exceeded.
----------
Jul 23, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $152 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jason Bazinet raised the price target for Roblox from $123 to $152 and maintained a “Buy” rating on the online gaming company’s stock. The analyst believes that Apple’s App Store fees could decline following an adverse U.S. court ruling and an upcoming EU decision. Roblox is expected to benefit from the lower fees.
Raymond James, Outperform (↓), Target: $130 (↑)
Raymond James analyst Andy Marck downgraded Roblox from “Strong Buy” to “Outperform” while raising the price target from $81 to $130. He views the success of “Grow A Garden” as a key milestone in the company’s growth trajectory. While the analyst remains positive on the stock’s future prospects and still sees upside potential, he noted that expectations for the second-quarter results are very high.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
BMO Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $135 (↑)
BMO Capital analyst Brian Pitz has raised the price target for Roblox from $95 to $135 while maintaining his “Outperform” rating. Pitz believes that user engagement in the multiplayer farming simulator Grow a Garden can be monetised just as effectively — if not more so — than in Roblox’s other top-performing games.
----------
Jul 16, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $125 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Cory Carpenter has raised the price target for Roblox from $120 to $125 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He notes that user engagement on the Roblox platform continues to rise, with concurrent users hitting a record 32 million on Saturday. Additionally, the game “Grow A Garden” reached a record 21.5 million users. Carpenter now expects bookings growth of 37% for Q2 and 30% for fiscal year 2025—well above the company’s own projections. Roblox estimates are being revised upward again.
Rocket Lab

US7731211089 / RKLB
Jul 16, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $50 (↑)
Ronald Epstein, analyst at Bank of America, has raised the price target for Rocket Lab from $30 to $50 and maintains a “Buy” rating on the stock. According to the analyst, Rocket Lab’s development of its Neutron rocket and its end-to-end satellite capabilities position the company well to expand its offerings.
Roku

US77543R1023 / ROKU
Aug 1, 2025
Pivotal Research, Buy (→), Target: $120 (↑)
Pivotal Research analyst Jeffrey Wlodarczak raised the price target for Roku from $100 to $120 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the streaming device provider’s stock. The company delivered a better-than-expected second quarter and raised its guidance. The analyst increased his estimates, citing an increasingly strong economic environment for advertisers.
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $95 (↑)
UBS analyst John Hodulik raised the price target for Roku from $72 to $95 while maintaining a “Neutral” rating on the stock. Roku reported second-quarter results that came in above consensus estimates and raised its 2025 guidance. While concerns about U.S. tariffs and advertising have eased and estimates have been revised upward, UBS continues to view the risk-reward balance as balanced.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $100 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Cory Carpenter has raised the price target for Roku shares from 85 to 100 US dollars ahead of the company’s earnings release on July 31, while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. He believes Roku is well positioned to outperform expectations, as advertising spending remained largely stable in the second quarter and tariffs in China have deescalated. The analyst has increased his growth forecast for Roku’s platform revenue to 15 percent for Q2 and 14 percent for the full year, compared to consensus estimates of 14 and 12 percent, respectively.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
KeyBanc, Overweight (↑), Target: $115 (→)
KeyBanc analyst Justin Patterson has upgraded Roku from “Sector Weight” to “Overweight” while maintaining a price target of $115 for the streaming platform provider’s stock. According to the analyst, Roku is benefiting from a combination of company-specific growth drivers, monetisation initiatives, and a “self-help” story centred around spending discipline.
While acknowledging the stock’s volatility, Patterson believes Roku’s projected EBITDA growth of around 43 percent annually from 2024 to 2027, along with its “pure-play exposure to the connected TV space,” presents a compelling risk-reward profile. He adds that Roku is “turning the corner on monetisation” and demonstrating improved cost control.
Salesforce

US79466L3024 / CRM
Oct 9, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $300 (↓)
Stifel analyst Parker Lane has lowered the price target for Salesforce from 325 to 300 US dollars but maintained the “Buy” rating on the cloud software company’s stock. The note also mentions the upcoming Dreamforce conference next week in San Francisco. Salesforce shares have “failed to gain momentum” since the beginning of the year. The event is seen as an opportunity for Salesforce to demonstrate the traction of Agentforce in its first year since launch. Although it is “difficult to see a sudden shift in sentiment,” the analyst believes that constructive commentary at the conference could help provide more clarity on the company’s positioning in the AI space and set the stage for stronger results in the second half of the year.
----------
Sep 4, 2025
Bernstein, Underperform (→), Target: $221 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Mark Moerdler lowers the price target for Salesforce from 255 to 221 US dollars. The “Underperform” rating for the cloud software company’s stock is maintained. The analyst notes that Salesforce delivered a largely in-line quarter and a weak outlook that disappointed investors. The company slightly exceeded revenue expectations but issued cautious guidance for the third quarter, with the upper end just meeting consensus, despite an improved currency environment.
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $300 (↓)
Canaccord analyst David Hynes Jr. lowers the price target for Salesforce from 350 to 300 US dollars but reaffirms the “Buy” rating. The company reported stable but not outstanding results for the second quarter, as management admitted that much of the revenue increase in this quarter was timing-related, which in the analyst’s view means that revenues from licensed products (MuleSoft/Tableau) and professional services had been booked in advance. Overall, the quarter went well but not great, according to Hynes, and there is little change to the estimates.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $400 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Jackson Ader lowers the price target for Salesforce from 440 to 400 US dollars but reaffirms his “Overweight” rating. The expert notes that Salesforce is the “linear embodiment of the application software sector.” Regardless of the company’s current situation, the narrative there is negative and hardly refutable.
Morgan Stanley, Overweight (→), Target: $405 (→)
Morgan Stanley analyst Keith Weiss says he sees “the conditions for a more positive growth trajectory and solid momentum for the future.” He points to increasing momentum in Agentforce and Data Cloud, rising sales capacity, and accelerating pipeline growth. The stock remains rated “Overweight” with a price target of 405 US dollars.
Piper Sandler, Overweight (→), Target: $315 (↓)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin lowers the price target for Salesforce from 335 to 315 US dollars and reaffirms the “Overweight” rating. Investor sentiment toward Salesforce remained pessimistic leading up to the release of the results and guidance for the quarter ending in July. Despite strong second-quarter results and a better-than-feared currency-adjusted cRPO forecast of 9 percent, Salesforce’s stock corrected down another 5 percent after hours, with the above-consensus second-quarter results attributed to currency and licensing benefits. The analyst says that the valuation multiple could continue to decline due to the pessimistic sentiment until a clear path back to double-digit growth is evident.
----------
Aug 26, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $325 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Bradley Sills has lowered the price target for Salesforce from 350 to 325 US dollars while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the cloud software company’s stock. Recent conversations with partners suggest that business activity in the second quarter was “in line” with expectations. The analyst expects revenue and cRPO in the quarter to largely match his estimates of 10.1 billion US dollars and 19.2 billion US dollars, respectively. Sills notes that results in line with expectations are “unlikely to serve as a catalyst for the stock.”
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $315 (↓)
Oppenheimer analyst Brian Schwartz has lowered the price target for Salesforce from 370 to 315 US dollars while maintaining his “Outperform” rating ahead of the company’s second-quarter earnings release. He notes that expectations are low and that current multiples already reflect much of the negative news. His research indicates a slowdown in Salesforce’s business momentum and limited near-term catalysts, apart from the seasonal uptick in corporate IT spending in the second half of the year. Schwartz believes the Q2 earnings release is unlikely to shift opinions on Salesforce. He adds that AI-related announcements and estimates are unlikely to change significantly after the report, while execution risks remain for the second half of fiscal 2026 due to ongoing macroeconomic and AI-related uncertainties. Still, he highlights Agentforce and Data Cloud as investable themes, sees margin growth continuing, and notes that current multiples already discount many of the risks.
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $316 (↓)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow lowered the price target for Salesforce from 347 to 316 US dollars but maintained an “Overweight” rating on the cloud software company’s shares. The analyst said that the countercyclical software earnings in the second quarter will be another test to see whether the sector can find support for its valuation. Data indicates solid end demand and stock valuations are much lower, but uncertainties in the field of artificial intelligence still remain, according to the analyst.
----------
Aug 15, 2025
DA Davidson, Neutral (↑), Target: $225 (→)
Gil Luria, analyst at DA Davidson, upgraded Salesforce from “Underperform” to “Neutral,” while keeping the price target unchanged at 225 US dollars. Since the release of first-quarter results on May 28, Salesforce has underperformed the iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF (IGV) by 27 points and by 48 points year-to-date. The analyst attributes this to weakening investor sentiment due to slowing organic growth in the core business and rising competitive pressure, and considers the underperformance “appropriate.” However, Starboard increased its stake in Salesforce by 47 percent this quarter. The analyst added, “Another round of activist involvement could help the company get back on track.”
----------
Aug 13, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $325 (↓)
Stifel analyst Parker Lane lowered his price target for Salesforce from 375 to 325 US dollars while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the cloud software company. Given the challenging environment for the sector, Lane believes Salesforce will need to deliver stronger core business results and show a solid increase in data and AI contributions—up from 1 billion dollars in the previous quarter—to achieve a multiple re-rating.
Shopify

CA82509L1076 / SHOP
Aug 7, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $190 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Mark Zgutowicz raised the price target for Shopify from $140 to $190 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. After the e-commerce software company reported gross merchandise volume (GMV) growth of 31 percent year over year, the analyst noted that “one would have to go back 3.5 years (Q4 2021) to see stronger year-over-year growth.”
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $179 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Reggie Smith raised the price target for Shopify from $115 to $179 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock. The company’s merchandise and payment volume growth reached its highest level since the start of the pandemic in the second quarter. The analyst said Shopify “continues to fire on all cylinders.” He raised his estimates following the second-quarter report.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $175 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Justin Patterson raised the price target for Shopify from $145 to $175 while maintaining his “Overweight” rating on the stock. He noted that Shopify’s gross merchandise volume growth rose sharply year over year to +31 percent, and that the company’s third-quarter revenue guidance came in above Wall Street expectations. According to Patterson, this momentum reflects broad-based strength in Europe and revenue growth in existing stores, pointing to micro-level growth drivers that more than offset macroeconomic uncertainty.
----------
Jul 28, 2025
Oppenheimer, Outperform (→), Target: $145 (↑)
Oppenheimer analyst Ken Wong raised the price target for Shopify from $125 to $145 due to lower tariff risks, higher revenue forecasts, and multiples, while maintaining an “Outperform” rating on the e-commerce software company’s stock. The analyst notes that sentiment is positive, as data indicates that gross merchandise value in Q2 is likely to come in a few points above Wall Street expectations. Oppenheimer anticipates revenue slightly above consensus and a moderately higher free cash flow margin.
----------
Jul 22, 2025
Loop Capital, Hold (↓), Target: $120 (→)
Anthony Chukumba, analyst at Loop Capital, has downgraded Shopify from “Buy” to “Hold,” while keeping the price target unchanged at $120. The downgrade is based on valuation rather than a more negative view of the company’s fundamentals. Chukumba emphasises that Shopify remains one of the most competitive long-term names in his coverage. However, with the stock trading at 14.7 times estimated 2025 revenue, he believes the shares already reflect optimistic expectations. As a result, Chukumba prefers to wait for a more attractive entry point.
----------
Jul 18, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $145 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Paul Treiber has raised the price target for Shopify shares from 125 to 145 US dollars and maintains an “Outperform” rating. According to the analyst, data from multiple third-party sources suggest that Shopify’s gross merchandise volume growth and monthly recurring revenue momentum in the second quarter were healthy and likely slightly above consensus. Treiber believes that Shopify’s continued growth and market share gains will help sustain its premium valuation multiple.
----------
Jul 15, 2025
Stifel, Hold (→), Target: $110 (↑)
Stifel analyst Parker Lane has raised the price target for Shopify from $100 to $110, while maintaining a “Hold” rating on the e-commerce software company. Despite notable stock volatility this year tied to tariffs and the broader macroeconomic environment, Shopify continues to demonstrate strong momentum across areas like Enterprise/Plus, offline retail, B2B, and international markets. The analyst believes Shopify remains well positioned to gain market share within the e-commerce ecosystem and could see a potential mid-term reacceleration in business momentum. However, Stifel is staying on the sidelines for now, awaiting a more favourable risk-reward setup.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Needham, Buy (-), Target: $135 (-)
Needham analyst Scott Berg has initiated coverage on Shopify with a “Buy” rating and a price target of $135. According to Berg, Shopify remains in the midst of a sustained growth cycle, supported by strong consumer spending. He also notes that a recent U.S. tax law could temporarily boost consumer demand, which in turn may positively impact Shopify’s gross merchandise volume.
SolarEdge

US83417M1045 / SEDG
Jul 15, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Neutral (↓), Target: $23 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Mark Strouse has downgraded SolarEdge from “Overweight” to “Neutral,” while increasing the price target from $18 to $23 following the stock’s recent rally. The analyst is waiting for a pullback or signs of stronger-than-expected market share gains and/or margin expansion before turning more positive again.
Strouse still believes SolarEdge has long-term upside potential, partly due to its “relatively higher” exposure to the leasing and power purchase agreement (PPA) markets. The company's 45X production tax credits under the Inflation Reduction Act remain unchanged, and rules around the transferability of those credits are intact—indicating that SolarEdge should continue its quarterly credit transfers as planned.
The key driver for the stock, according to Strouse, is likely to be the new management team’s focus on operational efficiency and streamlining.
----------
Jul 14, 2025
Barclays, Equal Weight (↑), Target: $29 (↑)
Barclays analyst Christine Cho raises the price target for SolarEdge from $12 to $29 and upgrades the stock from “Underweight” to “Equal Weight.” According to Cho, SolarEdge is positioned to grow despite a broader decline in market demand, supported by a normalized distribution channel in Europe and market share gains in both the U.S. and Europe.
----------
Jul 9, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Neutral (↓), Target: $27 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Brian Lee has downgraded SolarEdge from “Buy” to “Neutral.” The price target for the solar stock remains at $27. The analyst believes that since the company has successfully restructured its business — which he sees as the reason behind the strong share price rally since the beginning of the year — it is wise for Goldman Sachs to “move to the sidelines” given the overall market uncertainty in the residential housing sector.
Lee has also lowered his earnings estimates for full-year 2026 and 2027, citing “negative shifts in market dynamics within the U.S. residential housing sector.” However, he expects a smaller loss for 2025 than previously forecast, due to what he calls a “modest pull-forward in demand.”
----------
Jul 8, 2025
KeyBanc, Sector Weight (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Sophie Karp has upgraded SolarEdge from “Underweight” to “Sector Weight,” without assigning a price target. She believes that the residential solar tax credits under the “One Big Beautiful Bill” are set to expire at the end of 2025, which would pose a challenge to the business models of both Enphase and SolarEdge. However, Enphase may face greater headwinds due to its higher-priced premium product and lower share of international sales. At KeyBanc, the upgrade of SolarEdge is also supported by a perceived easing of regulatory risks.
Super Micro Computer

US86800U3023 / SMCI
Jul 9, 2025
Bank of America, Underperform (-), Target: $35 (-)
Bank of America analyst Ruplu Bhattacharya has resumed coverage of Super Micro Computer with an “Underperform” rating and a price target of $35. According to the analyst, margins are likely to remain under pressure in an increasingly competitive market for AI servers and racks, while component availability could limit revenue growth. Bhattacharya also notes that various legal proceedings and investigations pose a degree of headline risk, as does the pace at which management is addressing material weaknesses in internal controls.
Sunrun

US86771W1053 / RUN
Aug 18, 2025
RBC Capital, Outperform (↑), Target: $16 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Christopher Dendrinos upgraded Sunrun from “Sector Perform” to “Outperform.” The price target for the solar specialist’s stock was also raised from 12 to 16 US dollars. As a catalyst, Dendrinos points to guidelines published Friday by the US Treasury Department on how renewable energy projects could qualify for tax credits under President Donald Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill Act.” While the law phases out investment and production tax credits for solar and wind projects after 2027, projects that begin construction within 12 months of the law’s enactment can still claim tax credits beyond that deadline. In addition, the expiration of the residential solar tax credit this December could shift demand toward the third-party ownership market, where a solar company — rather than the homeowner — owns and operates the system. This shift would be positive for Sunrun in the analyst’s view.
Taiwan Semiconductor

US8740391003 / TSM
Oct 17, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $355 (↑)
Barclays analyst Simon Coles has raised the price target for Taiwan Semiconductor from 330 to 355 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The company delivered strong third-quarter results and provided “early signs that 2026 could be another strong year.” Coles expects AI-driven demand at Taiwan Semiconductor to grow more strongly than previously anticipated.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
Susquehanna, Positive (→), Target: $400 (↑)
Susquehanna analyst Mehdi Hosseini has raised the price target for Taiwan Semiconductor from 300 to 400 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Positive” rating. He expects the company’s results, to be released on 16 October before the market opens, to exceed expectations. According to the analyst, both the fourth quarter of 2025 and the first quarter of 2026 should come in above consensus forecasts and seasonal trends, positioning the company for another exceptionally strong year.
----------
Oct 9, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $330 (↑)
Barclays analyst Simon Coles has raised the price target for Taiwan Semiconductor from 325 to 330 US dollars, while also reaffirming the “Overweight” rating.
----------
Sep 16, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $335 (↑)
Barclays analyst Simon Coles has raised the price target for Taiwan Semiconductor from 275 to 335 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The analyst is “somewhat cautious” regarding European technology hardware stocks in the third quarter but notes that valuations based on 2027 estimates “could provide support.” While the strength of artificial intelligence continues, Barclays sees only limited benefits for most of the group. Taiwan Semiconductor remains the analyst’s preferred stock in this sector.
Take-Two Interactive

US8740541094 / TTWO
Oct 14, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $295 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Omar Dessouky has raised the price target for Take-Two from 285 to 295 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. Given the “conservative” forecasts, continued momentum in the mobile portfolio, and the sustained strength of the NBA 2K franchise, the analyst sees potential for “a series of beats and raises” in the video game company’s results for the remainder of fiscal year 2026. While the timing and details of the next GTA title remain a key focus for investors, Dessouky expects Take-Two to reconfirm the May 26 release date for GTA 6 during its second-quarter earnings call and believes the stock “continues to undergo an earnings revision cycle” in the meantime.
----------
Aug 8, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $275 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Mike Hickey raised the price target for Take-Two Interactive from $250 to $275 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating after the video game publisher’s first-quarter results exceeded expectations “across all key financial metrics.” Management also raised its full-year guidance for net bookings, AEBITDA, and adjusted EPS. The execution of upcoming releases — particularly Borderlands 4, NBA 2K26, and updates for Grand Theft Auto Online — is, in the analyst’s view, “critical to maintaining momentum through fiscal 2027.”
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $285 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Omar Dessouky raised the price target for Take-Two from $260 to $285 and reaffirmed his “Buy” rating. The continued momentum in NBA titles and the mobile segment led to a significant earnings beat in the first quarter. The quarter was described as “a strong one with consistently solid execution,” and the upward revision of the fiscal 2026 outlook “still leaves room for additional upside,” according to the analyst.
J.P.-Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $275 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Cory Carpenter raised the price target for Take-Two from $250 to $275 and maintained his “Overweight” rating. The company reported a first quarter that exceeded expectations and raised its fiscal 2026 outlook. According to Carpenter, Take-Two continues to deliver strong results across its portfolio and remains a “top pick” ahead of the release of Grand Theft Auto VI in May 2026.
T-Mobile US

US8725901040 / TMUS
Oct 10, 2025
Benchmark, Buy (→), Target: $295 (↑)
Benchmark analyst Matthew Harrigan has raised the price target for T-Mobile US from 275 to 295 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. The analyst believes T-Mobile’s network advantages will continue to strengthen the company’s marketing edge. He expects T-Mobile US to maintain above-average KPI performance even if an economic slowdown leads to a decline in new customer acquisitions among the three major mobile carriers.
----------
Sep 30, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $300 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Sebastiano Petti has raised T-Mobile’s price target from $280 to $300 and reaffirmed an Overweight rating. He is updating his estimates ahead of third-quarter results to reflect recent remarks at a conference and the inclusion of US Cellular. Management’s recent comments were “optimistic,” prompting Petti to lift his forecast for third-quarter postpaid net additions to 850,000.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $286 (-)
Goldman Sachs analyst Michael Ng has also initiated coverage of T-Mobile US with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 286 US dollars.
Trade Desk

US88339J1051 / TTD
Aug 11, 2025
Jefferies, Hold (↓), Target: $50 (↓)
Jefferies analyst James Heaney downgraded Trade Desk from “Buy” to “Hold” and lowered the price target from $100 to $50. The analyst views the company’s second-quarter report and its outlook for the third quarter as “concerning.” He now sees risks to Trade Desk’s long-term revenue growth above 20 percent and expects only limited upside for the stock’s price-to-earnings multiple.
The extent of the slowdown in the company’s revenue growth in the second quarter, as well as the outlook for the third quarter, “were concerning given the overall solid advertising revenues.” At Jefferies, the downgrade is justified by the uncertainty around the reasons for the slowdown and the lack of near-term catalysts.
----------
Aug 8, 2025
Bank-of-America, Underweight (↓), Target: $55 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Jessica Reif Ehrlich downgraded Trade Desk from “Buy” to “Underweight” and cut the price target from $130 to $55. The outlook for the third quarter, which points to a slowdown in underlying growth, makes it harder, in her view, to dismiss ongoing concerns about competitive pressure and execution. While the analyst still expects the company to deliver double-digit revenue growth, the current price-to-earnings ratio is difficult to justify — especially against the backdrop of strong advertising growth and high dollar revenues being reported by many of the “largest walled gardens.”
Citigroup, Neutral (↓), Target: $65 (↓)
Citigroup analyst Ygal Arounian downgraded Trade Desk from “Buy” to “Neutral” and lowered the price target from $90 to $65. Growth continues to fall short of expectations, which reduces the future predictability of the company’s algorithm. The second-quarter report also raises questions about the competitive environment, which are likely to continue weighing on the stock.
Uber

US90353T1007 / UBER
Oct 15, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (-), Target: $140 (-)
Guggenheim analyst Taylor Manley has initiated coverage of Uber with a “Buy” rating and a price target of 140 US dollars. The analyst highlights Uber’s “industry-leading networks, technology, and brand value.” According to Manley, Uber’s multi-platform network is more than three times larger than that of its closest competitor, positioning the ride-hailing leader well for the growing adoption of autonomous vehicles (AV). He believes that the debate around the impact of autonomous driving will remain a key sentiment driver — with optimists focusing on market growth potential and pessimists on the risk of disintermediation. Guggenheim expects autonomous vehicles to account for around 20 percent of the total U.S. ride-hailing market by 2035, while international markets could lag by five to ten years. Uber’s leading demand position should benefit from the increased availability of AV supply.
----------
Aug 7, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $119 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Ken Gawrelski lowered the price target for Uber from $120 to $119 while maintaining an “Overweight” rating. The analyst noted that the ride-hailing specialist is increasingly focused on trip volume and is willing to sacrifice on pricing or margins in order to sustain robust volume growth. He agrees that strong trip volume is the most effective counterargument to long-term concerns about the mobility sector.
---------
Jul 29, 2025
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $117 (↑)
For Uber, Stifel analyst Mark Kelley maintained his “Buy” rating while raising the price target from $110 to $117.
----------
Jul 7, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $120 (↑)
Ken Gawrelski, analyst at Wells Fargo, has raised the price target for UBER from $100 to $120 and maintains an “Overweight” rating on the stock. He anticipates positive consensus revisions, particularly related to foreign exchange, as they are supported by booking growth. According to Gawrelski, providing an outlook on margin reinvestment would offer additional clarity. He also considers the continuation of high-teens, currency-neutral mobility booking growth in the second half of the year to be crucial for the stock’s performance.
Ulta Beauty

US90384S3031 / ULTA
Oct 16, 2025
Wells Fargo, Underweight (→), Target: $450 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Ike Boruchow has raised the price target for Ulta Beauty from 425 to 450 US dollars while maintaining the “Underweight” rating. His assessment was based on investor discussions with Kylie Rawlins, Senior Vice President of Investor Relations at Ulta. The conversations focused on the beauty and skincare retailer’s long-term growth algorithm, the current competitive landscape, consumer sentiment, and the recent launch of the Ulta Beauty Marketplace.
----------
Oct 10, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $653 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Susan Anderson has raised the price target for Ulta Beauty from 650 to 653 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Buy” rating. She met with management during a site visit, where the focus was on continuing to enhance the customer experience — including improving merchandising and product offerings, investing in store associates to better support customers, maintaining an attractive loyalty programme, and strengthening the company’s omni-channel model.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $617 (↑)
Barclays analyst Adrienne Yih raises the price target for Ulta Beauty from 589 to 617 US dollars and confirms the “Overweight” rating. The company reported second-quarter results above expectations with “robust” sales growth of 6.7 percent. The analyst notes that Ulta Beauty recorded an increase in transactions and a higher average sales value, with growth across all categories.
----------
Aug 29, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $575 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Lorraine Hutchinson has raised the price target for Ulta Beauty from 500 to 575 US dollars while maintaining her “Neutral” rating, after the company reported second-quarter earnings per share that were “well above” consensus forecasts thanks to stronger sales and comparable growth across all categories. The analyst has increased her EPS estimates for fiscal 2025 and 2026 to reflect the better-than-expected second-quarter results and continued progress in the turnaround. However, she believes the recent sales momentum is offset by near-term margin pressure from increased investment spending.
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $650 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Susan Anderson has raised the price target for Ulta Beauty from 630 to 650 US dollars while maintaining her “Buy” rating. The company reported strong second-quarter results, with management noting broad-based strength across all categories, attributed to the consistent execution of the “Ulta Beauty Unleashed” strategy, which drove market share gains during the quarter.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (↑), Target: $589 (↑)
Barclays analyst Adrienne Yih upgraded Ulta Beauty from “Equal Weight” to “Overweight.” At the same time, the price target for the cosmetics retailer was raised from 518 to 589 US dollars. The analyst believes the stock could continue to rise in the coming quarters through upward revisions to consensus earnings estimates. As a catalyst, Yih cites recent business decisions by Ulta CEO Kecia Steelman, who took over leadership of the company earlier this year. The expert is “very encouraged” by a series of quick and decisive changes. Positive factors include a return to margin expansion, improvements in advertising activities, the company’s focus on optimizing retail distribution, and an initially conservative forecast for fiscal year 2025.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $600 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Christopher Horvers raised the price target for Ulta Beauty from 525 to 600 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The analyst increased his second-quarter revenue estimate to positive 4.8 percent, compared with Wall Street’s 2.5 percent, citing his channel checks and data collection. He also raised his earnings estimates for Ulta to reflect operating leverage and fewer promotional activities.
----------
Aug 21, 2025
UBS, Buy (→), Target: $640 (↑)
UBS analyst Michael Lasser raised his price target for Ulta Beauty from 525 to 640 US dollars and reiterated his “Buy” rating. He expects solid sales momentum combined with an outlook that should leave room for further positive surprises/upward revisions. Lasser believes that Ulta Beauty’s strategic investments to revitalize its core U.S. brick-and-mortar business are paying off.
----------
Jul 25, 2025
Loop Capital, Hold (↓), Target: $510 (→)
Loop Capital analyst Anthony Chukumba downgraded Ulta Beauty from “Buy” to “Hold,” keeping the price target unchanged at $510. He explained that the downgrade is based on valuation rather than a more pessimistic view of the company’s fundamentals. The analyst believes his previously optimistic outlook for Ulta is now fully priced into the stock and is therefore waiting for a more attractive entry point before recommending the shares again.
Under Armour

US9043111072 / UAA
Aug 11, 2025
Bank of America, Neutral (→), Target: $6.50 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Lorraine Hutchinson lowered the price target for Under Armour from $8 to $6.50 and maintained a “Neutral” rating after the sportswear company reported its first-quarter results. According to the analyst, margin pressure from tariffs and short-term uncertainty in the wholesale channel offset the brand’s long-term turnaround potential.
Earnings-per-share (EPS) estimates for fiscal years 2026 and 2027 were cut to $0.05 and $0.23, respectively, to reflect weaker revenue and lower margins resulting from tariffs.
Unity Software

US91332U1016 / U
Oct 7, 2025
Wells Fargo, Equal Weight (→), Target: $37 (↑)
Wells Fargo analyst Alec Brondolo has raised the price target for Unity Software from 29 to 37 US dollars but maintains only an "Equal Weight" rating. The analyst remains cautious regarding earnings per share in the third quarter. Vector achieved an improvement in ROAS (Return on Advertising Spend) in the second quarter, which should positively impact "Grow" revenues in the second and third quarters. However, Brondolo does not believe ROAS improved further in the third quarter, which could lead to a modest outlook for the fourth quarter. In his view, runtime data will not begin contributing until the second half of 2026.
----------
Oct 1, 2025
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $50 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jason Bazinet has raised Unity Software’s price target from $44 to $50 and continues to rate the stock “Buy.” He is also placing the shares on a 90-day catalyst watch. The analyst expects the company’s Vector upgrade in the second half of 2025 could lead to an increase in revenue growth.
Verizon

US92343V1044 / VZ
Sep 2, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (-), Target: $49 (-)
Goldman Sachs analyst Michael Ng has set a price target of 49 US dollars for Verizon, with a “Buy” rating.
Vistra

US92840M1027 / VST
Sep 30, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $224 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Ross Fowler has raised Vistra’s price target from $220 to $224 and maintains a “Buy” rating after the energy company announced a 20-year power purchase agreement for 1.2 GW of electricity from Comanche Peak and also outlined its plan to build two combustion turbines totalling 860 MW at the Permian plant by 2028. The analyst is updating his EBITDA estimates for fiscal years 2025, 2026 and 2027 to align with market power prices and to incorporate the Comanche Peak agreement.
----------
Aug 11, 2025
Jefferies, Buy (→), Target: $241 (↑)
Jefferies analyst Julien Dumoulin-Smith raised his price target for Vistra from $145 to $241 while maintaining a “Buy” rating on the energy company. The analyst believes that despite the stock’s rally over the past three months, there is still valuation upside.
He increased his EBITDA estimates to reflect higher commodity and capacity prices as well as the “strong” projected free cash flow generation. Following the passage of Texas Senate Bill 6 (SB6) in June, investors are now awaiting the announcement of a deal concerning the Comanche Peak nuclear power plant.
----------
Jul 29, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $219 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Ross Fowler raised the price target for Vistra from $193 to $219 while maintaining a “Buy” rating. Citing an “increasingly favorable environment” resulting from recent government measures, the analyst adjusted his EBITDA multiples and valuation methodology, now applying a 50 percent premium to gas utilities instead of the previous 20 percent. Fowler also updated his EBITDA estimates to reflect market-value electricity prices and revised expectations for capacity auction revenues based on the results of the 2026/2027 auction.
Walmart

US9311421039 / WMT
Sep 17, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $125 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Robert Ohmes has raised the price target for Walmart from US$120 to US$125 and reaffirmed the Buy rating after a meeting with the company’s executives. The analyst is now even more confident that Walmart will deliver strong sales and earnings. He believes Walmart is well positioned to take a leading role in agent-based commerce.
----------
Sep 2, 2025
Goldman Sachs, Buy (→), Target: $114 (→)
Goldman Sachs analyst Kate McShane has added Walmart to the firm’s “US Conviction List.” The company is seen as well positioned to gain market share in a retail environment characterized by higher goods costs due to new tariffs. The stock remains rated “Buy” with a price target of 114 US dollars.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $117 (↑)
Bernstein analyst Zhihan Ma raised the price target for Walmart from 113 to 117 US dollars. He also maintained his “Outperform” rating for the retail giant’s stock. Walmart delivered mixed results for the second quarter, exceeding expectations with currency-adjusted revenue growth of 5.6 percent, but falling short with adjusted constant EBIT growth of 0.4 percent. Bernstein believes that Walmart is based on an improved “profit algorithm” in the long term.
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $127 (↓)
Christopher Horvers, analyst at J.P. Morgan, lowered the price target for Walmart from 130 to 127 US dollars and maintained his “Overweight” recommendation for the stock. The company’s results for the second quarter were mixed: revenues were higher, but profits fell short of expectations due to catch-up issues with insurance claims. The analyst believes that Walmart’s fundamentals have not changed following the release of the results.
Truist, Buy (→), Target: $109 (↓)
Truist analyst Scot Ciccarelli lowered the price target for Walmart from 111 to 109 US dollars but maintained his “Buy” rating for the stock. The company’s revenue growth continues, as it once again posted a strong quarter, including 4.6 percent growth in the U.S., 5.9 percent at Sam’s Club, and 10 percent in international business. The momentum across the company remains strong, and the analyst expects this trend to continue in the second half of the year as consumers continue to look for “value.”
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (→), Target: $118 (↑)
Guggenheim analyst Robert Drbul raised his price target for Walmart from 112 to 118 US dollars and reiterated a “Buy” rating. He expects Walmart to deliver strong second-quarter results and believes the stock’s valuation still has upside potential. Walmart is gaining market share in consumer goods, comparables are improving, and tariffs are likely to have a positive impact on gross margins.
Workday

US98138H1014 / WDAY
Sep 18, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $288 (↑)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow has raised the price target for Workday from US$285 to US$288 and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. Management slightly lowered its medium-term growth targets, which was more than offset by significantly higher margins.
----------
Sep 17, 2025
Guggenheim, Buy (↑), Target: $285 (→)
Guggenheim analyst John DiFucci has upgraded Workday from “Neutral” to “Buy” and reaffirmed the US$285 price target. He says that if the environment improves, Workday will be well placed to accelerate its growth. He believes the shares are being traded as though the company is no longer growing and expects Workday to deliver double digit growth in the foreseeable future, even if the broader environment remains relatively stagnant. He adds that Workday is better positioned today than it was a few years ago.
Piper Sandler, Neutral (↑), Target: $235 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Brent Bracelin has upgraded Workday from “Underweight” to “Neutral” and raised the price target from US$220 to US$235. He sees early signs that Workday’s efforts to boost its relevance in artificial intelligence have accelerated. The company’s organic and inorganic initiatives are, in the analyst’s view, likely to take time to deliver a growth upswing. The upgrade is justified by the stock’s 15 per cent decline year to date. At current share prices he sees a balanced risk-reward profile.
----------
Aug 22, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $285 (↓)
Barclays analyst Raimo Lenschow lowers the price target for Workday from 298 to 285 US dollars but maintains the “Overweight” rating. The company delivered solid results for the second quarter and raised earnings expectations. However, the analyst believes that Workday’s unchanged forecast for subscription revenues in fiscal year 2026 without Paradox will result in the stock remaining in a narrow range until investors gain more confidence in the stabilizing growth.
Bernstein, Outperform (→), Target: $304 (↓)
Bernstein analyst Mark Moerdler lowers the price target for Workday from 325 to 304 US dollars and maintains the “Outperform” rating for the stock. Workday delivered an “as expected” quarter and slightly exceeded expectations regarding subscription revenues and margins, but the outlook for fiscal year 2026 was “unimpressive” despite enthusiastic comments. At Bernstein, the fundamentals are still viewed positively, but the belief is that the company still has to prove itself.
----------
Aug 19, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $278 (↓)
Bank of America analyst Brad Sills lowered his price target for Workday from 295 to 278 US dollars but maintained his “Buy” rating. The analyst does not expect the upcoming quarterly report to be “a major positive catalyst for the stock,” as he forecasts largely in-line cRPO growth for the second quarter. However, he believes expectations and the current valuation present only limited downside risk, and sales commentary indicates that the pipeline for all major growth initiatives remains “healthy.”
----------
Aug 18, 2025
Wells Fargo, Overweight (→), Target: $300 (↓)
Wells Fargo analyst Michael Turrin lowered his price target for Workday from 325 to 300 US dollars but maintained his “Overweight” rating. According to the analyst, the recent share price decline offers an attractive long-term risk-reward setup. He believes that AI is more likely to enhance Workday’s advantages than to weaken them.
----------
Aug 12, 2025
UBS, Neutral (→), Target: $250 (↓)
UBS analyst Karl Keirstead lowered the price target for Workday from 285 to 250 US dollars while maintaining his “Neutral” rating ahead of the upcoming quarterly report. Compared to three months ago, partner checks suggest a slight deterioration in demand, with most partners missing their growth targets and pointing to mounting growth pressure.
----------
Jul 10, 2025
Piper Sandler, Underweight (↓), Target: $235 (↓)
Brent Bracelin, analyst at Piper Sandler, has lowered the price target for Workday from $255 to $235 and downgraded the stock from “Neutral” to “Underweight.” While the latest CIO survey confirmed an “optimistic spending environment” for AI infrastructure, it also revealed “heightened risks” for the broader application category. For the first time, more than 50 percent of CIOs indicated they expect AI to reduce headcount. As a result, the analyst believes that pricing risk per employee, combined with a “diminishing appetite” for major investments in applications, could continue to pressure Workday’s growth.
XPeng

US98422D1054 / XPEV
Aug 20, 2025
Bank of America, Buy (→), Target: $26 (↑)
Bank of America analyst Ming-Hsun Lee has raised the price target for XPeng from 25 to 26 US dollars and confirmed the “Buy” rating for the Chinese electric carmaker’s stock. The company’s vehicle margin improved in the second quarter due to a better product mix, supply chain optimization, and economies of scale. The analyst has also raised his volume estimates through 2027, as XPeng’s new P7 model will be launched on August 27.
Citigroup, Buy (→), Target: $29.40 (↑)
Citigroup analyst Jeff Chung has raised the price target for XPeng from 29.00 to 29.40 US dollars and confirmed the “Buy” rating. He updated the company’s model following the second-quarter report.
Zoom Communications

US98980L1017 / ZM
Aug 22, 2025
KeyBanc, Underweight (→), Target: $69 (↓)
KeyBanc analyst Jackson Ader lowers the price target for Zoom Communications from 73 to 69 US dollars and maintains his “Underweight” rating for the stock of the online video conferencing specialist. Zoom showed some positive signs in the past quarter, including a better-than-expected performance in the enterprise segment and the online segment. The enterprise performance was particularly noteworthy, as management had announced an additional macroeconomically driven review of business and forecasts for the first quarter.
RBC Capital, Outperform (→), Target: $100 (↑)
RBC Capital analyst Rishi Jaluria raised the price target for Zoom from 95 to 100 US dollars and reaffirmed his “Outperform” rating. The company delivered solid results for the second quarter, beating consensus estimates across all metrics, including revenue growth of 4.7 percent year-over-year – Zoom’s highest revenue growth in the last eleven quarters. Management also raised its forecast for fiscal year 2026 across all areas, with all metrics exceeding consensus expectations. RBC Capital was particularly encouraged that the company highlighted sustained momentum in AI products, a stable net customer retention rate, and accelerated growth among customers generating over 100,000 US dollars in revenue.
Rosenblatt, Buy (→), Target: $110 (↑)
Rosenblatt analyst Catharine Trebnick raised the price target for Zoom from 100 to 110 US dollars and reaffirmed the "Buy" rating. The company recorded its strongest revenue growth in eleven quarters and raised its guidance for fiscal year 2026. At Rosenblatt, the view is that Zoom now offers better growth prospects, continued share buybacks, and increasing opportunities for monetizing artificial intelligence.
Zscaler

US98980G1022 / ZS
Sep 4, 2025
Canaccord, Buy (→), Target: $340 (↑)
Canaccord analyst Kingsley Crane raises the price target for Zscaler from 320 to 340 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock. The company delivered a solid quarter and closed fiscal year 2025 with a positive result. Consensus estimates for revenue, earnings per share, and billings were exceeded, while comparable revenue surpassed the 3 billion US dollar mark. The analyst remains convinced that Zscaler, thanks to its strong technological leadership and the robust adoption of its platform, is well positioned for continued strong growth. The company benefits from numerous positive factors, including cloud migration, the modernization of security/adoption of zero-trust principles, a distributed workforce, and the rapid increase in targeted attacks.
----------
Sep 3, 2025
J.P. Morgan, Overweight (→), Target: $351 (↑)
J.P. Morgan analyst Brian Essex has raised the price target for Zscaler from 348 to 351 US dollars and reaffirmed the “Overweight” rating. The company delivered solid fourth-quarter results that exceeded expectations in terms of revenue, billings, profitability, and free cash flow. The analyst notes that Zscaler’s guidance for annual recurring revenue “looked somewhat disappointing at first glance,” but this was likely due to a change in methodology, as the company no longer includes ramp-up business in its ARR calculation. J.P. Morgan views the outlook as conservative.
KeyBanc, Overweight (→), Target: $350 (↑)
KeyBanc analyst Eric Heath raises the price target for Zscaler from 345 to 350 US dollars and maintains his “Overweight” rating on the stock after a strong revenue increase in the fourth quarter, which aligned with his forecasts. The analyst notes that the projections for the first quarter of 2026 for revenue and margins are roughly in line with expectations.
Piper Sandler, Neutral (→), Target: $280 (↑)
Piper Sandler analyst Rob Owens raises the price target for Zscaler from 260 to 280 US dollars but reaffirms the “Neutral” rating. The analyst states that the fourth-quarter results marked a strong finish to the fiscal year, with revenues showing significant outperformance, recurring revenue surpassing 3 billion US dollars, and operating margins reaching record levels. According to the analyst, the organic forecast for 2026 was somewhat lower than expected but still pointed to another strong year for the company. The analyst sees upside potential for the organic growth forecast of 19 percent but believes this is reflected in the 12-times sales valuation for 2026, creating a balanced setup for the future.
Stifel, Buy (→), Target: $330 (↑)
Stifel analyst Adam Borg raises the price target for Zscaler from 295 to 330 US dollars and maintains his “Buy” rating on the stock. Zscaler once again delivered solid results. The analyst is “particularly pleased” with the strong revenue figures, RPO growth, and profitability. Zscaler continues to be successful “in many ways.” Borg remains positive on Zscaler’s momentum in emerging areas and newer initiatives.
----------
Aug 25, 2025
Barclays, Overweight (→), Target: $300 (↑)
Barclays analyst Saket Kalia has raised the price target for Zscaler from 290 to 300 US dollars while maintaining his “Overweight” rating. The analyst expects Zscaler’s guidance for recurring annual revenue in fiscal year 2025/26 to be in the range of 19 to 20 percent, with optimists likely hoping for the upper end at 20 percent. He views the cloud security specialist as well positioned for the next fiscal year, highlighting “a more mature sales team, a broader platform focus, and a prudent stance toward Red Canary.”